Quarterlytics / Real Estate / Real Estate - Services / LSL Property Services plc

LSL Property Services plc

lsl.l · LSE Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker lsl.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Real Estate
Industry Real Estate - Services
Employees 1802
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · LSL Property Services plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report  
and Accounts 2020

LSL Property Services plc  
is a leading provider of residential  
property services in three key markets:  
estate agency, financial services,  
and surveying and valuation services.

L

L

S

S

L

L

P

P

r

r

o

o

p

p

e

e

r

r

t

t

y

y

S

S

e

e

r

r

v

v

i

i

c

c

e

e

s

s

p

p

l

l

c

c

A

A

n

n

n

n

u

u

a

a

l

l

R

R

e

e

p

p

o

o

r

r

t

t

a

a

n

n

d

d

A

A

c

c

c

c

o

o

u

u

n

n

t

t

s

s

2

2

0

0

2

2

0

0

Annual Report  
and Accounts 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Contents

Overview, Strategic Report and Directors’ Report

Overview
Financial Highlights 2020
About LSL and its Markets
Chairman’s Statement
Group Chief Executive’s Review

1 
2 
6 
9 

Strategic Report

12  Strategy Review
14  Business Model
15  Business Reviews
18  – Financial Services Division
22  – Surveying and Valuation Services Division
24  – Estate Agency Division
28  Financial Review
32 

 Stakeholder Engagement Arrangements – including s172 
statement

35  Principal Risks and Uncertainties
43  Environment, Social and Governance Report
54  The Board

 Report of the Directors and Corporate Governance 
Reports
 Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in Respect to the 
Group Financial Statements

57 

58  Report of the Directors
63 

 Corporate Governance Report including Nominations 
Committee Report

79  Audit & Risk Committee Report
92  Directors’ Remuneration Report

Financial Statements
120   Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of LSL 

Property Services plc
132  Group Income Statement
133  Group Statement of Comprehensive Income
134  Group Balance Sheet
135  Group Statement of Cash-Flows
136  Group Statement of Changes in Equity
137  Notes to the Group Financial Statements
189   Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in Respect to the 

Parent Company Financial Statements

190  Parent Company Balance Sheet
191  Parent Company Statement of Cash-Flows
192  Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity
193  Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements

Other Information
207  Definitions
212   Shareholder Information (including forward looking 

statements information)

i

i

w
e
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B
d
n
a
t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

LSL is one of the largest providers of services to mortgage 
intermediaries and specialist mortgage and protection 
advice to estate agency and new build customers and 
valuation services to the UK’s biggest mortgage lenders. It 
also operates a network of 226 owned and 130 franchised 
estate agency branches. For further information please visit 
LSL’s website: lslps.co.uk.

Forward looking statements
This Report may contain forward looking statements with 
respect to certain plans and current goals and expectations 
relating to the future financial condition, business 
performance and results of LSL. Further information about 
forward looking statements can be found in the Shareholder 
Information section on page 212.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Highlights 2020
Resilient financial performance, increasing contribution from Financial Services and strong 
balance sheet

Group Revenue 

Profit Before Tax 

Divisional Underlying Operating Profit
Before Central Costs

£266.7m 

£20.9m 

(2019: £311.1m)

(2019: £16.0m)

Group Underlying 
Operating Profit 

£41.5m 

(2019: £37.0m)

Net Bank Debt 

£1.6m 

(2019: £41.9m)

Group Revenue

Group Underlying Operating Profit – pre COVID-19 costs1

Operating Margin – pre COVID-19 costs (%)

Group Underlying Operating Profit – post COVID-19 costs1

Operating Margin – post COVID-19 costs (%)

Exceptional gains

Exceptional costs

Group Operating Profit

Profit before tax

Basic Earnings Per Share2 (pence)

Adjusted Basic Earnings Per Share2 (pence)

Net Bank Debt3 at 31 December 

Gearing ratio4 at 31 December (times)

Final proposed Dividend5 (pence)

Full year Dividend5 (pence)

nm: not meaningful

Estate
Agency
£15.5m
33%

Financial
Services
£13.5m
29%

Surveying and
Valuation

£17.9m
38%

2020  
£m

266.7

2019  
£m

311.1

41.5

15.6

35.2

13.2

0.7

(7.1)

23.9

20.9

15.9

31.9

1.6

0.03

nil

nil

37.0

11.9

37.0

11.9

2.5

(15.7)

19.7

16.0

12.6

28.0

41.9

0.81

–

4.0

%  

change

-14

+12

+370 bps

-5

+130 bps

-72

-55

+21

+31

+26

+14

nm

nm

nm

nm

Notes:
All figures quoted are for year ended 31 December 2020 unless otherwise stated. 
1  Group Underlying Operating Profit is before exceptional costs, contingent consideration, amortisation of intangible assets, share-based payments and includes £15.7m of 

amounts receivable through the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme (as set out in Note 5 to the Group Financial Statements). Segment Underlying Operating Profit is stated 
on the same basis as Group Underlying Operating profit

2  Refer to Note 11 to the Group Financial Statements for the calculation
3  Refer to Note 33 to the Group Financial Statements
4 Gearing ratio is defined as Net Bank Debt divided by Group Adjusted EBITDA (refer to Note 5 to the Group Financial Statements)
5 Refer to Note 12 to the Group Financial Statements

01

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
About LSL and its Markets

LSL is one of the largest providers of services to 
mortgage intermediaries, specialist mortgage and 
protection advice to estate agency and new build 
customers and valuation services to the UK’s 
biggest mortgage lenders. 

It also operates a network of 226 owned and 130 
franchised estate agency branches.

Information included in this section of the Report 
is correct as at 31 December 2020.

Financial Services Division

22.9%

of Group Revenue in 2020 (2019: 22.4%)

LSL’s Financial Services businesses provide services relating to the 
arrangement of mortgages and non-investment insurance products, 
across several different market sectors. Technology is at the heart 
of LSL’s financial services proposition, through its award-winning1 
‘Toolbox’ and innovative Mortgage Gym technology.

Intermediary

New Build Home

Direct to Consumer

PRIMIS2 mortgage network is one of the largest 
UK mortgage networks with 9303 affiliated firms 
and nearly 2,600 advisers. Its exclusive and 
bespoke Toolbox software provides appointed 
representatives with an award-winning, end-to-
end customer service platform.

The Mortgage Alliance4 distributes 
mortgages and financial services products 
to mortgage intermediaries who are directly 
authorised and regulated by the FCA.

Mortgages First and RSC New Homes 
are both appointed representatives of PRIMIS 
(First Complete) and specialise in arranging 
mortgages and non-investment insurance 
products for customers financing the purchase 
of new build properties.
Insurance First is an appointed representative 
of PRIMIS (First Complete). It specialises in 
arranging non-investment insurance products 
for customers purchasing new build properties.

Embrace Financial Services is an appointed 
representative of PRIMIS (First Complete). 
Its employed and self-employed financial 
consultants specialise in the delivery of 
mortgage and protection advice to estate 
agencies including the Group’s franchised and 
owned estate agency branches.

Linear Financial Solutions is an appointed 
representative of PRIMIS (Advance Mortgage 
Funding). It provides financial consultants, who 
are based in the branches of independent 
estate agents.

Insurance Specialists

First2Protect is a specialist business 
arranging household insurance for customers 
of LSL’s Estate Agency Division and third party 
introducers.

02

Surveying and Valuation Services Division

28.9%

of Group Revenue in 2020 (2019: 27.8%)

e.surv Chartered Surveyors has been 
trading since 1989 and is one of the UK’s 
largest providers of surveying and valuation 
services5. It is the UK’s biggest employer of 
Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) 
registered surveyors6, with a network of more 
than 600. It uses industry-leading technology 
to provide a range of products and services 
to a customer base that includes lenders, 
intermediaries, social housing entities, estate 
agents and consumers. It is also a leading 
supplier in the growing later-life lending market.

Walker Fraser Steele is one of the longest 
established Chartered Surveyor brands in 
Scotland. It was founded in Glasgow in 1884 
and became part of e.surv in 2013, enabling 
e.surv to cater for the unique requirements 
of the Scottish market. The business now 
provides surveying and valuation services from 
locations across Scotland for both local and 
national clients, including the Home Report, 
an essential component of the Scottish home 
buying process.

Estate Agency Division

48.2%

of Group Revenue in 2020 (2019: 49.8%)

The Estate Agency Division generates the majority of its revenue 
from Residential Sales and Lettings, which provided 40.3% 
of Group Revenue in 2020 (2019: 40.2%). Residential Sales 
accounted for 18.3% (2019: 18.6%) and Lettings 22.0% (2019: 
21.6%) of total Group Revenue. Its other revenues derive from:
•  commercially agreed commission payments from the Financial 

Services Division: 3.7% of Group Revenue (2019: 4.4%);

•  Asset Management: 1.4% of Group Revenue (2019: 1.7%); and
•  other income, including franchising income, conveyancing 
support services, EPCs, Home Reports, utilities and other 
products and services to clients of the Estate Agency branch 
networks: 2.8% of Group Revenue (2019: 3.5%).

Residential Sales and Lettings

LSL owns one of the largest combined estate agency networks in the 
UK 7. It has strong and established high street estate agency brands, 
including both franchised and owned branches.

Franchised Estate Agencies

There are 130 franchised branches owned by 
59 different independent franchisees, mainly 
concentrated in the Your Move and Reeds 
Rains brands and located across the UK. Most 
of these branches offer both residential sales and 
lettings services.

Owned Estate Agencies

All of LSL’s owned branches offer residential sales 
and lettings services. There are 89 owned Your 
Move branches nationally and 56 owned Reeds 
Rains branches, concentrated mainly in the 
north of England.

Owned Estate Agencies

Marsh & Parsons operates from 30 branches 
and is a leading London premium brand estate 
agency, which brings coverage to prime Central 
London and prime Outer London.

LSLi has a combined network of 51 owned 
branches in the south east of England and is 
made up of nine Estate Agency companies 
owned by the holding company LSLi.
All of LSL’s Residential Sales and Lettings businesses 
are members of The Property Ombudsman Scheme 
(TPOS), which operates a residential sales and 
lettings code of practice approved by the Trading 
Standards Institute (TSI) under its Consumer Codes 
Approval Scheme (CCAS). 

Land and New Homes Specialist

LSL Land & New Homes provides a complete 
range of specialist services for housebuilders, 
developers and investors of all sizes.

Specialist Property Services

Homefast provides conveyancing panel 
management and support services to LSL’s 
Residential Sales and Lettings branches and 
customers.

Asset Management

LSL’s asset management companies are market 
leaders in managing the sale of residential 
properties on behalf of corporate clients and 
property investors. LSL’s three asset management 
companies are: LSL Corporate Client 
Department, which provides repossessions 
asset management services and property 
management services to multi-property 
landlords; St Trinity Asset Management, which 
specialises in repossession property sales; and 
Templeton LPA, which is a Law of Property Act 
fixed charge receiver.

03

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewLSL’s Markets in 2020 
As a provider of residential property services, the level of mortgage transactions and activity in 
the housing market are important drivers of demand for LSL’s services

The mortgage market in 2020
The proportion of mortgage lending placed through intermediaries 
increased to 76% in 2020 (2019: 74%)8.

Total gross mortgage lending 9 in 2020 was 9% lower than in the 
prior year at £243bn (2019: £268bn). Total mortgage approvals 10 
for house purchases were down 10% to 1,389,000 in 2020, with 
H1 down 34%, recovering to 37% up in H2 2020 and with Q4 
2020 reflecting a level of demand not experienced since 2007. 
Remortgage10 activity was 23% down on 2019, although activity in 
the product transfer market, where consumers switch deals within 
their existing lender, was strong.

The housing market in 2020
The UK residential property market was significantly impacted 
by the COVID-19 pandemic and the national lockdown from 23 
March to 13 May 2020. UK housing transactions 11 were down 25% 
in H1 2020, before recovering significantly to be 1% up year-on-
year in H2 2020. For the full year, transactions were down 11% at 
1,047,000 (2019: 1,177,000). 

At the end of June 2020, average house prices 12 in England and 
Wales were relatively flat year-on-year but they grew in H2 2020 to 
£327,000, which was 7.8% higher than the same period last year. 
This reflected the built up demand created by the lockdown in 
March to May 2020 and the announcement by the UK Government 
that the lower stamp duty threshold would be increased to 
£500,000 until March 2021. Excluding London and the South East, 
the rest of England and Wales showed annual house price growth12 
of 8.9%.

In March 2020, the FCA published guidance which stated that 
lenders should not seek to enforce repossessions before 1 April 
2021 because of the pandemic. As a result, from 19 March 2020 
(except in exceptional circumstances), activity in the repossessions 
market declined significantly from an already historically low level. 
In total, repossessions13 declined by 67% during 2020 to just 2,660 
(2019: 8,000).

Market transaction data

In 2020, total mortgage approvals decreased by 10% to 1,389,000 (2019: 1,549,000)13

Overall house purchase approvals increased by 2% to 801,000 (2019: 789,000)13

Remortgage (and other) volumes of 588,000 were down by 23% compared to 2019 (2019: 760,000)13

Total mortgage approvals for house purchase12
’000s

Remortgage (and other) volumes13
’000s

8
0
8

7
9
7

1
8
7

9
8
7

1
0
8

3
8
6

9
2
7

4
5
7

1
6
7

8
8
5

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

Total mortgage approvals13
’000s

Total gross mortgage lending10
£bn

1
9
4
,
1

6
2
5
,
1

5
3
5
,
1

9
4
5
,
1

9
8
3
,
1

7
4
2

1
6
2

9
6
2

8
6
2

3
4
2

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

04

LSL’s Market Positions in 2020

  Financial Services

  Surveying and Valuation Services

  Estate Agency

In 2020, LSL further strengthened 
its position as a leading distributor of 
mortgage and non-investment insurance 
products. Its mortgage completions were 
up 3% to £32.6bn in 2020 (2019: £31.7bn) 
with market share estimated at 9.1%14 
(2019: 8.6%) of the total market value of 
the total purchase and remortgage market. 
PRIMIS was named ‘Mortgage Network of 
the Year’ by both Moneyfacts and Mortgage 
Introducer. The number of financial advisers 
continued to grow and, at 31 December 
2020, was at 2,585 advisers (2019: 2,392). 
The number of appointed representative 
firms increased to 930 (2019: 878).

The Surveying and Valuation Division 
remained a leading player in the market in 
2020, maintaining strong relationships with 
seven of the UK’s top ten15 lenders and 
14 of the top 20. During 2020, LSL was 
awarded an extension to its contract to 
supply UK residential survey and valuation 
services to a major high street bank. In 
2020, it was independently recognised as 
the UK’s Best Surveyor/Valuer by trade title, 
Mortgage Strategy.

LSL has market-leading positions in its 
core Estate Agency business. LSL’s owned 
and franchised Estate Agency branches 
have a combined market share of 2.5%16 
of the residential sales and lettings market. 
The Group believes that traditional estate 
agents will represent the substantial 
majority of the residential sales and lettings 
markets for the foreseeable future and that 
LSL’s Estate Agency branches will remain 
core to providing the service customers 
expect. LSL’s Asset Management arm 
and specialism in new homes and land 
sales provide diversification in different 
economic scenarios and across different 
markets. Estate Agency also continued to 
support the Financial Services businesses, 
especially through introducing customers to 
Embrace Financial Services.

Notes:
1   Source: ‘Best Technology Initiative’ award in 2019 at The London Institute of Banking & Finance ‘Financial Innovation Awards 2019’

2   PRIMIS is a trading style of the First Complete, Advance Mortgage Funding and Personal Touch Financial Services networks which are all authorised and regulated by the FCA

3   Source: Toolbox 31 December 2020

4   The Mortgage Alliance is a trading style of the First Complete and Advance Mortgage Funding networks

5   Source: LSL’s own calculations and assessment using publicly available data at 31 December 2020

6   Source: LSL’s own calculations and assessment using publicly available data at 31 December 2020

7   Source: LSL’s own calculations and assessment of branch numbers using publicly available data at 31 December 2020

8   Source: UK Finance ‘New residential lending sold direct and via intermediaries’ at 31 December 2020

9   Source: UK Finance ‘New mortgages by purpose of loan’ at 31 December 2020

10  Source: Bank of England for House Purchase Approvals and Total Mortgage Approvals at 31 December 2020

11  Source: HMRC ‘Monthly property transactions completed in the UK with value of £40,000 or above’ at 31 December 2020

12  Source: e.surv/ACADATA HPI at 31 December 2020

13  Source: UK Finance ‘Possessions on mortgaged properties’ at 31 December 2020

14  Source: UK Finance, Gross Lending Value (2020) at 31 December 2020

15  Source: UK Finance, Top Ten Lenders by Gross Lending Volume (2020) at 31 December 2020

16  Source: Rightmove Data Services 2020 at 31 December 2020

05

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewChairman's Statement

As a result of these steps, we were able in 
May 2020 to confirm that the Group had 
sufficient liquidity in place to meet its needs 
throughout highly stressed conditions 
persisting for the whole year.

On 1 May, David Stewart was appointed 
Group Chief Executive, having served 
as a Non Executive Director since 2015. 
I was personally delighted that David 
agreed to accept this role, having seen his 
contribution as a Non Executive Director 
over a five year period and been aware 
of his strong reputation for successfully 
piloting Coventry Building Society 
throughout the global financial crisis. I 
believe David’s experience meant that he 
was ideally placed both to navigate the 
challenges that result from extraordinary 
market conditions and to take forward a far-
reaching and ambitious strategic refresh.

David’s first tasks were to prepare the 
Group for a successful exit from the 
lockdown, and to initiate a full strategic 
review to deliver long term value to LSL 
Shareholders.

During May 2020, restrictions on our 
activity were substantially eased and 
once again LSL responded quickly and 
decisively to return our people to work 
whilst complying fully with health and 
safety guidance. The effectiveness of our 
response can be seen in the excellent 
performance delivered by each of our three 
trading Divisions. Further information is 
included later in this statement, but the 
fact that we can report full year Underlying 
Operating Profit (before certain COVID-19 
related costs) of £41.5m, £4.5m ahead 
of 2019, is testament to the excellent 
response of management and staff 
alike. After including COVID-19 costs 
of £6.3m, Underlying Operating Profit 
was within 5% of the prior year.

Towards the end of 2020, the Board 
approved the recommendations which 
followed a full strategic review led by 
the Group Chief Executive and detailed 
information is set out on pages 12 and 13 
in this statement. We identified exciting 
opportunities for organic and inorganic 
growth across the Group, particularly 
in Financial Services where we have 
established leading positions in several key 
markets. Good progress has been made in 
the early stages of execution, notably the 
announcement of important partnerships 
with Pollen Street Capital to establish and 
operate a major ‘buy-and-build’ mortgage 
broker, and with The Property Franchise 
Group, where we are the preferred long 
term provider of digital and face-to-face 
mortgage and protection advice. We were 
also delighted to announce the strategically 
important technology acquisitions of 
Mortgage Gym and Direct Life and Pension 
Services.

Corporate Governance and Board
During 2020, the Board remained 
committed to high levels of corporate 
governance and a number of changes to 
the Board and its Committees were made 
following on from Ian Crabb’s departure 
in May 2020. Further changes are also 
taking effect on 28 April 2021 which are 
detailed below.

On 1 May 2020 we appointed David 
Stewart as Group Chief Executive 
Officer. David, an Independent Non 
Executive Director chaired the Audit & 
Risk Committee. On his appointment 
as an Executive Director, Bill Shannon 
replaced David as Chair of the Audit & Risk 
Committee and I took over as Chair of the 
Nominations Committee. Bill continued 
as Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
and, with effect from 28 April 2021, Darrell 
Evans will be Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee.

I am pleased to report that the Group 
performed strongly throughout 2020, 
demonstrating the resilience of its 
increasingly diversified business model, 
and remains very well placed to take 
advantage of current improved trading 
conditions and significant opportunities 
and particularly in our growing Financial 
Services Division.

The onset of the COVID-19 virus, which 
led to the first national lockdown in 
March 2020, presented a test for both 
our business model and our operational 
resilience, and it is one that LSL passed 
with flying colours.

The Board reacted decisively to the 
emergence of the COVID-19 virus, taking 
steps to preserve cash and safeguard 
the health and safety of colleagues and 
customers. Regretfully, this included the 
decisions to cancel the final dividend for 
2019 and to pay no dividends in 2020. 
However, the onset of COVID-19 introduced 
significant and unknown short and long 
term macroeconomic risks, requiring the 
Board to focus on cash management to 
safeguard the Group’s long term future. In 
addition to the cancellation of the dividend, 
annual salary rises were also cancelled, 
whilst no executive director bonuses will be 
paid, notwithstanding the excellent financial 
performance.

I have no doubt these were the right 
decisions to take given the extensive 
economic support provided by the 
taxpayer.

This period demonstrated many of 
the Group’s strengths; we quickly and 
effectively moved many of our activities to 
remote working and were able to safeguard 
significant revenue streams. Over recent 
years, we have taken steps to reduce 
the Group’s exposure to housing market 
cycles, and the benefits of this work, 
together with our consistently prudent 
approach to financial gearing, were seen 
in the robust performance of our Financial 
Services Division throughout lockdown, 
as well as in the ongoing income from 
Lettings.

06

£266.7m

Group Revenue
(2019: £311.1m)

£20.9m

Profit before tax
(2019: £16.0m)

£41.5m

Group Underlying Operating Profit
(pre COVID-19 costs)
(2019: £37.0m)

£1.6mNet Bank Debt

(2019: £41.9m)

Full year 2020 Group  
Underlying Operating Profit 
(pre COVID-19 costs)

£41.5m

30%

40%

30%

n Estate Agency
n Financial Services
n Surveying

Following the announcement on 23 April 
2021 that, with effect from 28 April 2021, 
Bill will take over the role of Chair and that I 
will continue as a Non Executive Director of 
LSL, we have made some further changes 
to our Committees, which are detailed 
below. Bill as Deputy Chair and the Senior 
Independent Director is well placed to 
provide leadership to the Board and I wish 
him well in his new role.

With effect from 28 April 2021, Bill will be 
the Chair of the Nominations Committee 
and he will continue as Chair of the Audit 
& Risk Committee with the intention that 
a new Chair of this Committee will be 
appointed during 2021. We will also appoint 
a new Senior Independent Director. We 
have commenced a search to appoint two 
additional independent Non Executive 
Directors to support the Board in the 
delivery of the LSL strategy.

In our search for additional directors, we 
are taking steps to ensure appropriate 
succession planning and to promote 
diversity on our Board. During 2020 the 
Board and the Nominations Committee has 
considered succession planning and the 
Board’s diversity and further details relating 
to the steps that we are taking in relation to 
these issues can be found in the Corporate 
Governance Report in this Report.

During 2020 Darrell Evans was LSL’s 
designated workforce engagement 
director and he is continuing in this role. 
Darrell has continued to work closely 
with the Group HR Director and regularly 
participates in LSL’s employee engagement 
arrangements. Further details are included 
within the Stakeholder Engagement 
Arrangements and Corporate Governance 
Report sections of this Report.

In relation to 2020, as LSL’s Non Executive 
Chair, I have been responsible for 
leadership of the Board, and together 
with my fellow Directors, I have reviewed 
the effectiveness of the Board and 
its Committees and this has included 
consideration of its composition and 
its diversity.

Through our planning we have ensured 
that the Board’s composition includes a 
range of skills and experiences to support 
the Group’s diverse business model 
and to respond to the challenges and 
opportunities that LSL faces. Further details 

on the current Directors can be found 
within The Board section of this Report and 
within the AGM Notice.

Details of our corporate governance 
arrangements and the recommendations 
arising from the 2020 evaluation exercise 
are contained within the Corporate 
Governance Report section of this Report 
together with details of how we have 
implemented recommendations, which 
arose from the 2019 evaluation exercise.

The Board is responsible for establishing 
LSL’s purpose, values and strategy and 
satisfying itself that these are aligned 
with the Group’s culture. During 2020, as 
we developed the Group’s strategy, we 
also reviewed and updated our Purpose 
Statement which is in the Corporate 
Governance Report in this Report.

Dividend
In an extraordinary year in which the 
Government provided significant support, 
the Board determined it was inappropriate 
to declare a dividend for 2020.

The Board understands the importance of 
dividends to many Shareholders and I am 
pleased to confirm that the dividend policy 
has been reinstated and rebased, with 
an expected payout of 30% of Underlying 
Operating Profit after finance charges and 
normalised taxation. This fixed payout is 
at the lower end of the previous range, to 
provide increased balance sheet flexibility 
for funding inorganic growth opportunities 
for the benefit of investors.

Looking forward
The experience of 2020 highlighted the 
Group’s many strengths and the new 
financial year has started well, with each 
of our Divisions trading strongly. Whilst the 
full effects of the COVID-19 virus on overall 
economic activity cannot be forecast with 
certainty, we are increasingly confident 
that LSL will continue to perform well. 
Furthermore, we have developed a bold 
strategy with growth in financial services at 
its heart, and I am excited by its potential to 
grow the Group.

07

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewChairman's Statement

Overall, the performance in 2020 was 
outstanding and this could not have 
been achieved without the exceptional 
contribution of all our staff and I would like 
to thank them for their efforts. LSL has 
many opportunities to grow and a strong 
management team to lead it through its 
next phase of development and we face the 
future with energy and confidence.

Simon Embley 
Chairman 
27 April 2021

08

Group Chief Executive’s Review

In an exceptional year dominated by the 
unprecedented impact of the COVID-19 
virus, I am pleased to report that LSL’s 
performance was highly resilient, reporting 
Underlying Operating Profit (pre COVID-19 
costs) of £41.5m (2019: £37.0m).

This performance provided the solid 
foundation on which we could build 
for the future and I am excited with the 
progress we made in developing a clear 
and compelling vision for the LSL Group, 
including our plans to leverage our existing 
leading positions in the mortgage and 
protection advice markets. The recent 
announcements of the acquisitions 
of Mortgage Gym and Direct Life and 
Pension Services and our strategic 
partnerships with Pollen Street Capital and 
The Property Franchise Group underline 
the significant potential of our Financial 
Services businesses.

Response to COVID-19 and General 
Election
The start of the year saw strong trading 
as the decisive December 2019 general 
election result brought stability to the 
housing market and wider economy 
following an extended period of 
uncertainty in the wake of the Brexit 
referendum and subsequent political 
instability. Each of our trading Divisions 
performed well, reporting results in both 
January and February ahead of the 
corresponding period in 2019.

During this period, the Board confirmed 
reports that it was considering the 
advantages to Shareholders of a possible 
combination with Countrywide plc, 
although discussions remained at an 
early stage.

By February, the significance of earlier 
reports of the COVID-19 outbreak in 
China started to become more evident 
and the Board responded quickly to this 
information. We suspended consideration 
of any merger with Countrywide plc, 
before announcing that the full year 
dividend for 2019 would be suspended 
until the position became clearer, in doing 
so becoming one of the first companies 
to take this step. The delivery of long term 
value to Shareholders remains our highest 
priority, so this was not an easy decision 
to take. However, as we entered a period 

of great uncertainty, it was an essential 
measure to preserve the Group’s strong 
cash position, and one that subsequent 
events were to justify quickly.

This decisive approach was demonstrated 
further in the lead-up to the March 2020 
lockdown. The Board prepared detailed 
contingency plans, with our overriding 
priority throughout being the health and 
safety of colleagues and customers alike.

In terms of our business, we recognised 
immediately that cash conservation would 
be essential to maintaining the future 
strength of LSL and a series of further 
measures were introduced to this end, 
including the scrapping of salary rises 
otherwise due to take effect in April, and 
the deferral of all other non-essential 
cash expenditure. The Board also 
recognised that it would be inappropriate 
to declare any dividends for 2020. Further 
information is included in the Business 
and Finance Reviews in this Report. The 
success of these steps, combined with the 
Group’s historically prudent approach to 
debt as well as the assistance afforded by 
the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme, 
meant that on 5 June 2020, we were able 
to confirm that after undertaking stress 
testing which assumed significant stress 
throughout 2020, the Group would retain 
sufficient liquidity throughout the year.

Development of Business Model
This period also saw us demonstrate 
further our agility and the increasing 
diversification of our business model, 
which over successive years has seen 
a reduced reliance on housing market 
cycles. Staff right across the business 
found effective ways of working remotely, 
whether through the provision of mortgage 
advice via video link, or valuations on 
properties where the use of data negated 
the need for a full physical inspection to 
verify a minimum value. In Estate Agency, 
tenants tended to stay in their property 
resulting in high levels of recurring 
Lettings income.

This speed of response was similarly 
evident when the Government eased 
lockdown restrictions, and we moved 
quickly to meet pent-up demand and 
increased levels of new business as 
our mortgage and protection advice, 

valuations, and estate agency businesses 
all saw high levels of demand. The reasons 
for this are varied and some parts of the 
Group were undoubtedly boosted by the 
introduction of the stamp duty holiday 
for properties valued up to £500,000. 
Colleagues worked exceptionally 
hard to take maximum advantage of 
these conditions for the benefit of our 
Shareholders, helping to deliver very 
strong performance for the second half 
of the year, with H1 Underlying Operating 
Profit (pre COVID-19 costs) 17% ahead 
of 2019.

Environment, Social and Governance
Before turning to the future, I would like to 
comment on the importance the Board 
places on our Environmental, Social 
and Governance (ESG) framework, a 
comprehensive review of which will be set 
out in this Report. I would particularly like 
to highlight the launch of our Inclusivity 
and Diversity and Community Forums, 
which both form part of our overall 
Staff Engagement Programme. Our 
Inclusivity and Diversity Forum aims 
to ensure LSL provides a supportive 
working environment for existing and 
prospective colleagues, and to ensure 
that all members of staff have the same 
opportunity to take their career forward. 
The Community Forum has been 
established to help maximise the impact 
we make in our local communities. Each 
group is led by a colleague who will 
work with other colleagues across the 
business to make a real difference in these 
important areas. Helen Buck (Executive 
Director – Estate Agency) is supporting 
the Inclusivity and Diversity Chair and 
Sapna B FitzGerald (Company Secretary 
and General Counsel) the Community 
Forum Chair.

In addition, as part of our ESG strategy 
we have formally adopted a new 
Environmental Policy which codifies our 
commitment to reducing our impact on 
the environment through the continued 
development and improvement of 
our environmental performance. This 
statement is backed with the introduction 
of clear and objective targets against 
which we will report our performance.

09

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewGroup Chief Executive’s Review

Andy Deeks (Chief Strategy Officer) has 
senior executive responsibility for the ESG 
programme as a whole supported by a 
dedicated senior manager.

Looking Ahead
Our financial performance during 2020 
highlighted the resilience and strength of 
our Group. The work we have been able 
to complete on our strategy emphasises 
our exciting future, with opportunities in 
Financial Services core to our growth 
plans. We have recently welcomed staff 
from Direct Life and Pension Services and 
Mortgage Gym to the Group, businesses 
that will enhance our capability in the 
protection and mortgage markets and 
increase the productivity of our advisers. 
On 23 April 2021, we announced a joint 
venture with Pollen Street Capital to 
‘buy-and-build’ a major UK mortgage 
broking business, whilst on 27 April we 
announced that we have been selected 
by The Property Franchise Group as 
the preferred provider of mortgage and 
protection advice to over 430 physical 
office locations.

This progress could not have been made 
without the hard work and commitment 
of all our colleagues, and their effort and 
support throughout the year has been 
exceptional. I would like to thank them on 
behalf of the entire Board. I would also like 
to express my appreciation for the support 
the Board has given to myself and the rest 
of the executive team, which has been 
invaluable in helping us to navigate what 
at times have been challenging conditions. 
I am confident that LSL has an exciting 
future ahead.

Current Trading, Outlook, 
Recommencing Guidance and 
Reinstatement of Dividend Policy
April’s trading built further on the very 
strong performance over the first quarter 
and remains ahead of previous internal 
expectations.

Activity in the property market has been 
elevated since the end of the first national 
lockdown in May 2020, and this activity 
continues to be supported by favourable 
conditions in the mortgage market, the 
extension of the stamp duty holiday until 
the end of June and the nil rate band 
being doubled until the end of September. 

10

Mortgage availability has continued to 
improve, including increased provision of 
higher loan-to-value mortgage products 
by mainstream lenders. Furthermore, 
mortgage rates remain low by historic 
standards, increasing the confidence 
of prospective house purchasers and 
providing remortgage opportunities for 
brokers. The latest market expectations 
for mortgage lending in 2021 indicate 
an increase of around 6% over 2019 to 
around £283bn1. Residential property 
market transactions are particularly difficult 
to predict, even more so in the current 
environment, however given recent trends, 
it is expected that activity levels in the 
residential sales market will remain robust.

These conditions are favourable for each of 
the Group’s principal businesses. However, 
the Group’s increasingly diversified 
revenue streams, and in particular the 
significant growth opportunities identified 
and on which management has started to 
execute, mean the Group is not dependent 
on housing market activity levels to drive 
medium term growth.

The Board is reassured by the resilience of 
the Group’s businesses and, encouraged 
by continued strong trading in April, is 
recommencing guidance, which has 
been suspended since the emergence of 
COVID-19, with an improved growth profile 
with Financial Services at the forefront, 
and is resetting LSL’s dividend policy to 
provide flexibility to take advantage of 
inorganic opportunities.

The LSL Board has reviewed the latest 
management forecasts. With 2019 as a 
normalised base year, given the strong 
Q1 trading and financials, we believe that 
the Group should deliver 2021 Group 
Underlying Operating Profit significantly 
ahead of 2019, with further growth 
expected in subsequent years.

In 2021, full year Group revenue is 
expected to be around 10% ahead of 
2019, with Group Underlying Operating 
margin increasing by around 250bps 
compared to 2019 and strong profit 
growth delivered from each Division, 
resulting in Group Underlying Operating 
Profit expected to be significantly ahead 
of 2019. This includes initial investment 
expenditure related to the recently 

announced strategic financial services 
partnerships with Pollen Street Capital and 
The Property Franchise Group, which will 
drive further growth in the medium term. 
LSL is highly cash generative, and expects 
to end 2021 with very minimal debt, 
providing balance sheet flexibility to take 
advantage of investment opportunities.

LSL expects to drive further attractive 
growth as the benefits of its financial 
services led strategy deliver an increasing 
proportion of Group profits. By 2023, 
for the first time, the Financial Services 
Division is expected to be the largest profit 
contributor to the Group.

In light of the uncertainty resulting from 
the emergence of the COVID-19 virus, and 
the subsequent significant Government 
support provided across the economy, the 
Board determined it was inappropriate to 
pay dividends. The final dividend for 2019 
previously announced was cancelled, 
and the Group has not declared either 
an interim or final dividend for 2020. This 
amounts to a total of £20.5m in payments 
not made when compared to the Board’s 
previous dividend policy.

The LSL Board is confident of the 
growth prospects for the Group and 
recognises that the payment of a dividend 
is important for many of its existing and 
prospective Shareholders. LSL confirms 
that it intends to reinstate dividends, 
with dividend payments expected to 
recommence in the second half of 
2021 following the release of the interim 
results. The Board has considered its 
dividend policy and alternative uses of 
capital for the benefit of Shareholders 
and believes that an expected annual 
payout of 30% of Underlying Operating 
Profit after finance and normalised tax 
charges is appropriate, with broadly a 1:2 
ratio between interim and final dividend. 
This will maintain dividend cover at 
roughly three times earnings over the 
business cycle. The Board will review 
capital allocation regularly to ensure LSL 
maintains an efficient balance sheet.

David Stewart
Group Chief Executive Officer 
27 April 2021

Strategic Report

– Financial Services Division

In this section
12  Strategy Review
14  Business Model
15  Business Reviews:
18 
22  – Surveying and Valuation Services Division
24  – Estate Agency Division
28  Financial Review
32  Stakeholder Engagement Arrangements
35  Principal Risks and Uncertainties
43  Environment, Social and Governance Report
54  The Board

11

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview Strategic ReportOverviewStrategy Review

support their growth aspirations and 
expand the Group’s reach.

•   Support the development of Financial 
Services, in particular by generating 
mortgage and protection leads, 
improving penetration of other products 
such as conveyancing and surveys, and 
exploiting digital technology to create a 
unified customer experience.

Strategic themes
In delivering this strategy, LSL will focus on 
six core strategic themes:

1.  Grow share of core markets: continue 
to focus on organic and acquisition 
opportunities. 

2.  Generate new sources of leads: 

develop, buy and/or partner to develop.

3.  Build resilient revenue streams: focus on 
customer retention and digital offering of 
products to support face-to-face. 

4.  Introduce new products and services: 

develop, buy and/or partner to generate 
new revenue opportunities, in line with 
customer needs.

5.  Employ target operating model and 

ways of working: focus on revenue and 
cost synergies, as well as embracing 
digital technology.

6.  Deploy capital to high-growth areas: 

simplify the Group and invest in areas of 
higher growth and return.

These themes will be supported by two 
strategic enablers:

1.  Leverage technology and digital 

capability: exploit existing market-
leading technology, consider new 
technology and, especially, use digital to 
support growth. 

2.  Hire, retain and develop talented people: 
continue to hire the best people in the 
industry to drive growth.

About LSL
LSL is one of the largest providers of 
services to mortgage intermediaries, 
specialist mortgage and protection advice 
to estate agency and new build customers 
and valuation services to the UK’s biggest 
mortgage lenders. 

It also operates a network of 226 owned 
and 130 franchised estate agency 
branches.

LSL’s strategy
Financial Services is at the heart of 
LSL’s strategy. The Group will continue 
to grow its Surveying and Valuation and 
Estate Agency Divisions and implement 
a new target operating model, including 
a specific focus on leveraging their 
capabilities to grow the Financial Services 
Division. 

LSL already operates some of the most 
successful financial services businesses in 
the UK. Through its intermediary networks 
and club, it provided services in relation 
to £32.6bn of mortgage completions in 
2020, equating to just over 9% of the 
total purchase and remortgage markets. 
LSL is also a specialist in providing 
mortgage and protection advice to estate 
agency customers and owns two of 
the UK’s largest new homes mortgage 
advice businesses, and a number of 
award-winning technologies in Toolbox, 
Mortgage Gym, and Direct Life and 
Pension Services.

LSL aims to:

•   Remain the leading mortgage network 
and club in the UK, further growing 
market share.

•   Become a major player in distribution 

via estate agencies, as demonstrated by 
its new long term partnership with The 
Property Franchise Group.

•   Buy and build a major national 

mortgage broker by executing a ʻbuy-
and-buildʼ strategy through the Pivotal 
Growth joint venture.

•   Significantly increase revenues in 
all channels by optimising existing 
products and services and introducing 
new ones, including protection, general 
insurance, conveyancing and surveys.

12

LSL believes that the Financial Services 
market will remain extremely attractive, 
due to:

•   Continued significant customer demand 
for mortgage, protection and insurance 
advice through intermediaries.

•   Resilient performance through different 
housing market cycles – remortgages 
and product transfers are a larger 
combined market than house purchases 
and, additionally, the market for 
protection and insurance products is not 
correlated with housing transactions.

•   Ability to unlock value within the Group’s 
existing distribution and customer base. 

•   Opportunity to grow new distribution 

through strategic partnerships.

In Surveying and Valuation, more than 
500 operational surveyors carried out 
487,000 valuations in 2020, serving seven 
of the UK’s top ten lenders, including all of 
Lloyds Banking Group’s mortgage lending. 
In this Division, LSL aims to:

•   Grow profitable market share in B2B, 

including leveraging its detailed market 
knowledge, data and expertise to offer 
high value insight in specialist areas, 
such as cladding, new build and equity 
release.

•   Develop its direct to consumer (D2C) 
offer, including building a D2C sales 
team and developing its D2C survey 
product.

•   Support the development of Financial 
Services, for example by attracting 
intermediaries to the PRIMIS network 
through its Surveying and Valuation 
Services proposition and offering 
survey products in its Financial Services 
business.

In the Estate Agency Division LSLʼs 
branches facilitated 21,000 house 
exchanges and managed 34,000 rental 
properties in 2020, across 350 owned and 
franchised locations. The Group aims to:

•   Grow profitable market share in existing 
catchments, for example by investing 
in digital marketing presence and 
in technology to help the business 
respond faster to valuation requests.

•   Improve the franchise proposition 

and work with existing franchisees to 

Direct to consumer
Through its Estate Agency distribution, 
in 2020 LSL had access to customers 
across 21,000 exchanges and 34,000 
rental properties. In many locations and 
products, the Group is very successful 
at generating revenue from these 
transactions, such as through mortgages 
or conveyancing. However, there is 
a significant opportunity to increase 
revenues by offering customers a more 
consistent, comprehensive, scalable and 
enduring solution, supported by both 
people and digital technology:

•   More consistent: offered to all 

customers, on every transaction.

•   More comprehensive: offer existing 

products to more customers and offer 
new products such as surveys.

•   More scalable: supporting local 

fulfilment with digital services, provided 
by central and remote teams and 
advisers.

•   More enduring: seek to maximise 
the lifetime value of the customer 
relationship, not just secure a point-in-
time transaction.

LSL will focus on unlocking value within 
the Group, with digital technology at its 
heart, and leveraging the Divisions to 
create value which is greater than the sum 
of the parts. 

Notes:

1 

 Intermediary Mortgage Lenders Association’s (IMLA) 
current estimate of gross new lending for 2021 – 
January 2021

13

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview Strategic ReportOverviewBusiness Model

Business Model

Customers

LSL’s 
Assets

B2B 
– Lenders
– Banks/building societies
– Housebuilders
– Financial Services 
  intermediaries 
  and introducers
– Franchisees

B2C
– Home owners
– House sellers
– House purchasers
– Landlords
– Tenants

Market- 
Leading 
Positions

– 3 Financial Services Networks
(including a Mortgage Club)

– 5 Financial Services Intermediary 

Companies

– Conveyancing Support Business

– Joint Ventures, Investments 

and Associates

– Lender Relationships

– e.surv and Walker Fraser Steele Brand

– 13 Estate Agency Companies

(including Franchise Businesses)

– 3 Asset Management Companies

(including Law of Property Act Receiver) 

– Land & New Homes Business

Financial Services:

– Networks

– Brokerage

Surveying and Valuation Services:

A leading provider 
of financial services, 
surveying and 
valuation and estate 
agency services.

– Surveys

– Valuations

– Panel Management

Estate Agency:

– Residential Sales

– Lettings

– Acquisitions and Investments

– Expertise

– Technology and Infrastructure

– Brand Investment

– New Graduates

– Capital Expenditure

Investment

Strong 
Revenue 
and Profit 
Margins 
Cash-Flow
Dividends

Cash-Flow

Note:
Business Model describes the Group’s operations as at 31 December 2020

Dividends

14

Business Reviews
Group Summary

Group Financials Summary

2020

2019

Var

2020

2019

Var

2020

2019

Var

H1

H2

FY

Profit and loss (£m)
Revenue

Group Underlying Operating Profit1 
(pre COVID-19 costs)

Group Underlying Operating margin 
(pre COVID-19 costs)

Group Underlying Operating Profit1 
(post COVID-19 costs)

Group Underlying Operating margin
(post COVID-19 costs)

Division Underlying Operating Profit1 
(pre COVID-19 costs)
Financial Services

Surveying

Estate Agency

Unallocated central costs

Group Underlying Operating Profit 
(pre COVID-19 costs)

Division Underlying Operating Profit1 
(post COVID-19 costs)
Financial Services

Surveying

Estate Agency

Unallocated central costs

Group Underlying Operating Profit 
(post COVID-19 costs)

Notes:

114.9

154.1

(25)%

151.8

157.0

(3)%

266.7

311.1

(14)%

12.5

12.2

3%

29.0

24.9

17%

41.5

37.0

12%

10.9%

7.9% 300bps

19.1% 15.8% 330bps

15.6% 11.9% 370bps

9.7

12.2

(20)%

25.5

24.9

2%

35.2

37.0

(5)%

8.5%

7.9% 60bps

16.8% 15.8% 90bps

13.2% 11.9% 130bps

4.9

4.9

4.1

(1.4)

12.5

4.6

4.1

2.4

(1.4)

4.3

6.3

4.0

14%

(23)%

3%

(2.5)

(45)%

12.2

3%

4.3

6.3

4.0

(2.5)

7%

(35)%

(40)%

(43)%

9.7

12.2

(20)%

8.5

13.0

11.4

(3.9)

29.0

7.6

12.1

9.7

(4.0)

25.5

7.3

10.0

10.4

(2.9)

17%

30%

9%

36%

24.9

17%

7.3

10.0

10.4

(2.9)

4%

21%

(7)%

36%

24.9

2%

13.5

17.9

15.5

(5.3)

41.5

12.3

16.2

12.1

(5.4)

35.2

11.6

16.3

14.5

(5.4)

16%

9%

8%

(1)%

37.0

12%

11.6

16.3

14.5

(5.4)

6%

(1)%

(16)%

(1)%

37.0

(5)%

1 

 Group Underlying Operating Profit is before exceptional costs, contingent consideration, amortisation of intangible assets, share-based payments and includes £15.7m of amounts 
receivable pursuant to the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme and utilised to pay employee salaries for those placed on furlough (as set out in Note 8 to the Group Financial 
Statements). Divisional Underlying Operating Profit is stated on the same basis as Group Underlying Operating Profit.

15

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview Strategic ReportOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Reviews

After a highly resilient performance in 
a COVID-19 impacted H1 2020, which 
reflected operational agility and careful 
financial management, in H2, following 
the reopening of the property markets, 
performance recovered strongly, as 
colleagues returned to work from 
furlough, re-built pipelines, delivering 
improving financial performance as H2 
progressed, and setting up a strong 
platform for Q1 2021. High standards of 
service to customers were maintained 
throughout, despite many colleagues 
still working from home during the latest 
lockdown.

In 2020, LSL’s markets were materially 
impacted by COVID-19, with total 
mortgage lending down 9%1, total 
mortgage approvals down 10%2 and UK 
housing market transactions down 11%3. 
LSL’s financial performance was highly 
resilient given these headwinds.
Group Revenue decreased by 14.3% 
to £266.7m (2019: £311.1m), impacted 
by COVID-19, the planned reduction in 
February 2019 of 164 Estate Agency 
branches to reshape the Your Move and 
Reeds Rains networks, and the tenant fee 
ban introduced in June 2019.

Group Revenue in H1 2020 reduced by 
25%. Much of this reduction resulted 
from the restrictions arising from the first 
national lockdown, between 23 March 
and 13 May 2020, which affected the 
last weeks of Q1 2020 and much of Q2 
2020 trading, as the entire network of 
356 owned and franchised Estate Agency 
branches was closed, with other activities 
restricted, including physical valuations by 
surveyors, home moves and viewings.

Following the reopening of the property 
markets during May 2020, revenue 
performance increased steadily 
throughout the second half, with total 
Group Revenue for H2 behind by just 
3%. Group Revenue in Q4 recovered to 
be 4% ahead of the same period in 2019, 
with particularly strong December trading 
as reported on 15 January 2021. Given 
the lead time between initial activity and 
revenue being recognised, the recovery 
in underlying trading conditions was 

16

somewhat greater than indicated by these 
numbers.

Group Underlying Operating Profit (post 
COVID-19 costs) was £35.2m (2019: 
£37.0m). Group Underlying Operating 
Profit is stated after £6.4m of COVID-19 
related net costs and before net 
exceptional costs of £6.4m, contingent 
consideration, amortisation and share-
based payments. Group Underlying 
Operating Profit (pre COVID-19 costs) was 
£41.5m, being 12% up against prior year. 
These figures include amounts received 
through the Coronavirus Job Retention 
Scheme (CJRS).

COVID-19 related net costs of £6.4m 
include costs incurred for unused 
property and other assets, such as 
vehicles, while the national lockdown 
was in place during 2020, and other 
costs including holiday pay accruals and 
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), net 
of property grants received during the 
national lockdown.

Group Underlying Operating Profit 
includes £15.7m received through the 
CJRS, which was used to meet the 
salaries of employees placed on furlough 
and secure long term jobs, and £2.4m 
of business rates relief. The Group also 
received property grants of £2.6m. 
Around 90% of the total CJRS amounts, 
was received during H1 2020, reflecting 
the impact of the significant restrictions 
on activity in the housing market, the 
required closure of the Estate Agency 
branch networks, the restriction on all 
physical property valuations, which 
resulted in circa 3,300 employees being 
placed on furlough during the first national 
lockdown. By the end of July 2020, 
over 85% of furloughed employees had 
returned to work, with the remainder 
returning steadily over the following 
months, reflecting the successful use of 
the scheme to safeguard jobs, with no 
colleagues remaining on furlough.

In light of the support provided by 
Government schemes, the Board 
determined it was inappropriate to pay 
the final dividend for 2019 or to declare 
any dividends for 2020. In addition, 

planned salary rises in 2020 were 
cancelled and severe restrictions placed 
on management bonuses. No executive 
director bonuses were awarded for 2020.

Underlying Operating Profit is summarised 
below:

Group Underlying 
Operating Profit 
(post COVID-19 costs)

Adjustments for 
COVID-19 related net 
costs:

   On assets unused 
during lockdown 
(premises, vehicles etc)

   Other costs including 
holiday pay accrual 

Group Underlying 
Operating Profit 
(pre COVID-19 costs)

2020
£m

2019
£m

35.2

37.0

3.0

3.3

-

-

41.5

37.0

Group Underlying Operating Profit (post 
COVID-19 costs) in H1 was down 20% 
(Q1 +62%, Q2 -37%), reflecting a strong 
start to the year as political uncertainty 
receded, before profitability reduced 
significantly during the first national 
lockdown in which the Government 
introduced severe restrictions on 
business activity. Profitability recovered 
quickly in June, following easing of these 
restrictions.

Trading was strong throughout H2, with 
the Government reiterating its intention 
to allow the housing market to operate 
as normally as possible, allowing the 
Group’s Financial Services, Surveying and 
Estate Agency operations to operate more 
normally in line with Government and 
Group safety guidance. Group Underlying 
Operating Profit (post COVID-19 costs) in 
H2 was £25.5m, up 2% compared to the 
prior year.

Financial Services delivered a particularly 
resilient performance, with Underlying 
Operating Profit post and pre COVID-19 
costs up in both H1 and H2. The 
Financial Services Division represented 
an increased proportion of Group profit, 
continuing the trend of recent years as the 

Group focuses on growth in this area.

Surveying Division Underlying Operating 
Profit (post COVID-19 costs) was broadly 
in line with the prior year, representing 
a resilient performance. The Division 
was materially impacted by business 
restrictions during the first national 
lockdown, then recovered strongly in the 
second half, benefiting from strong lender 
pipelines and increased new business 
activity.

The Estate Agency Division’s performance 
also recovered in the second half of the 
year, having been significantly impacted in 
the first national lockdown. Estate Agency 
Division Underlying Operating Profit (post 
COVID-19 costs) for the year was down 
16% (-40% in H1 and -6% in H2). The 
residential sales exchange pipeline at 
31 December 2020 was more than 65% 
above the same date in 2019.

Notes:

1 

2 

3 

 UK Finance – New mortgage lending by purpose of 
loan, UK (BOE) (excluding product transfers)

 Bank of England – House Purchase Approvals and 
Total Mortgage Approvals

 HMRC – Residential Property Transactions £40,000 or 
above

17

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview Strategic ReportOverviewBusiness Reviews
Financial Services Division

Financial Services: Financials 
Summary

Profit and loss (£m)
Total revenue

Underlying Operating Profit1 
(pre COVID-19 costs)

Underlying Operating margin 
(pre COVID-19 costs)

Underlying Operating Profit1 
(post COVID-19 costs)

Underlying Operating margin 
(post COVID-19 costs)

KPIs
LSL mortgage completion lending2 (£bn)

LSL market share3

Total advisers

Number of AR firms

FCA capital requirement4

Excess capital4

Lapse provision

Notes:

H1

H2

FY

2020

2019

Var

2020

2019

Var

2020

2019

Var

28.1

34.3

(18)%

32.9

35.5

(7)%

4.9

4.3

14%

8.5

7.3

17%

61.0

13.5

69.8

(13)%

11.6

16%

17.5% 12.6% 490bps

25.9% 20.6% 530bps

22.1% 16.7% 540bps

4.6

4.3

7%

7.6

7.3

4%

12.3

11.6

6%

16.5% 12.6% 390bps

23.2% 20.6% 260bps

20.2% 16.7% 350bps

14.6

9.0%

2,431

896

5.3

10.6

4.8

14.7

(0)%

8.5% 50bps

2,277

860

4.7

10.8

5.7

7%

4%

12%

(2)%

(16)%

18.0

9.1%

2,585

930

5.2

13.5

4.5

17.1

6%

8.6% 50bps

2,392

878

4.8

10.8

5.3

8%

6%

10%

25%

(15)%

32.6

9.1%

2,585

930

5.2

13.5

4.5

31.7

3%

8.6% 50bps

2,392

878

4.8

10.8

5.3

8%

6%

10%

25%

(15)%

1  Underlying Operating Profit is shown pre and post COVID-19 related net costs

2  LSL mortgage completion lending quoted includes product transfers

3  Market share excludes product transfers

4  2020 FCA capital requirement and excess capital

Headlines
LSL is one of the largest providers of 
services to mortgage intermediaries 
and specialist mortgage and insurance 
advice to estate agency and new build 
customers. The Board estimates that 
PRIMIS is the UK’s largest mortgage 
network. During 2020, PRIMIS won 
multiple awards, including the Moneyfacts 
Awards 2020: Mortgage Network of 
the Year, Mortgage Introducer Awards 
2020: Mortgage Network of the Year, 
AIG Quality Awards 2020: Best Crisis 
Response, Mortgage Strategy Awards 
2020: Best Network 300+ ARs, 
COVER Excellence Awards 2020: Best 
Intermediary Promotion of Protection/
Health.

The importance of Financial Services to 
the Group continues to increase, reflecting 
the Board’s strategy to develop a broader 
and less volatile income stream in sectors 

in which it has significant experience. The 
Financial Services Division has enhanced 
its profit and market share consistently 
over recent years, demonstrating 
resilience and capacity to grow across 
a wide range of market conditions. 
Over the five financial years ended 31 
December 2020, the CAGR of Underlying 
Operating Profit in the Financial Services 
Division was 26%1. The Financial Services 
proportion of LSL’s gross Divisional profit 
has increased for over ten years running 
to 29% in 2020. Intermediaries continue to 
take the dominant share of the mortgage 
market and customers continue to benefit 
from impartial advice, particularly with the 
impact of COVID-19 on lending criteria. 
The share of new residential lending sold 
via intermediaries2 continued to grow in 
2020 to 76% of the market (2019: 74%) 
demonstrating the continued resilience of 
LSL’s business model.

LSL has established itself as a leading 
player in the provision of mortgage 
brokerage, and in 2020, LSL provided 
services in relation to £32.6bn of 
mortgage completions, increasing 
LSL’s market share by 0.5 percentage 
points to 9.1% of the total purchase and 
remortgage market (2019: 8.6%). LSL 
is also a leading player in the provision 
of general and protection insurance, 
generating new protection insurance 
policies of around £54m of annualised 
premium in 2020.

Despite the impact of COVID-19, the 
Financial Services Division delivered profit 
growth in H1 and H2 on both a pre and 
post COVID-19 cost basis.

Summary of Financial Services 
businesses
LSL Financial Services businesses 
operate in three channels, Intermediary 

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Network, Direct to Consumer and New 
Build Homes.

The Intermediary Network channel 
comprises PRIMIS, a leading UK 
appointed representative network with 
broad UK coverage, and The Mortgage 
Alliance (TMA), a mortgage club 
distributing mortgages and financial 
services products to directly authorised 
mortgage intermediaries. PRIMIS has a 
network of 2,585 independent advisers in 
930 appointed representative firms, and 
TMA has around 600 regular members. 
The Board believes that PRIMIS is the 
largest mortgage network in the UK.

The Direct to Consumer channel is made 
up of employed and self-employed 
advisers providing mortgage and 
protection advice in branch and via 
telephony to customers of both LSL and 
independent estate agency branches, 
through Embrace Financial Services and 
Linear Financial Solutions. First2Protect 
provides home insurance products for 
property owners, landlords and tenants. 
There are 308 advisers in the direct to 
consumer channel.

The New Build Homes channel consists 
of two LSL subsidiaries, Group First and 
RSC, specialising in providing mortgages 
and financial services products to 
customers financing the purchase of 
new build properties. There are 69 
directly appointed advisers in Group First 
and RSC providing these services via 
partnerships with new build developers.

Total Financial Services revenue 
generated by the Group in 2020 was 
£70.8m, being reported in the Financial 
Services Division (£61.0m) and in the 
Estate Agency Division (£9.9m), the latter 
representing a variable commission 
payment from Embrace Financial Services 
Ltd, a subsidiary within LSL’s Financial 
Services Division, reflecting its role in 
introducing customers to Embrace 
advisers.

Revenue is well diversified across the 
three channels. The revenue mix by 
channel for 2020 and 2019 was as 
follows:

Total Group Financial Services 
Revenue Mix by Channel (%)

Intermediary Network

Direct to Consumer

New Build Home

Total revenue

2020

2019

44% 40%
40% 43%
16% 17%
100% 100%

The Financial Services Division has 
significant scale across its breadth of 
products, including mortgage products, 
pure protection products and general 
insurance products. LSL’s financial 
revenue is made up of mortgage advice 
(fees paid by consumer), mortgage 
procuration (fees paid by mortgage 
lenders), protection insurance and 
household insurance (commission paid 
by insurance companies) and other 
income (including broker fees for PRIMIS 
services).

The Division’s revenue mix by product 
highlights the significance of LSL’s 
insurance business and its success in 
arranging protection products both on a 
standalone basis as well as when needed 
at the time of a mortgage being arranged.

There is a broadly equal split between 
mortgage related and protection and 
insurance related revenue. The split of 
revenue by type is as follows:

Total Group Financial Services 
Revenue Mix by Type (%) 
Year ended 31 December

Mortgage fees

Life and general 
insurance fees

Other fees

Total revenue

2020

2019

42% 47%

45% 43%
13% 10%
100% 100%

2020 performance
LSL’s total gross mortgage completions 
(including product transfers) increased 
by 3% to £32.6bn (2019: £31.7bn). Gross 
mortgage completions excluding product 
transfers reduced by 3% to £22.1bn (2019: 
£22.8bn), in a market which UK gross 
mortgage lending (excluding product 
transfers) fell by 9% and UK housing 

transactions fell by 11%. An increasingly 
important activity is advising customers 
switching mortgage schemes with their 
existing lender (‘product transfers’). 
LSL’s product transfers increased by 
17% to £10.5bn (2019: £8.9bn) as 
product transfers dominated remortgage 
activity during lockdown, supporting the 
generation of recurring income.

The mix of mortgage applications 
between purchase and refinance 
(including both remortgages and product 
transfers), returned to more typical 
levels as the year progressed. Cases 
were heavily skewed to refinance during 
lockdown at around 86% in April, with 
a more normal 50/50 split for most of 
H2. The proportion of mortgage product 
transfers arranged during 2020 increased 
to 32%, up from 28% of all LSL lending 
arranged in 2019.

LSL continued to be successful in 
attracting new appointed representative 
firms to its PRIMIS network. In the year 
to 31 December 2020, the number of 
appointed representative firms increased 
by 6% to 930, and the number of advisers 
by 8% to 2,585. The number of advisers 
has subsequently grown further to 2,681 
as at 31 March 2021, and the pipeline of 
new advisers had also grown over Q1 
2021. Further recruitment of new firms 
and advisers is expected to support 
ongoing profitable growth for PRIMIS.

Despite the impact of COVID-19, the 
Financial Services Division delivered 
profit growth in H1 and H2 on a pre and 
post COVID-19 cost basis. Underlying 
Operating Profit (post COVID-19 costs) 
increased by 6% to £12.3m (2019: 
£11.6m). This improvement was delivered 
despite the impact of the market 
disruption on Financial Services’ revenue, 
which was down 13% to £61.0m (2019: 
£69.8m). The improvement in profitability 
reflected careful cost management with 
scale efficiencies in PRIMIS, including 
reduced IT platform costs, which 
will support LSL’s profitability as we 
continue to grow our Financial Services 
businesses.

Following a revenue reduction of 
18% during H1, there was a steady 

19

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview Strategic ReportOverviewBusiness Reviews

improvement following the end of the first 
national lockdown, with H2 2020 revenues 
down 7% on H2 2019. Momentum 
grew as the second half progressed 
and performance in December was 
particularly strong with year-on-year 
revenue growth in December 2020 of 
10%, as application pipelines converted 
strongly.

PRIMIS finished the year particularly 
well, with year-on-year revenue growth in 
December of around 21%.

Impact of COVID-19
The impact of COVID-19 varied by 
channel. The Intermediary channel 
was particularly resilient, with revenue 
down 7% year-on-year, outperforming 
the overall market decline of 9%. The 
independent advisers working in the 
PRIMIS network firms focused on service 
of existing clients, working remotely from 

their customers through the lockdown 
period. The attachment rate of penetration 
of protection products to new mortgages 
written fell during the period, as the lack 
of face-to-face appointments impacted 
conversion, and increased the proportion 
of product transfers providing less 
opportunities for protection.

The Direct to Consumer channel revenue 
was down 20% year-on-year, reflecting 
the impact of COVID-19 on the residential 
market, with UK transactions down 
11%, and the phased return of advisers 
from furlough impacted the speed of 
resumption of normal productivity levels 
and from financial advisers largely not 
able to physically work in the Estate 
Agency branches due to social distancing 
requirements. Embrace Financial Services 
(EFS) advisers supporting the LSL 
Estate Agency branches naturally saw 
opportunities reduce following the closure 

of the Estate Agency branches during 
the lockdown in Q2, resulting in fewer 
completions in Q2 and a lower pipeline 
entering Q3. Year-on-year comparative 
volumes were also impacted by the 
reshaping of the branch network during 
Q1 2019.

New Build Homes channel revenue was 
down 21% year-on-year. The overall new 
build market was more heavily affected 
than the second-hand market in 2020, 
with completions of new build homes 
in the year to December 2020 down 
17% compared to prior year. New Build 
Homes was particularly affected by the 
shutdown of development sites in H1 and 
ongoing supply chain challenges during 
H2, resulting in builders completing less 
properties. The phased return of advisers 
from furlough impacted the speed of 
resumption of normal productivity levels.

Total Group Financial Services Revenue (£m) 
Year ended 31 December 

Intermediary Network

Direct to Consumer

New Build Homes

Total Group Financial Services revenue

Less: Estate Agency variable commission

Total Financial Services Division 

Technology
In 2020, the Division continued to develop 
Toolbox, its proprietary software systems, 
including improvements to the advice 
journey for both end-customers and 
advisers, the delivery of a client portal 
supporting remote advice capability, as 
well as deployment of enhanced security 
features and electronic identity verification 
solutions. Toolbox is to be used as the 
platform for the Group’s ‘buy-and-build’ 
joint venture with Pollen Street Capital.

In February 2021 LSL announced the 
acquisition of a 60% stake in Direct Life 
Quote Holdings Limited for £1.8m, and 
the business and assets of Mortgage Gym 
Limited (Mortgage Gym) for £2.4m, as 
part of its digital strategy to drive growth 
in Financial Services.

20

2020

 31.3 

 28.2 

 11.4 

 70.8 

 (9.9)

 61.0 

2019

Year-on-year

 33.5 

 35.4 

 14.4 

 83.4 

 (13.6)

 69.8 

-7%

-20%

-21%

-15%

-27%

-13%

The deployment of Mortgage Gym will 
strengthen the technology support 
available to LSL and PRIMIS mortgage 
advisors, increasing the efficiency of users 
and helping to pre-qualify leads, whilst 
increasing the capability to generate 
leads from third party sources. The 
technology is currently being piloted by 
LSL in the new build market and under 
LSL ownership it is planned to accelerate 
its deployment, enhancing the service 
proposition to developers and giving LSL 
the opportunity to grow market share in 
this sector. It is also expected to bring 
significant benefits to EFS, increasing the 
efficiency and productivity of advisers 
working with LSL and third party estate 
agency offices, such as those of The 
Property Franchise Group.

Direct Life Quote Holdings principal 
subsidiary, Direct Life and Pension 
Services, has developed an advanced 
technology platform that offers 
digital protection insurance product 
recommendations to intermediaries and 
direct to retail customers via an end-to-
end online service through third  party 
aggregators. The investment in Direct 
Life and Pension Services will help both 
PRIMIS members and LSL’s directly 
employed advisers to increase their sale 
of protection products for the benefit of 
clients and customers.

Governance
The regulated nature of Financial Services 
highlights the importance of effective risk 
management. Given the importance of 

Financial Services to the Group’s strategy, 
the Nominations Committee has taken 
steps to ensure that the Board includes 
directors with significant experience of 
operating in regulated financial services 
businesses. During 2020 the independent 
member of the Financial Services 
Oversight Committee became Chair of 
that Committee, to enhance the Division’s 
governance arrangements.

In common with other regulated 
businesses, LSL’s Financial Services 
activities require the maintenance of 
minimum levels of regulatory capital, the 
calculation for which is based on revenue 
in related activities. At the end of Q4 2020, 
the most recent regulatory reporting 
period, the relevant businesses held total 
capital of £18.7m, significantly ahead 
of the regulatory requirement of £5.2m 
and indicative of the Group’s prudent 
approach to balance sheet management. 
This capital surplus will support significant 
further growth in FCA-regulated activities.

Notes:

1 

2 

3 

 Underlying Operating Profit growth is pre COVID-19 
related net costs

 UK Finance New residential lending sold direct and via 
intermediaries

 LSL mortgage completions lending quoted includes 
product transfers

21

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview Strategic ReportOverviewBusiness Reviews
Surveying and Valuation Services Division

Surveying: Financials Summary

2020

2019

Var

2020

2019

Var

2020

2019

Var

H1

H2

FY

Profit and loss (£m)

Total revenue
Underlying Operating Profit1
(pre COVID-19 costs)
Underlying Operating margin
(pre COVID-19 costs)

Underlying Operating Profit1
(post COVID-19 costs)
Underlying Operating margin
(post COVID-19 costs)

KPIs
Jobs performed (000’s)

Revenue from private surveys (£m)

Income per job (£)

Operational surveyors employed (FTE2)

Balance sheet (£m)
PI Costs provision

Notes:

31.1

42.7

(27)%

4.9

6.3

(23)%

46.0

13.0

43.7

5%

10.0

30%

77.1

17.9

86.4

(11)%

16.3

9%

15.6% 14.8% 80bps

28.3% 22.9% 530bps

23.2% 18.9% 420bps

4.1

6.3

(35)%

12.1

10.0

21%

16.2

16.3

(1)%

13.1% 14.8% -170bps

26.3% 22.9% 340bps

21.0% 18.9% 210bps

197

0.5

158

507

251

0.9

170

486

(22)%

(49)%

(7)%

4%

290

0.7

159

513

257

0.9

170

514

13%

(25)%

(6)%

0%

487

1.1

159

513

508

1.8

170

514

(4)%

(37)%

(7)%

0%

(7.6)

(10.9)

(30)%

(7.0)

(8.2)

(14)%

(7.0)

(8.2)

(14)%

1  Underlying Operating Profit is shown pre and post COVID-19 related net costs

2  Full Time Equivalent (FTE)

Despite the significant operational impact 
on the Surveying Division caused by the 
restrictions imposed due to COVID-19, 
the financial performance was highly 
resilient. Service levels provided to clients 
remained high and e.surv was awarded 
Best Surveyor/Valuer at the 2020 
Mortgage Strategy Awards.

Surveying Division revenue decreased by 
11% to £77.1m (2019: £86.4m). Revenue in 
the first half reduced by 27%, following a 
positive revenue performance in January 
and February. Lockdown restrictions 
prevented the Group from undertaking 
any physical valuations between 23 March 
and 18 May. During this time, LSL worked 
with lenders to rapidly increase the 
volumes of valuations performed remotely.

The ability to undertake physical 
valuations recommenced on 18 May 
2020, following which volumes quickly 
recovered. Revenue in H2 2020 was 
up 5% over the same period in 2019, 
reflecting both the clearance of pipelines 
built up during lockdown as well as 

22

high levels of new instructions. The 
recovery gained momentum as the 
second half progressed, with December 
Surveying revenue up 25% year-on-year. 
The year included the completion of a 
key contractual negotiation, with the 
Surveying Division having been awarded 
an extension to its contract to supply UK 
residential survey and valuation works to a 
major high street bank in June 2020.

During 2020, just over 70% of the 
Surveying Division’s revenues were 
derived from its top five customers. This is 
broadly consistent with the concentration 
of mortgage lending in the UK, where it 
is estimated that the six largest lenders 
collectively account for around 70% of 
the market. The total number of jobs 
performed during the year was 486,520 
(2019: 508,061), with 60% taking place in 
H2 2020 (H2 2019: 51%).

Income per job in 2020 reduced to 
£159 (2019: £170), due to the increased 
proportion of jobs undertaken remotely. 
Remote valuations take less surveyor 

time to complete than physical valuations, 
bringing capacity advantages to mitigate 
the lower income per job. Remote 
valuations in 2020 represented 24% 
of all jobs performed (2019: 7%). The 
percentage increased to 22% in H1 
but was 100% during the period of no 
physical valuations between 23 March 
and 18 May. Over H2 remote valuations 
represented 26% of the total. This partly 
reflected a market-wide shortage of 
capacity to clear pipelines and cope with 
elevated demand conditions, as well as an 
increase in the use of remote valuations 
by some lender clients.

Surveying Division Underlying Operating 
Profit (post COVID-19 costs) of £16.2m 
was broadly in line with prior year (2019: 
£16.3m). Underlying Operating Profit 
was down 35% in H1 and up 21% in 
H2, with an improved profit margin (post 
COVID-19 costs) for 2020 of 21.0% (2019: 
18.9%). The margin benefited from cost 
restructuring during H2 2019 and during 
Q1 2020, following rationalisation of 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
back-office administration, which yielded 
annualised savings of £1m.

The development and retention of 
surveyors remains a high priority, and 
success in this area facilitated the 
delivery of significant valuation volumes 
following lockdown. The total number of 
operational surveyors employed (FTE) at 
31 December 2020 was maintained at 513 
(2019: 514). In 2021, the Surveying Division 
will continue to focus on its recognised 
and highly successful graduate 
programme, to alleviate the impact of 
capacity constraints in the market and 
backfill. The pass rate for graduates to 
AssocRICS status in 2020 was 100%. 
In addition, the business continues to 
recognise other industry bodies to provide 
capacity, supporting trainees with our 
established mentoring programme.

At 31 December 2020, the total provision 
for professional indemnity (PI) costs was 
£7.0m (2019: £8.2m). In 2020, the Group 
continued to make positive progress in 
addressing historic PI claims and there 
was a net £0.7m exceptional gain in the 
year.

23

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview Strategic ReportOverviewBusiness Reviews
Estate Agency Division

Estate Agency: Financials Summary

2020

2019

Var

2020

2019

Var

2020

2019

Var

H1

H2

FY

Profit and loss (£m)
Residential Sales exchange income

Lettings income

Financial Services income

Franchise income

Conveyancing and other1

Asset Management 

Total revenue
Underlying Operating Profit2 
(pre COVID-19 costs)
Underlying Operating margin
(pre COVID-19 costs)

Underlying Operating Profit2
(post COVID-19 costs)
Underlying Operating margin
(post COVID-19 costs)

KPIs
Exchange units – owned (000’s)

Managed properties – owned (000’s)

Average Residential Sales exchange
fee per unit (£)

18.6

27.5

4.5

0.7

2.5

2.0

27.6

33.8

6.8

1.0

5.5

2.5

55.8

77.1

(33)%

(19)%

(33)%

(31)%

(55)%

(20)%

(28)%

30.2

31.1

5.4

0.9

3.5

1.8

30.1

33.5

6.8

1.3

3.4

2.8

72.9

77.8

0%

(7)%

(21)%

(25)%

4%

(36)%

(6)%

48.8

58.6

9.9

1.6

5.9

3.8

57.7

67.3

13.6

2.3

8.8

5.3

128.7

154.9

(15)%

(13)%

(27)%

(28)%

(33)%

(29)%

(17)%

4.1

4.0

3%

11.4

10.4

9%

15.5

14.5

8%

7.4%

5.2% 220bps

15.6% 13.4% 220bps

12.1%

9.3% 280bps

2.4

4.0

(40)%

9.7

10.4

(7)%

12.1

14.5

(16)%

4.3%

5.2% -90bps

13.3% 13.4% -20bps

9.4%

9.3% 10bps

5.0

24.8

8.5

25.1

(41)%

(1)%

7.9

24.8

8.2

25.0

(3)%

(1)%

12.9

24.8

16.7

25.0

(23)%

(1)%

3,730

3,246

15%

3,809

3,666

4%

3,778

3,452

9%

Notes:
1 

‘Other income’ includes conveyancing services, EPCs, Home Reports, utilities and other products and services to clients of the branch network

2  Underlying Operating Profit is shown pre and post COVID-19 related net costs

Following a strong start to the year, the 
pandemic resulted in the closure of the 
branch network, with H2 experiencing 
a significant increase in housing market 
activity. The Estate Agency Division 
responded with agility to the operational 
challenges caused by COVID-19 and we 
are exceptionally well placed to benefit 
from the current strong market, having 
increased our market share since the end 
of the lockdown.

Estate Agency Underlying Operating 
Profit (post COVID-19 costs) was £12.1m 
(2019: £14.5m), with the impact of 
COVID-19 and the tenant fee ban (June 
2019) offsetting the benefit of the branch 
networks rationalisation in the early part of 
2019. After COVID-19 costs are excluded, 
Underlying Operating Profit was £15.5m. 
After COVID-19 costs, H1 profit was 
down 40% to £2.4m (H1 2019: £4.0m), 

recovering in H2 to just 7% down to £9.7m 
(H2 2019: £10.4m) as the market opened, 
with residential exchange pipelines at 31 
December 2020, up 65% year-on-year.

Total Estate Agency Division revenue 
for 2020 decreased by 17% to £128.7m 
(2019: £154.9m). Adjusting for the closure 
of the Your Move and Reeds Rains 
branches during Q1 2019, like-for-like total 
revenue decreased by 14% compared to 
2019. Revenues for H1 2020 decreased 
by 28% in comparison to the prior year, 
reflecting the impact of the national 
lockdown on all revenue streams. The 
recovery in revenues post the national 
lockdown resulted in H2 2020 revenue 
performance down just 6% year-on-year, 
reflecting high levels of Residential Sales 
exchanges. In Q4 2020, revenues were 
1% up year-on-year as the significant 
pipeline built during the period following 

lockdown began to exchange. This 
steady growth can be seen in December 
revenues which were up 7% year-on-year. 
This pattern continued into 2021, with the 
first quarter showing strong growth over 
both 2019 and 2020.

Over the period March 2020 to May 2020, 
the proportion of Estate Agency FTE 
employees placed on furlough peaked 
at 77%. Once restrictions relaxed after 
the national lockdown, the Group rapidly 
reopened its branch networks. The 
number of FTE employees on furlough 
reduced to 35% by the end of June 2020 
and was just 2% by the end of September 
2020, with further reductions as the year 
progressed.

Although COVID-19 materially impacted 
the London property market, the market 
recovered extremely strongly following the 
easing of restrictions. Marsh & Parsons’ 

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Sales exchange income was 
down 11% year-on-year in H1, before 
recovering strongly to 4% ahead in H2. 
Lettings income was impacted during 
the year by lower demand and rents, 
particularly in prime Central London. 
However, this has recovered strongly in 
recent months. A new Financial Services 
offering was launched by Marsh & 
Parsons at the beginning of 2020, which 
is expected to contribute positively to 
profits in 2021.

Residential Sales
Residential Sales exchange income 
decreased by 15% to £48.8m (2019: 
£57.7m). Adjusting for the reduced 
number of branches following the planned 
reshaping of the network in Q1 2019, total 
like-for-like Residential Sales exchange 
income decreased by 12%, broadly in 
line with the overall market decline on a 
national level. Encouragingly, at a local 
level, in the locations traded by LSL, 
market share slightly increased in H2, a 
pattern which has continued in 2021.

Residential Sales exchange income 
was down by 33% in H1 2020, with low 
exchange volumes in the immediate 
lead up to and during the first national 
lockdown between 23 March and 13 May 
2020, throughout which time the branch 
network was required to close. LSL’s 
Estate Agency businesses responded 
quickly to the easing of restrictions, and 
by the end of June 2020, all but five 
branches had reopened. Residential 
Sales exchange activity increased steadily 
post the national lockdown, with H2 2020 
revenues in line with the prior year. Q4 
2020 revenues were up 16% year-on-year, 
with exchanged units up 14%.

The significant increase in the number of 
house sales agreed following the end of 
the national lockdown in May 2020 gave 
rise to significant pressures in parts of 
the housing chain, notably a market-wide 
shortage in conveyancing capacity. This 
has meant that the average time taken to 
exchange and complete on agreed sales 
has increased in the market generally.

The Residential Sales exchange pipeline 
grew materially during this period. At the 
end of December 2020, this pipeline was 

more than 65% above the same point 
in 2019. There was no evidence of any 
material increase in Residential Sales fall-
through trends in the later part of 2020, 
nor in 2021 to date.

Average residential sales exchange fees 
per unit increased by 9% to £3,778 (2019: 
£3,452), reflecting the impact of the 
reshaped keystone branch network and 
the closure of more marginal, sub-scale 
branches.

Lettings
Total Lettings income decreased by 13% 
to £57.7m (2019: £67.3m). Adjusting for 
the planned reduction in branches and 
for the tenant fee ban introduced in June 
2019, total like-for-like Lettings income 
decreased by 9%, the recurring nature 
providing significant resilience to market 
conditions. As a result, Lettings income 
increased to 46% of total Estate Agency 
income (2019: 43%), despite the impact of 
the tenant fee ban.

Lettings income was, however, affected 
by the low volume of buy-to-let properties 
coming to market, a suppressed student 
market during the national lockdown 
and an excess of lettings stock in prime 
Central London, where fewer tourists and 
corporate lets caused more properties to 
be released onto the long term lettings 
market, creating pressure on rents and 
added competition for tenants. The total 
number of managed properties at 31 
December 2020 was 24,804, broadly in 
line with the same date in 2019.

Financial Services Income
As noted above, the Estate Agency 
Division receives a variable commission 
payment from Embrace Financial Services 
Ltd, a subsidiary within LSL’s Financial 
Services Division, reflecting its role in 
introducing customers to EFS advisers. 
This income was down 27% to £9.9m 
(2019: £13.6m), reflecting the impact of 
COVID-19 in reducing branch network 
generated leads and lower productivity 
from financial advisers not able to 
physically work in the Estate Agency 
branches. The arrangements between the 
Estate Agency Division and EFS are being 
reviewed to align them more closely with 

market rates based on an arm’s length 
relationship. This is likely to result in lower 
payments from EFS to Estate Agency, 
and a move in profits from the Estate 
Agency Division to the Financial Services 
Division. More information in respect of 
the impact of this will be provided at the 
time of publication of LSL’s Interim Results 
for 2021.

Franchise Income
Franchise income was down 28% to 
£1.6m in 2020 (2019: £2.3m) largely 
reflecting lower royalties received 
from franchisees relating to residential 
exchange sales resulting from the market-
wide factors described above.

Conveyancing and other income
Conveyancing and other income fell by 
31% to £5.9m (2019: £8.8m), in large part 
due to lower Residential Sales transaction 
volumes and lower productivity brought 
about by the need for home working 
following the return from lockdown. H1 
was down 55%, with a recovery in H2 (up 
4%) reflecting the conveyancing income 
earned on increasing Residential Sales 
Income.

Asset Management
Asset Management revenues were 
down by 29% for the year to £3.8m 
(2019: £5.3m), a smaller reduction than 
the overall reduction in repossessions 
which were down by 67%. The number 
of repossessions was much lower than 
in previous years as lenders exercised 
forbearance to protect customers 
whose personal and financial situation 
was impacted by COVID-19. This was 
reinforced strongly in the FCA’s COVID-19 
guidance, in effect since 19 March 
2020, that lenders should not enforce 
repossessions before 1 April 2021, except 
in exceptional circumstances.

25

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview Strategic ReportOverviewBusiness Reviews

Branch numbers
Breakdown of LSL’s Estate Agency branches as at 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019:

Your Move 

Reeds Rains

Sub total

LSLi

Marsh & Parsons

Total

Owned

Franchise

Total 2020

Total 2019

89

56

145

51

30

226

79

49

128

2

0

130

168

105

273

53

30

356

169

105

274

59

30

363

The total number of Estate Agency 
branches reduced by seven in 2020, 
following the net reduction of five owned 
branches, including the closure of six 
LSLi owned branches, the opening of one 
Reeds Rains branch, and the closure of 
two franchise branches.

Estate Agency Awards and 
Achievements 2020
•  Reeds Rains: Best Estate Agent Guide 
2021(*): Best Estate Agency Guide Award 
– Best Large Lettings Agency in the UK, 
Winner.

•  Your Move: USwitch Website Speed 
League Survey: Overall Best Property 
Website.

 (*) As judged and announced in 2020.

Financial Services regulation
LSL’s Financial Services business includes 
three FCA regulated firms, First Complete 
Limited, Advance Mortgage Funding 
Limited, and Personal Touch Financial 
Services Limited, which all trade as PRIMIS 
Mortgage Network or PRIMIS.

First Complete Limited, Advance Mortgage 
Funding Limited, and Personal Touch 
Financial Services Limited each have 
regulatory permissions to advise on 
and arrange mortgages and insurance 
products for their customers. Personal 
Touch Financial Services Limited also has 
regulatory permission in relation to pension 
and investment advice. First Complete 
Limited, Advance Mortgage Funding 
Limited, and Personal Touch Financial 
Services Limited each act as a principal to 
a network of appointed representatives.

The following LSL Group companies 
are appointed representatives of First 

Complete for mortgage and insurance 
business:

•  your-move.co.uk Limited;

•  Reeds Rains Limited;

•  First2Protect Limited;

•  Mortgages First Limited;

•  Insurance First Brokers Limited;

•  RSC New Homes Limited; and

•  Embrace Financial Services Ltd.

Linear Mortgage Network Limited is an 
appointed representative of Advance 
Mortgage Funding Limited for mortgage 
and insurance business, and is also an 
appointed representative of Openwork 
Limited for pensions and investment 
advice.

LSL’s authorised and regulated Financial 
Services businesses are subject to 
Financial Ombudsman Service (FOS) 
jurisdiction and contribute to the funding 
of the Financial Services Compensation 
Scheme through regulatory fees and 
charges.

LSL is an active member of the 
Association of Mortgage Intermediaries 
(AMI) which is an industry representative 
and trade body for mortgage and 
insurance financial services businesses. 
Through membership of AMI, LSL 
engaged in FCA market studies and 
regulatory consultations during 2020. LSL 
will continue to engage with the FCA and 
other relevant regulatory bodies during 
2021.

Please also refer to the Principal Risks 
and Uncertainties section of this Report 
for details of how the Financial Services 
Compliance Team forms part of the 

Group’s risk management and internal 
control arrangements, together with 
details of how the Group describes and 
mitigates risks and uncertainties relating 
to regulation and compliance.

Surveying regulation
e.surv Chartered Surveyors are regulated 
by the Royal Institution of Chartered 
Surveyors (RICS).

RICS state their focus is on “those issues 
our professionals and firms need to get 
right to offer clients a safe marketplace, 
inspire confidence, and maintain the 
reputation of the profession. With 
regulation staff working in RICS offices 
around the world, we are ideally placed 
to be an effective regulator for our global 
profession.”

Each Chartered Surveyor employed 
by e.surv has an obligation to fully 
comply with RICS regulatory standards 
on matters including ethics, conflict of 
interest and integrity. In addition, e.surv 
as a firm is also regulated by RICS to 
ensure that all the required standards and 
requirements are delivered.

In order to ensure compliance, e.surv 
deliver training, guidance and monitoring. 
These comprehensive processes ensure 
the delivery of compliant reporting to the 
entire portfolio of clients.

During 2021, it is proposed to further 
enhance the oversight of RICS regulations 
by delivering a formal Annual Assessment 
of Compliance.

26

Estate Agency regulation

Residential Sales and Lettings
The Estate Agency Division’s branches 
adhere to the Codes of Practice issued 
by industry professional and regulatory 
bodies, including The Property 
Ombudsman (TPO) and/or the ARLA 
Propertymark and NAEA Propertymark. 
Membership of these bodies is in addition 
to observing compliance with relevant 
legislation, such as Data Protection, the 
Consumer Protection Regulations and 
the Consumer Rights Act; guidance 
material published by relevant regulators, 
including the Competition and Markets 
Authority (CMA) (and its predecessor the 
Office of Fair Trading (OFT)), the National 
Trading Standards Estate Agency and 
Lettings Team (NTSEAL), HMRC; and 
codes published by other relevant bodies, 
including the Advertising Standards 
Authority (ASA). LSL has also on behalf of 
all its Estate Agency businesses entered 
into a primary authority agreement with 
York Trading Standards Office.

LSL’s Estate Agency business has in place 
procedures to monitor and implement any 
changes to the compliance requirements 
applied by the regulatory or trade bodies.

LSL from time to time also enters into 
direct dialogue with the regulators 
and consumer groups. During 2020 
there continued to be significant focus 
on reforms to the residential property 
sector and LSL responded to a number 
of consultations, including providing 
Group views in relation to the proposed 
overarching Code of Practice for the 
sector.

The Estate Agency Division has a 
dedicated Risk and Compliance Team 
which together with the Group’s Legal 
Services Team provides support to the 
Estate Agency businesses. The Estate 
Agency Risk and Compliance Team is 
subject to an annual review by the LSL 
Audit & Risk Committee with the Risk 
and Governance Director being invited 
to present to the Audit & Risk Committee 
each year.

The Estate Agency’s Financial Services 
activities are subject to the oversight 
of First Complete (see the Regulation 
element of the Business Review - 
Financial Services Division section of this 
Report for further details) as the relevant 
companies are appointed representatives 
of First Complete.

Please also refer to the Principal Risks 
and Uncertainties section of this Report 
for details of how the Divisional Risk and 
Compliance Teams and arrangements 
each form part of the Group’s risk 
management and internal control 
arrangements, together with details of 
how the Group describes and mitigates 
risks and uncertainties relating to 
regulation and compliance.

27

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview Strategic ReportOverviewFinancial Review

£266.7m

Group Revenue
(2019: £311.1m)

£41.5m

Group Underlying Operating Profit
(pre COVID-19 costs)
(2019: £37.0m)

£35.2m

Group Underlying Operating Profit
(post COVID-19 costs)
(2019: £37.0m)

£23.9m

Group Operating Profit
(2019: £19.7m)

28

Income Statement

Group Revenue
Revenue decreased by 14.3% to £266.7m 
(2019: £311.1m), impacted by COVID-19, 
the closure in February 2019 of 164 Estate 
Agency branches to reshape the Your 
Move and Reeds Rains networks, and the 
tenant fee ban introduced in June 2019. 
H1 Revenue (down 25% year-on-year) 
was particularly impacted during the first 
lockdown by the mandated closure of 
the Estate Agency branches, and with no 
physical valuations permitted to take place, 
recovering in H2 (down 3% year-on-year) 
after the reopening of the property market 
following the first lockdown, with strong 
activity levels supported by the reduced 
rates of Stamp Duty Land Tax announced 
in July 2020.

Total operating expenditure
Total operating expenses decreased by 
15.5% to £232.9m (2019: £275.5m). This 
reduction reflects Government support, 
reduced payments whilst staff were on 
furlough, the cancellation of all Executive 
Director bonuses, severe restrictions on all 
other senior management bonuses which 
were limited to a maximum of 5%, reduced 
sales commissions on lower revenues 
during the year, the full year cost benefit of 
reshaping the Your Move and Reeds Rains 
branch networks in 2019 and savings from 
a back-office restructure in Surveying.

Further savings resulted from the impact 
of COVID-19 including reduced marketing 
expenditure, and office and travel 
expenses, and other reductions in non-
essential expenditure.

Central (unallocated) costs were slightly 
lower at £5.3m (2019: £5.4m). Executive 
Director bonuses were not paid for 2020 
(2019: £0.7m).

Other operating income
Other income, relating to rental income, 
was £0.8m (2019: £0.9m), with the 
decrease resulting from the Group not 
renewing branch and office head leases 
reaching the end of their term.

Gain on sale of property, plant, and 
equipment
A gain on sale of £0.02m (2019: £0.1m) 
resulted from the disposal of one 

commercial property, for consideration of 
£0.1m.

Income from joint ventures and 
associates
Income from joint ventures and associates 
was £0.5m (2019: £0.4m). The share of 
profit after tax in joint venture holdings 
in LMS and TMG of £1.3m (2019: £1.4m) 
is included in the Estate Agency Division 
Underlying Operating Profit, with the £0.8m 
share of losses after tax from the associate 
holding in Mortgage Gym included in the 
Financial Services Division Underlying 
Operating Profit (2019: £0.9m loss).

Share-based payments
The share-based payment charge of 
£0.02m (2019: £0.3m) consists of a charge 
in the period of £1.2m, offset by the lapse of 
the 2016 SAYE scheme, the partial lapse of 
the 2018 LTIP scheme and adjustments for 
leavers and options exercised in the period.

Amortisation of intangible assets
The amortisation charge for 2020 was 
£5.4m (2019: £5.8m). The decrease was 
the result of a number of lettings books 
purchased by the Estate Agency Division 
reaching full amortisation during the year.

Exceptional items
The exceptional gain of £0.7m (2019: 
£2.5m) relates to a release in the PI Costs 
provision, following reassessment of 
potential liability for future years. The PI 
Costs provision at 31 December 2020 fell to 
£7.0m (2019: £8.2m).

Exceptional costs of £7.1m (2019: 
£15.7m) comprise £2.4m of aborted 
deals costs, in relation to the potential 
all-share combination between LSL and 
Countrywide plc, which did not result in 
an offer by LSL, £2.7m of transformation 
costs, relating mainly to restructuring the 
Surveying back-office to reduce ongoing 
overheads, and a £2.0m write down of 
the carrying value of the investment in 
Mortgage Gym.

Contingent consideration
The credit to the Income Statement in 2020 
of £0.5m (2019: £2.1m), mainly reflected 
the impact of COVID-19 on the new homes 
sales market, and consequently a reduction 
in the average earnings used in calculating 

the contingent consideration provision for 
RSC and Group First.

COVID-19
The Group received £15.7m from the CJRS, 
which it used to pay salaries for colleagues 
placed on furlough during the year. The 
Group also received property grants of 
£2.6m and business rates relief of £2.4m.

The Group recognised £6.4m of COVID-19 
related costs during the year. These 
comprised £2.6m of employee costs 
relating to holiday accruals built up during 
the national lockdown and redundancy 
costs, as well as £3.0m for property and 
other asset costs incurred whilst the 
national lockdown was in place, net of 
property grants received, and £0.8m of 
other costs including PPE.

Group Underlying Operating Profit1,2 (post 
COVID-19 costs) was £35.2m (2019: 
£37.0m) and Group Underlying Operating 
Profit (pre COVID-19 costs) was £41.5m 
(2019: £37.0m).

Group Operating Profit
On a statutory basis, Group operating 
profit increased 21.1% to £23.9m (2019: 
£19.7m). This increase was largely driven 
by a reduction in exceptional costs during 
the year, offset in part by a reduction 
in exceptional gains and contingent 
consideration related credits.

Net financial costs
Net financial costs amounted to £3.0m 
(2019: £3.7m) and related principally to 
interest and fees on the RCF and the 
unwinding of the IFRS 16 lease liability. 
Interest and fees relating to the RCF of 
£1.2m (2019: £1.6m) were reduced by the 
significantly lower average net debt position 
of £22.9m during 2020 in comparison to 
the prior year which was £52.5m. Finance 
costs of £1.6m in 2020 (2019: £1.7m) 
related to the unwinding of the IFRS 16 
lease liability. Finance income of £0.1m 
(2019: £nil) related to loan note interest.

Taxation
A change to the main UK corporation 
tax rate was announced in the UK 
Government’s Budget on 11 March 2020 
and substantively enacted on 17 March 
2020. This headline rate applicable from 

1 April 2020 remained at 19%, rather than 
the previously enacted reduction to 17%. 
Deferred tax is therefore provided at 19% 
(2019: 17%). Corporation tax is recognised 
at the headline UK corporation tax rate of 
19% (2019: 19%).

The effective rate of tax for the year was 
22.0% (2019: 19.0%). The effective tax rate 
for 2020 was higher than the headline UK 
tax rate for various reasons including: the 
depreciation of assets which do not qualify 
for capital allowances; the impairment 
of investments in joint ventures and 
associates; and the upward revaluation of 
deferred tax liabilities.

Deferred tax credited directly to other 
comprehensive income was £0.0m (2019: 
£0.1m). Income tax credited directly to the 
share-based payment reserve was £0.0m 
(2019: £0.0m).

In 2020, corporation tax payments of £6.1m 
(2019: £5.5m) were made, which was 
greater than the corporation tax charge for 
the year of £5.1m (2019: £4.0m). This was 
the result of the change in the timings of 
corporation tax payments, which require 
corporation tax liabilities to be settled in the 
year in which they accrue. As 2020 is the 
transitional year for this change, the Group 
has been required to make tax payments 
in respect of the full estimated current year 
tax liability, as well as the final instalments in 
respect of the prior period.

Basic and Adjusted Basic Earnings 
Per Share
The Basic Earnings Per Share3 was 15.9 
pence (2019: 12.6 pence). The Adjusted 
Basic Earnings Per Share3 was 31.9 pence 
(2019: 28.0 pence), an increase of 13.9%. 
This is higher than the increase in Group 
Underlying Operating Profit, as a result of 
the lower net financial costs used in arriving 
at adjusted profit after tax.

Balance sheet

Goodwill
The carrying value of goodwill is £159.9m, 
which has been assessed using models 
of projected earnings, with no change 
required to the carrying value (2019: 
£159.9m). This reflects the continued 
positive cash generating potential of the 
Group’s cash generating units.

Other intangible assets and property, 
plant and equipment
Total capital expenditure in the year 
amounted to £4.1m (2019: £4.9m). 
The reduction was mainly due to cash 
conservation measures taken during the 
lockdown, which focused capital spend on 
essential projects. LSL continued to invest 
in technology and the capital expenditure in 
the year included £1.8m (2019: £1.3m) for 
further development of the Toolbox platform 
in the Financial Services divisions and 
investment by the Estate Agency division in 
property software.

Mortgage Gym
LSL has been a strategic investor in 
Mortgage Gym since July 2018, which has 
developed an innovative digital platform 
that confirms mortgage eligibility within 60 
seconds, matching borrowers with lenders.

During February 2021, Mortgage Gym 
entered administration. In February 2021, 
LSL received payment in full settlement 
of its £2.2m of loan notes and accrued 
loan note interest from Mortgage Gym’s 
administrators. LSL has written down 
its investment in Mortgage Gym to £nil 
as at 31 December 2020, with the write 
down recognised in exceptional items. 
LSL acquired the trade and assets of 
Mortgage Gym from the administrators for a 
consideration of £2.4m.

Mortgage Gym will strengthen the 
technology support available to LSL and 
PRIMIS mortgage advisors, increasing the 
efficiency of users and help to pre-qualify 
leads, whilst enhancing the Group’s ability 
to generate leads from third party sources. 
LSL is currently piloting the technology 
in the new build market and under the 
Group’s ownership its deployment will 
be accelerated, enhancing the service 
proposition to developers and giving LSL 
the opportunity to grow market share in this 
sector. It will also bring significant benefits 
to Embrace Financial Services, increasing 
the efficiency and productivity of advisers 
working with LSL and third party estate 
agency offices.

29

 Other InformationFinancial StatementsReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance Reports Strategic ReportOverview Strategic ReportOverviewFinancial Review

Financial assets
LSL holds financial assets of £9.6m (2019: 
£9.3m), comprising convertible loan notes 
and investment in equity instruments. The 
increase in the year was substantially due 
to the net impact of the issuance and part 
conversion of loan notes to Mortgage Gym.

LSL holds a small number of investments in 
unlisted companies. The largest investment 
is an 8.8% shareholding in Yopa Property 
Limited, a UK based online hybrid estate 
agent. The carrying value of the Group’s 
investment in Yopa has been assessed, 
including a review of its latest financial 
performance, and the valuation remains 
unchanged from 2019 at £6.5m (2019: 
£6.5m).

Joint ventures
The Group has two joint ventures: a 33.3% 
(2019: 33.3%) interest in TM Group, whose 
principal activity is to provide property 
searches, and a 50% (2019: 50%) interest in 
LMS, whose principal activity is to provide 
conveyancing panel management services. 
LMS and TM Group are held on the balance 
sheet at £9.1m and £2.3m respectively 
(2019: £8.8m and £1.5m). Both joint 
ventures have resilient business models 
delivering resilient performances in 2020, 
despite the impact of COVID-19.

Financial Liabilities

Bank facilities / Net Bank Debt / 
Liquidity
At 31 December 2020, Net Bank Debt3 was 
at a historic low of £1.6m (2019: £41.9m). 
The resilient performance during 2020 
demonstrated the underlying strength of 
the business and its diversified revenue 
streams. Stress testing carried out on 
entry to lockdown assuming significant 
market stress throughout 2020, indicated 
the Group would retain sufficient liquidity 
throughout the year. Careful cash 
management, with regular stress testing 
avoided the need for a full RCF draw-down, 
equity raise, or requirement to request a 
variation to bank covenants. Adjusting for 
COVID-19 related payment deferrals, mainly 
in relation to tax payments due as agreed 
with HMRC, underlying Net Bank Debt at 
31 December 2020 was about £17m.

Cash preservation measures taken 
included reductions in Capex and non-
essential expenditure, annual pay award 
cancelled, no payment of bonuses to 
Executive Directors and severe restrictions 
on all senior management annual bonuses 
which were capped at 5%, and payment 
deferrals negotiated. Shareholders did not 
receive a final dividend for 2019, nor any 
dividend relating to 2020, which together 
saved £20.5m had dividends been paid 
in line with the Board’s previous policy. 
Support from the UK Government was 
received in the form of CJRS (£15.7m) and 
rates grants (£2.6m).

On 24 February 2021, LSL announced 
a new banking facility, providing the 
Group with balance sheet flexibility to 
take advantage of growth opportunities, 
particularly in financial services. A £90m 
committed revolving credit facility, with a 
maturity date of May 2024, arranged on 
competitive terms, replaced the previous 
£100m facility that was due to mature in 
May 2022.

In extending the banking facility, the Board 
took the opportunity to review the Group’s 
borrowing requirements in light of its strong 
cash generation, and the Group’s reduced 
reliance on the housing market, reducing 
the size of the committed facility and 
therefore the costs associated with it. To 
provide further flexibility to support growth, 
the facility includes a £30m accordion, to 
be requested by LSL at any time, subject to 
bank approval.

The new facility is provided by Barclays 
Bank PLC and Santander UK plc, who 
are two long-standing banking partners, 
alongside NatWest Bank plc, who we 
welcomed to the banking syndicate. LSL 
already has a strong and long-standing 
relationship with NatWest Bank plc, through 
its Financial Services and Surveying 
Divisions.

Shareholders’ funds amounted to £157.8m 
(2019: £141.2m), with balance sheet gearing 
of 1.0% (2019: 29.7%). The 2020 gearing 
level4 was 0.03 times Group Adjusted 
EBITDA5 (2019: 0.8 times). Adjusting for the 
impact of IFRS 16 leases, 2020 gearing was 
0.03 times (2019: 1.0 times).

Deferred and contingent 
consideration
Within financial liabilities, LSL has £0.1m 
(2019: £0.1m) of deferred consideration 
and £5.4m (2019: £5.8m) of contingent 
consideration. The contingent consideration 
relates primarily to the estimated cost of 
acquiring the remaining shares in Group 
First (£1.5m for the remaining 5%) and RSC 
(£3.7m for the remaining 40%).

Provisions for liabilities:

Professional indemnity (PI) claim 
provision
At 31 December 2020, the total provision 
for historic PI Costs was £7.0m (2019: 
£8.2m). In 2020, the Group continued to 
make progress in addressing historic claims 
and there was a net £0.7m exceptional 
gain. The impact of COVID-19 has slowed 
the rate of progress in reducing the overall 
PI liability and the number of PI valuation 
cases outstanding compared to previous 
years.

Net assets
The Group’s net assets as at 31 December 
2020 were £157.8m (2019: £141.2m).

Statement of cash-flows
The Group generated cash from operations 
of £66.3m (2019: £38.8m) at a cash-flow 
conversion6 rate of 159% (2019: 105%). The 
increase in conversion from 2019 was a 
result of both the increase in trade and 
other payables of £13.6m (2019: decrease 
of £6.2m) and a decrease in trade and other 
receivables of £8.6m (2019: increase of 
£5.5m), as well as £18.3m received from the 
Government. The trade and other payables 
increase, was largely due to COVID-19 
related payment deferrals, mainly in relation 
to tax payments as agreed with HMRC. The 
reduction to trade and other receivables, 
was the result of higher collections during 
December 2020. Provisions decreased by 
£1.5m (2019: decrease of £3.9m), due to 
the positive progress in addressing historic 
PI claims.

30

Treasury and risk management
LSL has an active debt management 
policy. The Group does not hold or issue 
derivatives or other financial instruments 
for trading purposes. Further details on the 
Group’s financial commitments, as well as 
the Group’s treasury and risk management 
policies, are set out in this Report.

International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS)
The Financial Statements have been 
prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 
and International Financial Reporting 
Standards adopted pursuant to Regulation 
(EC) No. 1606/2002 as it applies in the EU.

Notes:

1  Group Underlying Operating Profit is before exceptional costs, contingent consideration, amortisation of intangible assets and share-based payments (as defined in Note 5 

to the Group Financial Statements)

2  Refer to Note 5 to the Group Financial Statements

3  Refer to Note 33 to the Group Financial Statements for the calculation

4  Operational gearing is defined as Net Bank Debt divided by Group Adjusted EBITDA5

5  Group Adjusted EBITDA is Group Underlying Operating Profit plus depreciation on property, plant and equipment (as defined in Note 5 to the Group Financial Statements)

6  Cash-flow conversion is defined as cash-flow from operations (pre PI and exceptionals) divided by Group Underlying Operating Profit

31

 Other InformationFinancial StatementsReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance Reports Strategic ReportOverview Strategic ReportOverview 
Stakeholder Engagement Arrangements

This section of the Report details how LSL engages with its stakeholders and how the Board has regard to its stakeholders in its decision 
making arrangements.
The Group’s key stakeholders are identified as:

•  employees;

•  customers;

•  suppliers;

•  regulators; and

•  Shareholders.

While other stakeholder groups exist and are regularly considered, the reporting below focuses on the above key groups. The Board 
reviews at least annually the Group’s key stakeholders and arrangements for engagement with them.

Additional information relating to stakeholder engagement arrangements is also included in the Environment, Social and Governance 
Report and the Corporate Governance Report sections of this Report. Information included in this section and elsewhere in the Report is 
provided in accordance with relevant legislation and the Code.

Stakeholder Engagement – in accordance with relevant legislation and the Code:
Set out below is a description of how the Directors have engaged with the Group’s workforce in 2020 and how the Directors have had 
regard to the need to foster LSL’s relationships with all key stakeholders including suppliers, customers and regulators during the year.

Employee Engagement:
During 2020, the Board continued to embed improvements to its governance arrangements in relation to employee engagement. A review 
of Board reporting on employee engagement matters took place during the year and the output of this review included the launch of pulse 
surveys to measure employee engagement across the Group and the launch of the Group’s ESG programme including establishing the 
employee Inclusivity and Diversity and Communities Forums (see below and the Environment, Social and Governance Report for further 
information).

During 2020, employee pulse surveys were conducted on several topics including equality and diversity, team working and empathy, 
performance management and communications. The results of each employee pulse survey were reported to the Board as part of the 
Group Chief Executive Officer’s regular Board reporting. Indicators of business performance are reported to and monitored by the Board 
through the Group Chief Executive Officer’s regular Board reporting and this includes employee engagement matters.

Since his appointment as Group Chief Executive Officer, David Stewart has also communicated directly with the Group’s employees 
through a series of letters which have covered a range of topics, including his appointment, matters relating to the COVID-19 pandemic 
and its impact on the Group and the Group’s performance.

In relation to principle D and provision 5 of the Code, Darrell Evans is the independent Non Executive Director for workforce engagement. 
As part of Darrell’s role, he engages with LSL’s Group Employee Engagement Forum and receives support fulfilling his role from the Group 
HR Director and the Company Secretary.

The Group Employee Engagement Forum operates as the vehicle for Darrell to engage in a regular two-way dialogue with the Group’s 
workforce. This dialogue includes Darrell’s attendance, at least annually, at meetings of the Group’s Employee Engagement Forum and 
this engagement assists Darrell in providing employees’ perspectives in Board discussions. During 2020, Darrell attended two meetings 
of the Employee Forum to discuss the Group’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic in addition to other matters including: inclusivity and 
diversity matters; and the use of further employee engagement mechanisms. The Employee Engagement Forum’s membership consists 
of a cross section of employees working at varying levels from across the businesses of the Group. See also the Corporate Governance 
Report in this Report for further information.

In 2020 the Employee Engagement Forum discussed the inclusivity and diversity elements of the Group’s ESG programme, and a process 
commenced towards the end of 2020 to establish two new employee forums: the Inclusivity and Diversity Forum; and the Communities 
Forum. Both forums report directly to the Group Chief Executive Officer and they are linked into the Group’s ESG programme. Applications 
for the membership and chair of both these forums is open to all Group employees.

Having been established in the final quarter of 2020, the two new forums held their first meetings in the first quarter of 2021. The Inclusivity 
and Diversity Forum’s remit includes championing inclusivity and diversity across the business, and the discussion and review of working 
practices and processes with the aim of recommending improvements to create a more diverse and inclusive culture.

The Communities Forum aims to develop and improve how the Group’s businesses can each support colleagues with charitable, 
community and other voluntary initiatives and find new opportunities for the Group to support. Arrangements are in place for the three 
employee forums to regularly share feedback and comment with one another. See also the Environment, Social and Governance Report in 
this Report for further information

The Board also receives employee feedback via the Group’s pulse surveys (see details above) and the employee opinion survey. The 
employee opinion survey is undertaken across all parts of the Group’s businesses on an annual basis. The employee opinions that are 

32

captured are then presented to the Board as part of a regular review of employee matters which focuses on considering issues relevant 
to the Group’s employees. Details of further communication with employees (including information relating to the employee survey) can be 
found in the Environment, Social and Governance Report and Report of the Directors sections of this Report.

Employee considerations are also taken into account by the Board in its decision making process. See also the s172 Statement included 
below for examples of how employee considerations were taken into account in relation to the Board’s decision making during 2020. The 
Environment, Social and Governance Report in this Report describes how the Board communicates with the employees in relation to 
Group affairs.

Shareholders:
LSL consults and meets with Shareholders to take into account their views.

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic leading to the imposition of severe restrictions on public gatherings, Shareholders were not 
permitted to attend the 2020 AGM in person. In order to enable Shareholder engagement with the AGM in these circumstances, the 
AGM Notice encouraged Shareholders to submit questions relating to the business of the meeting to the Board by email. Further, during 
the year, meetings took place via video conference facilities between Board members and Shareholders. Directors also receive regular 
information on Shareholder views and market sentiment via the Group Chief Executive Officer’s and Group Chief Financial Officer’s Board 
reporting.

Customers:
Each Division monitors KPIs relating to customer service. By monitoring customer service data, the Group is able to take into account 
customer views regarding its products and services. The Board will also, as part of presentations by each of the Divisions during the year, 
receive reports on customer feedback, which includes consumer surveys and feedback from key lender clients.

Suppliers:
The Group manages its key suppliers through supplier management protocols which include reviews of contractual performance. The 
Board will also as part of Management’s reporting, including Special Business presentations, receive information relating to key supplier 
engagements. During 2020 the Board received updates from Management in relation to supplier management in the context of the 
COVID-19 pandemic.

Regulators:
The Board receives regular reporting from Management on contact the Group has had with regulators. LSL’s regulators include the FCA, 
HMRC, ICO, TPO and RICS. The Group also engages with regulators by participating in and contributing to consultations which are 
relevant to LSL businesses. LSL also participates in discussions with the Bank of England from time to time regarding business activity 
and market conditions.

Other stakeholder considerations are also taken into account by the Board in its decision making process. See also the s172 Statement 
included below for examples of how employee considerations were considered in relation to the Board’s decision making during 2020. 
The Environment, Social and Governance Report in this Report also describes how LSL businesses communicate with customers and 
suppliers.

s172 Companies Act 2006 Statement:
Set out below is LSL’s statement on how Directors had regard to stakeholder considerations in relation to two Board decisions during 
2020. Section 414CZA of the Companies Act 2006 requires the inclusion in this Report of a statement describing how the directors have 
had regard to the stakeholder matters set out in section 172 (a) to (f) of the Act when performing their duty to promote the success of the 
company under that section. 

As outlined in the Corporate Governance Report in this Report, LSL has in place a Matters Reserved for the Board Policy which sets 
out what the Board is primarily responsible for; and as such, which decisions require Board approval, and which are delegated to 
Management or Board committees. Members of the Board receive regular updates on their duties and responsibilities as Directors of the 
Company which help inform their decision making.

In addition, in order to support the Board in carrying out its duties under s172 of the Act, Board reporting protocols require Management 
to identify the stakeholder groups impacted by the proposals they submit to the Board for approval and provide details of the potential 
impacts that decisions could have on identified stakeholder groups.

The two examples below demonstrate how the Board had regard to stakeholder considerations in relation to principal decisions made 
during the year.

Example 1: LSL COVID-19 Response:
As outlined in LSL’s trading update issued on 5 June 2020, the Board approved a series of measures for the Group in order to respond 
to the COVID-19 pandemic and the associated national lockdown that commenced on 23 March 2020. The Group’s response to the 
COVID-19 pandemic was a significant issue for the Board during the year as the national lockdowns implemented by the Government 
impacted on operations and caused significant uncertainty in the UK economy and the markets in which the Group operates.

33

 Other InformationFinancial StatementsReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance Reports Strategic ReportOverview Strategic ReportOverviewStakeholder Engagement Arrangements

The measures taken included:

•   Implementation of the annual pay review suspended for all Directors and employees.

•    All Board and Executive Committee members agreeing a voluntary reduction of up to one third in salary and fees from 1 April 2020 

(which was kept under review by LSL’s Remuneration Committee and subsequently repaid when LSL’s trading conditions and financial 
performance continued to improve).

•    In response to the drop in transaction volumes, as at 30 April 2020 73% of the Group’s employees were put on furlough, as part of the 

UK Government’s Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme.

•    All discretionary expenditure was halted, and improved terms were negotiated with a number of key suppliers.

•    Residential Sales exchange income and Lettings income from new instructions for essential pipeline transactions were secured in line 

with Government guidance.

•    Implementation of non-physical (remote) valuations with the majority of lender clients to allow a proportion of revenue to be secured.

•    Focus on meeting consumer demand for remortgage and protection products in Financial Services businesses.

In approving these measures the Board had regard to key stakeholder related factors.

Employees, Customers and the Wider Community – Health:
Safeguarding the health of Group employees, customers and the wider community was regarded as a high priority consideration in all 
aspects of the Board’s decision making in relation to the Group’s COVID-19 response.

Employees:
In addition to the health considerations outlined above, the Board considered the impact on affected employees of being furloughed; 
including the impact of a reduction in their incomes, mental health considerations, and the impact on the remaining employees of having 
colleagues furloughed (i.e. potential employee stretch caused by having an increased work load and responsibilities).

The Board also considered the impact that suspending the annual pay review and implementing voluntary pay reductions for some 
employees could also have on their financial arrangements.

Customers:
In addition to the health considerations outlined above, the Board considered the following:

Lender clients – the Board considered and reviewed feedback from lender clients in developing the remote valuation proposition by the 
Surveying and Valuations Division.

Residential Sales and Lettings customers – the impact of the arrangements put in place for customers, such as virtual viewing, were 
assessed by the Board as part of their decision making process.

Suppliers:
The Board considered the impact that renegotiating terms with key suppliers could have on these suppliers, for example in relation to 
their cash-flow, when discussing this measure. The impact of the measures on smaller suppliers was a particular consideration and 
arrangements were put in place, so that smaller suppliers continued to be paid in line with their usual contractual terms.

The Group’s Banking Syndicate:
The Board considered the interests of the Group’s banking syndicate as being significant in defining LSL’s COVID-19 response measures 
and ensured actions were implemented to safeguard cash and manage liquidity in a sustainable way which was in line with the banking 
covenants agreed with the syndicate.

Shareholders and the long term success of the Company:
The Board considered that the overall package of measures it put in place during this time of particular macroeconomic uncertainty would 
optimise the Group’s short term financial performance whilst also retaining capacity to take early advantage of any market improvement; 
and as such agreed that the measures were in the interests of Shareholders and the long term interests of the Company.

Example 2 – 2021 Group budget:
During 2020, the 2021 Group budget was presented to the Board by Management for challenge, review and approval.

The budget outlined the target profit figures that the Group aims to deliver for the 2021 financial year in the context of the Group’s strategic 
plan; as well as the associated costs and resources required in order to deliver these targets.

The budget was prepared against the backdrop of the COVID-19 pandemic and was focused on future growth that could be gained from 
opportunities in the market. A number of different scenarios were also modelled as part of the budget process in light of the uncertainties 
arising from the COVID-19 pandemic. The Board also recognised the importance that it retained flexibility and undertook regular reviews 
of the budget during 2021 considering the uncertain environment.

The Board reviewed and approved the 2021 budget in December 2020. In approving the 2021 budget, the Board had regard to the 
following key stakeholder considerations in its decision making:

34

Customers, suppliers, employees and the community:
The Directors, in their review of the 2021 budget, gave consideration to the impact that key aspects of the 2021 budget could have on 
relevant stakeholders. The stakeholders considered were: customers, suppliers, employees and the wider communities that the Group 
businesses operate within. In particular, consideration was given to: how the budget supported the provision of services to customers and 
the remuneration structure and opportunities for employees.

Shareholders and the long term success of the Company:
The Board considered that the 2021 budget was balanced between current operating performance and driving longer term strategic 
development to enable future growth, and as such concluded that approval of it was in the interests of Shareholders.

LSL’s governance
The successful delivery of the Group’s strategic objectives depends on effective identification, understanding and mitigation of its principal 
risks and uncertainties. The Board has overall responsibility for managing risk and is supported by the Audit & Risk Committee.

The Group has a framework for managing risks and a system of internal controls to mitigate them. Through this framework, the Board 
regularly identifies, evaluates and manages the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties, as well as factors which could adversely affect 
the delivery of strategy and financial liquidity.

LSL’s risk management framework
LSL has developed its risk management framework in line with the Board’s risk framework policy and associated risk appetite measures. 
The policy defines governance structures and control functions which support Board decision making, including the definition of individual 
risk management statements for LSL’s principal risks and uncertainties. These statements provide parameters within which the Board 
typically expects LSL’s businesses to operate, enabling a structured consideration of the risk-reward trade-off for decisions about how 
the Group does business. This includes monitoring risk measures and identifying actions to bring any outlying areas of risk within target 
levels.

The Group’s risk management routines are underpinned by a boardroom culture which promotes risk assessment and management 
in decision making. During 2020, the Group has continued to promote and support the enhancement of risk frameworks within the 
Group’s Divisions, including each subsidiary company and business area maintaining risk appetite measures. Every year, each subsidiary 
quantifies its highest ranked risk areas and routinely provides the Audit & Risk Committee with management information. These structures 
enable the subsidiary boards and governance committees within each Division to track risk status versus tolerance and to identify 
emergent topics. The framework continues to improve the visibility of action plans to address any core risk areas considered outside 
tolerance.

Risk management activities in 2020 included creating an Executive Risk Management Committee, which reports to the Group Chief 
Executive Officer. Its first meeting took place in January 2021 and its members are the Group Chief Executive Officer, Group Chief 
Financial Officer, Company Secretary, Group Internal Audit Director, Group Financial Controller and the three senior Divisional Risk and 
Governance roles. The Committee’s objective is to share best practice, foster debate and identify actions to make the Group’s risk 
management activities more effective and to further align relevant Group and Divisional risk management arrangements. 2020 also 
saw the inception of a Financial Services Oversight Committee, providing a new governance forum attended by both senior Group and 
Divisional representatives, and the launch of the Group’s ESG programme.

Focus during the year
During 2020, the Directors carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group, including emerging 
areas and those that could threaten the Group’s business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. The Directors believe that the 
assessment they completed was appropriate for the Group’s complexity, size and circumstances, which is a matter of judgement for the 
Board and has been supported by the Management Team.

The Directors also carried out a risk appetite assessment, which involved evaluating continually evolving aspects of risk management. 
During 2020, this assessment included a focus on the following activities:

a.  creating a new risk-focused governance forum, the Executive Risk Management Committee, as described above;

b.  introducing a dedicated strategy team with a focus on acquisitions and growth initiatives, to ensure they are in line with the Group’s 

strategies and risk appetite;

c.  assuring the connectivity, security and resilience of Group IT and IS systems, following the move to mass home working during the 

COVID-19 pandemic and the implementation of local and national lockdowns;

d.  scenario modelling, to manage COVID-19 influenced market effects on working capital requirements and compliance with the Group’s 

banking facility covenants;

e.  flexing the focus of internal audit assurance routines during the COVID-19 crisis, to ensure the most pressing risk priorities are given 

sufficient and timely attention;

35

 Other InformationFinancial StatementsReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance Reports Strategic ReportOverview Strategic ReportOverviewStakeholder Engagement Arrangements

f.   reviewing the structure of Divisional operations, which resulted in Embrace Financial Services transferring from the Estate Agency 

Division to the Financial Services Division for reporting and oversight;

g.  consolidating the Financial Services Management Committee and the Financial Services Risk Committee into a single Financial 

Services Oversight Committee, chaired by an independent Non Executive Director, to strengthen and simplify the risk agenda within 
governance routines;

h.  responding to an evolving regulatory environment, which reflects the housing sector’s priority on the Government’s agenda;

i.   considering scenarios of further major political and economic change that could affect the UK housing market, including the impact of 

COVID-19 and Brexit; and

j.   reiterating health and safety as a top priority and emphasising a culture of zero tolerance for risk management routines that allow any 

significant patterns of non-compliance.

Future focus
During 2021, the Group’s areas of focus will include:

a.  developing the role of its new Executive Risk Management Committee, to further improve the maturity of governance routines to 

support challenge and debate around risk-related metrics and the effectiveness of responsive mitigation measures;

b.  continued monitoring of risk areas heightened by the COVID-19 pandemic, including the resilience of technology, safety of employee 

working arrangements, remote sales conduct and market impacts on financial modelling projections;

c.  further evolution of the ESG framework;

d.  ongoing development of subsidiary data protection and information security related risks, as part of established routines at relevant 

governance committees; and

e.  a revisit by the Group Risk and Internal Audit Team of second-line risk management routines.

Further information about how LSL managed its risks and uncertainties during 2020, and the underlying risk management framework 
applied, is set out in the Audit & Risk Committee Report (Internal Controls) section of this Report.

36

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

During 2020 the Board undertook a robust assessment of the principal risks that could seriously affect the Group’s prospects or 
reputation. The Group governance environment supporting these routines includes a Group Risk Framework Policy, the Executive Risk 
Management Committee and a ‘three lines of defence’ oversight structure. The Group regularly assesses established and emerging 
risk areas within this framework, including matters that could threaten LSL’s business model, solvency or liquidity, as well as its delivery 
of strategic objectives. This analysis of principal risks and uncertainties has also contributed to the Group’s financial viability statement, 
which follows this table.

Potential impact

Mitigating actions

Risk description/ 
inherent trend

Risk status

Strategic:

1

COVID-19 virus

Improving

2

UK housing market 
and mortgage lending

Stable

The future course of the COVID-19 
virus is uncertain. Future consumer 
confidence could be adversely 
affected by recurrent waves in levels 
and variants of the virus, particularly 
if the effectiveness of vaccination 
programmes and industry support 
measures is not sustainable. 

There are risks of infection to LSL 
employees and customers and non-
compliance with health and safety 
requirements.

Inefficiencies caused by Government 
restrictions, such as lockdowns or 
other similar arrangements, may 
affect customer servicing, working 
arrangements, technology connectivity 
and resilience.

Group performance and liquidity is 
sensitive to the UK housing market and 
the availability of mortgage funding, 
which in turn are influenced by external 
events such as COVID-19 and Brexit.

3

Market disruption

Decreasing

The Group is exposed to competitive 
pressures from market participants, 
including new entrants, disruptor 
business models and new 
combinations.

•   Adaptable working arrangements and customer service mediums in 

place, to maximize income generation.

•  Responsive measures implemented to reduce costs and conserve 

cash, including stress testing scenarios and response plans.

•  Government support for companies secured during the COVID-19 

pandemic.

•  Agile business continuity plans in place to promote secure technology 

connectivity.

•  Health and safety at work arrangements implemented for home, office 
and site visit locations, to ensure safe environments for employees, 
customers and other relevant stakeholders.

•  The Group’s increasingly diversified revenue streams and financial 

services growth led strategy, will lessen the Group’s dependency on 
housing market transactions. 

•  Strategic investment in counter-cyclical and stable revenue 

streams, including ones less correlated with the number of housing 
transactions and mortgage availability.

•  Cost base can be scaled to mitigate cyclical trends. 
•  Budgets and stress tests of market activity scenarios carried out and 
compared against the Group’s financing constraints and covenants, 
with mitigation plans developed.

•   Balanced UK-wide spread of Group activities to avoid over-exposure 

to local market factors.

•  Viability of business associates (such as appointed representatives 

and franchisees) monitored during market downturns, along with any 
potential knock-on effects on overall market conditions.

•  Strategies and operating models developed in response to market 

disruptors, including monitoring of investment targets to capitalise on 
digital opportunities and alternative ways of working.

•  Continued infrastructure investment, including in innovation and 

technology, involving upgrading, consolidating and replacing core or 
legacy operating systems to increase functionality, improve customer 
experience, reduce costs and deliver efficiencies.

•  Enhancements to product development, mediums and service 

delivery identified and implemented, together with product/services 
differentiation and post-launch learning initiatives.

37

 Other InformationFinancial StatementsReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance Reports Strategic ReportOverview Strategic ReportOverviewPrincipal Risks and Uncertainties

Potential impact

Mitigating actions

Risk description/ 
inherent trend

Risk status

4

Execution of growth 
strategy 

Increasing

Weaknesses in decision making or 
implementation could mean that 
investments, acquisitions and major 
projects fail to deliver the Group’s 
overall strategic aims.

Sales/distribution:

5

Professional Services

Stable

The Group may be exposed to 
significant Professional Indemnity 
claims arising from lapses in the 
delivery of professional services across 
all operating Divisions.

6

Client contracts

Stable

Loss of key ‘B2B’ client(s) within the 
Surveying and Valuation Division, 
influenced by factors such as service 
delivery or competitive pressures.

38

•  The Group’s clear strategic aims are underpinned by an articulated 

risk appetite, measurable goals and tracking of delivery.

•  Management holds comprehensive and regular strategic discussions 

with the Board and professional advisors as necessary.
•  The Group Strategy Team focuses on delivering strategic 

opportunities, with structured due diligence and integration protocols, 
and is headed by the Group Chief Strategy Officer with oversight from 
the Group Chief Executive Officer led Investment Committee. 
•  Divisional strategy teams identify opportunities to support the 

execution of Group aims.

•  Stress testing completed ahead of all significant investments and 

acquisitions.

•  Lessons from post-investment appraisals and internal audits are 

implemented, with governance through an Investment Committee.

•  Top-down culture promotes effective sales conduct and positive 

customer outcomes.

•  Robust Group insurance arrangements in place.
•  Focus on mainstream lending and products for surveying and 

valuation services, as part of risk appetite formulation, on-boarding 
and product profiling routines. 

•  Emphasis on risk characteristics such as loan-to-value thresholds, for 

valuation quality assurance checks.

•  The PRIMIS network no longer supervises firms who provide wealth 

advice.

•  Experienced internal complaints teams, claims handling and legal 
specialists mitigate payout levels, with Board level oversight and 
engagement with professional advisors as necessary.

•  Dedicated Divisional governance teams provide risk management 
frameworks to manage future exposure, strengthened further by 
independent Risk and Internal Audit reviews.

•  Strong culture promotes strong service delivery.

•  Robust control framework supports the risk profiling of prospective 
clients, contract renewals (including contract terms) and product 
portfolio variations.

•  Client dependency, service levels, risk and compliance with 

contractual requirements are monitored.

•  Innovative investment in resources, technology, new products/

mediums and service standards, ensures LSL has the capacity to 
meet and exceed service level demands.

•  Designated senior members of staff have responsibility for relationship 

management at subsidiary and Group levels.

•  Framework in place to ensure lessons from bids and instructions are 

identified and actioned.

Potential impact

Mitigating actions

Risk description/ 
inherent trend

Risk status

Operations:

7

Business infrastructure 
(including technology)

Stable

Failure to maintain resilient technology 
systems that support strategic 
objectives and promote competitive 
advantage could affect the Group’s 
reputation and performance.

•  Focus on innovative technology based investments as part of Board 

strategy setting and selection of investment opportunities.

•  Group technology governance, policies, base standards and initiatives 
in place, including oversight from the Data and Information Security 
Committee, Internal Audit and external specialists as necessary.
•  Group has readily implementable business continuity and disaster 

recovery solutions, which meet contractual and regulatory 
requirements and encompass technology, premises, transportation, 
telephony and employees.

•  Robust vetting of third party dependencies, such as cloud back-up 

providers.

•  Adaptability of technology connectivity to home working and multi-site 
mass redeployment of employees demonstrated during the COVID-19 
pandemic.

•  Business interruption insurance maintained.
•  Consolidation of technology systems to harness scale and 

simplification benefits across brands and functions, such as the rollout 
of Toolbox across Financial Services.

8

Information security 
(including data 
protection)

Increasing

A major data loss could lead to 
reputational damage and regulatory 
exposure.

•  Data and Information Security Committee established with base policy 
implementation, annual effectiveness review, attestation exercises and 
‘three lines of defence’ oversight responsibilities. 

•  Dedicated information security specialists and Data Protection 

Officers in place across all operating Divisions, to monitor Group 
GDPR compliance.

•  Group data protection policies, reporting framework and training are 

supported by in-house legal and compliance teams.

•  System security supported by penetration testing, intrusion scanning 

programme, access control framework, secure back-ups and 
encryption of key data.

•  Cybercrime insurance in place.
•  Benchmarking and accreditation exercises employ best practice 

standards, such as CyberEssentials and ISO27001.

39

 Other InformationFinancial StatementsReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance Reports Strategic ReportOverview Strategic ReportOverviewPrincipal Risks and Uncertainties

Risk description/ 
inherent trend

Risk status

9

Regulatory and 
compliance

Increasing

Potential impact

Mitigating actions

The Group is required to comply 
with various legal and regulatory 
requirements. Any significant 
compliance breaches could result 
in material financial sanctions and 
reputational damage. 

The regulatory landscape involves FCA 
authorisation and significant areas of 
emergent reform (e.g. estate agency), 
with relevant stakeholders including 
customers, employees and business 
associates.

10

Environmental, social 
and governance (ESG)

Increasing

Inability to establish and deliver 
appropriate ESG performance 
criteria, impacting adversely on the 
productivity, sustainability, societal 
performance and investment returns of 
the LSL Group.

40

•  Top-down management culture focuses on fairness, transparency, 

health and safety and delivery of robust customer outcomes.
•  Group Risk Framework Policy applies a ‘three lines of defence’ 

oversight model, supported by the recently introduced Executive Risk 
Management Committee and Divisional governance forums. 

•  Group ethics policies such as whistleblowing structures, anti-fraud 

and anti-bribery policies in place, along with employee welfare 
initiatives.

•  Conduct risk specialist skillsets strengthened within Financial Services 

oversight functions and a Financial Services Oversight Committee 
launched, to promote transparency of risk-related matters across 
senior plc and Divisional attendees.

•  Investment across all Divisional second-line Risk and Governance 
teams, to ensure a robust framework to detect and address risks 
outside tolerance. A dedicated Group Tax Manager is also in situ.
•  Health and safety arrangements and Group reporting framework 

cover the welfare of employees and visitors to Group premises. Group 
communicates its zero tolerance for weaknesses leading to material 
health and safety breaches.

•  Group maintains open dialogue with regulators and monitors 
complaints, emerging developments and regulatory reforms.

•  In-house legal team in place, with access to specialist external legal 

advice when necessary.

•  Group risk management policies and framework.
•  In-house legal services and company secretarial teams supporting the 

programme.

•   Implementation of an ESG programme sponsored by the Group Chief 

Executive Officer.

•  Establishment of Group employee forums: Employee Engagement 

Forum; Communities Forum and the Inclusivity and Diversity Forum.
•  Adoption of recruitment policies to promote diversity and manager 

training to address any unconscious bias in recruitment.
•  Environmental reporting and control framework, including 

environmental policy benchmarks, Energy Saving Opportunity 
Scheme reviews and carbon reduction initiatives. 

•  Staff wellbeing initiatives – e.g. employee assistance programme, 

healthcare, training and cycle schemes.

•  Establishment of arrangements for the collection of customer and 

colleague feedback.

•  Whistleblowing arrangements including ‘speak out’ awareness and 

training.

Potential impact

Mitigating actions

Risk description/ 
inherent trend

Risk status

People:

11

Employee resources and 
talent

Increasing

Failure to attract, develop and retain 
talented employees could affect the 
Group’s ability to deliver its objectives, 
particularly in key strategic areas.

•  Remuneration and Nominations Committees provide oversight, 
supported by the Company Secretary and Group HR Director.

•  Group remuneration policies and incentive schemes in place, to retain 

key strategic populations.

•  Regular benchmarking and appraisals assess the strengths of the 

Executive Directors and senior management.

•  Succession planning reviews and targeted development programmes 

in place for high achievers.

•  Coherent change management framework utilised, to ensure talent is 

in place ahead of impacts caused by strategic delivery.

•  Group HR has dedicated in-house talent acquisition teams, to support 

targeted retention and recruitment initiatives.

•  Staff surveys, workforce engagement, culture assessments and 

welfare initiatives used to identify and address pressures. 

•  Dedicated Group-level acquisitions and strategic appointments limit 
the impact of strategic activities on management required to deliver 
day-to-day operations and mitigate management stretch risks. 
•  Monitoring of statutory reporting requirements and developments 
(such as gender and ethnic pay reporting) and impact of new tax 
regulations, for example IR35.

Viability Statement
In accordance with provision 31 of the Code, the Directors have assessed the Group’s prospects and financial viability, taking into account 
its current and expected financial position, existing banking facilities, actions available to management and the potential impact of its 
principal risks.

Assessment of prospects
The Group’s business model and strategy are central to understanding its prospects and details are included in the Strategy and Business 
Model sections of this Report.

The Group’s key objective is to build market-leading positions through organic growth, selective acquisitions and high quality services for 
customers, and ultimately deliver long term Shareholder value.

The Board assesses the Group’s prospects at its meetings throughout the year, with a particular focus during the strategic planning 
process. This process includes an annual review of the ongoing plan, led by the Group Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial 
Officer, in addition to the relevant business functions involved.

The Directors participate fully in the annual planning process by means of a Board meeting. Part of the Board’s role is to consider whether 
the plan continues to take appropriate account of the changing external environment, including macroeconomic, political, regulatory and 
technological changes.

This process allows the Board to produce strategic objectives and detailed financial forecasts over a three year period. The latest updates 
to the ongoing plan were finalised in December 2020. This considered the Group’s current position and its prospect of operating over 
the three year period ending 31 December 2023, and reaffirmed the Group’s strategy. The Group’s financial position has been further 
strengthened with the extension of the RCF, which was renewed in February 2021 for a period up to May 2024.

COVID-19
Risks relating to the future course and impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and related vaccination programmes are assessed on an 
ongoing basis. The Group will continue to consider any guidance issued by the FRC in relation to its assessment of and reporting on the 
impact of the virus.

The COVID-19 pandemic has made it more difficult to forecast accurately. The Group’s approach will ensure that any impact of the 
COVID-19 pandemic on its operations, including restrictions arising from national or local lockdowns or similar arrangements, will be 
closely monitored and the risk status regularly reassessed, with action plans identified in response, as well as regular scenario modelling.

The description of the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties was reviewed and updated to take into account the COVID-19 pandemic in 
the 2019 Annual Report and Accounts, which it continues to reflect.

41

 Other InformationFinancial StatementsReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance Reports Strategic ReportOverview Strategic ReportOverviewPrincipal Risks and Uncertainties

Brexit
The Group’s initial impact assessment and ongoing monitoring of the Brexit process allows it to regularly reassess the risk status 
and identify actions to respond to any market effects or uncertainty resulting from the free trade agreement reached between the UK 
Government and the EU on 24 December 2020, or the continuation of the process.

Assessment of viability
Although the strategic plan reflects the Directors’ best estimate of the Group’s prospects in accordance with provision 31 of the Code, the 
Directors have assessed LSL’s viability over a longer period than the 12 months required by the ‘going concern’ provision.

For the purposes of assessing the Group’s viability, the Board determined that a three year period ending on 31 December 2023 should 
be used, as this is consistent with the Board’s strategic planning cycle. This assessment has been made with reference to the Group’s 
current position and prospects, the Board’s risk management framework and the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties.

In assessing the Group’s prospects, the Board has relied on a base case financial forecast which has been stress tested by overlaying a 
number of severe but plausible scenarios. Several different scenarios were considered and two of these were modelled in detail, with input 
from across a functional group of senior managers, including representatives from the finance teams. The base forecast and scenarios 
assume all three Divisions continue to operate.

The scenarios reflected the following risks:

•   a severe downturn in LSL’s markets, close to the levels seen during the financial crisis in 2008, caused by either, or a combination of, 

COVID-19, Brexit and/or political, economic or other uncertainties; and

•   a combination stress test, including the loss of a major contract in the Surveying and Valuation Services Division, a more severe 

downturn in the housing market affecting all operations, a Surveying PI risk event and a one-off regulatory fine following a data breach.

Detailed assumptions for each scenario were built up and modelled by month across the three year period. The models measured the 
downside impact on revenue and the actions management would take to retain cash reserves and maintain the operating capacity of the 
business.

Assumptions were also made for the stability and potential growth of LSL’s recurring income and counter-cyclical businesses, notably 
mortgage and protection renewals, lettings and asset management, and the extent to which some activities, such as delivery of remote 
valuations, could be quickly ramped up in extreme market conditions. The modelling and assumptions took account of the Group’s broad 
range of services across a wide geography, which allows some protection from the impact of stress scenarios.

Liquidity and covenant headroom
The results from the stress testing indicated that the Group would be able to withstand the financial and operational impact of each 
scenario and therefore continue to operate and meet its liabilities, as they fall due, over the three year period ending 31 December 2023. 
Under all of the modelled scenarios, positive liquidity headroom exists throughout the going concern period and to the end of the planning 
period in December 2023. Funding for the Group has been further strengthened with the extension of the RCF, which was renewed in 
February 2021 for a period up to May 2024.

Viability statement
Based on their assessment of the Group’s prospects and viability, the Directors confirm that they have a reasonable expectation that the 
Group will continue to operate and meet its liabilities, as they fall due, for the next three years, and that the likelihood of extreme scenarios 
which would lead to a breach of covenant is remote.

The Directors also confirm that in making this statement they carried out a robust assessment of the principal and emerging risks facing 
the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

Furthermore, the Board also considered it appropriate to prepare the Financial Statements on the going concern basis, as explained in the 
Basis of Accounting paragraph in the Principal Accounting Policies section contained within the Financial Statements of this Report.

The Audit & Risk Committee oversaw the process by which the Directors reviewed and discussed the assessment undertaken by the 
Management Team in proposing the viability statement.

42

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Report

The Board recognises the importance of Group companies operating responsibly and upholding the principles of corporate social 
responsibility (CSR) and ESG. The fundamental principles of responsibly grounded business decision making are therefore central 
to all Group operations. This means considering the potential impacts of corporate actions on stakeholders, including employees, 
customers, local communities and the environment. LSL actively ensures that its businesses are compliant and proactive in respect of 
legislation and other obligations such as the Code, and considers the potential for activities over and above such requirements.

ESG in 2020 (see below) details how LSL performed in the year, including the changes to the Group’s working practices as a result of 
the COVID-19 pandemic, managing its stakeholder interests and balancing the demands of a public company with that of a provider 
of services and advice to customers. To reflect the Group’s focus on the broader topics of ESG, reference in this Report to activities 
during 2020 are intended to include references to CSR, unless stated otherwise.

Future Developments (see below) details how LSL is approaching the development of a new long term programme, focused on 
ESG and sponsored by the Group Chief Executive Officer, which builds on the ESG strategy work started in 2020 and reflects the 
importance of ESG to the Board.

Unless otherwise specified, information in this section of the Report is as at 31 December 2020.

The following tables indicate the Board’s responsibilities relating to, and key stakeholders’ relationships with, ESG matters.

BOARD ESG ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Board Position

Group Board

Group Chief Executive 
Officer

Darrell Evans, Non 
Executive Director

Responsibilities relating to ESG

The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s ESG programme, strategy and associated policies.

The Group Chief Executive Officer is responsible for implementing and overseeing the Group’s ESG 
programme.
As part of its regular risk assessment procedures and decision making, the Board takes account of the 
significance of ESG matters to the Group, assessing their impact on short and long term value, as well 
as opportunities to enhance value. The Board also receives information and training on relevant ESG 
matters as appropriate.

The Board ensures that LSL has effective systems for managing and mitigating significant ESG risks 
which, where relevant, incorporate performance management systems and appropriate remuneration 
incentives.

Further details on LSL’s internal controls and risk management arrangements are found in the Principal 
Risks and Uncertainties section of this Report.

Designated Non Executive Director with respect to workforce engagement (appointed in 2019 in 
accordance with the Code). Further details of the Board’s employee engagement activities can be found 
in the Stakeholder Engagement Arrangements and Corporate Governance Report sections of this 
Report.

STAKEHOLDERS
For further information relating to stakeholder engagement, see the Stakeholder Engagement Arrangements section of this Report.

Stakeholders

Relationship with ESG

Stakeholders (General)

LSL takes stakeholder expectations into account and seeks to demonstrate its performance against 
these expectations.

Shareholders

Employees

LSL believes that the objective of providing services people need while returning a profit to Shareholders 
can and should be entirely compatible with the Group meeting its ESG strategy.

Employees are central to the successful development and realisation of LSL’s ESG strategy, including 
social, environmental and community investment and the formation of ESG objectives. Guidelines, 
consultations, progress and achievements are communicated at regular intervals through bulletins, 
intranet sites and notice boards as appropriate, including the Group HR online services systems.

Customers and Clients

Suppliers and Distribution 
Partners

LSL’s social responsibilities extend to its relationships with customers, clients, suppliers and distribution 
partners. All Group companies seek to be honest and fair in these relationships. Ethics, hospitality and 
conflicts policies are also in place to support the businesses and govern these relationships. See Social 
and Community Interests below.

Local Communities

As a national organisation in locations across the UK, LSL has an opportunity to develop relationships 
with local communities that expand its positive engagement and contribution. 

43

 Other InformationFinancial StatementsReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance Reports Strategic ReportOverview Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Report

FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
The Group Chief Executive Officer is sponsoring a long term programme to develop and implement LSL’s ESG strategy. The programme 
began in 2020 and will continue into 2021 and beyond.

This work has included reviewing the Group’s current contributions to sustainability, ranging from its environmental programme to 
inclusion and diversity and local community support. This fully considers LSL’s duty to deliver value for its Shareholders, while acting 
ethically and sustainably and delivering benefits to all stakeholders.

The programme will provide a framework for delivering future ESG projects. Strategic focus areas within the programme include diversity 
and inclusion, communities and the environment.

The Group will develop its ESG programme over time and will continue to review other ESG-related topics including social issues, climate 
change, the economy, regulations and legislation. Regular risk assessment and management procedures remain a necessity, including 
consideration of the possible impact on short and long term value arising from ESG matters.

Social Initiatives
The Group has established two new employee forums (the Inclusivity and Diversity Forum and the Communities Forum) to support and 
advise the broader ESG programme. The forums report to the Group Chief Executive Officer and connect employees, the Board and the 
programme of work itself. Other stakeholder involvement will be sought when needed, including insights from Shareholders, customers 
and suppliers as appropriate.

Diversity and inclusivity project work will establish the employee experience for people who identify as members of under-represented 
groups, with the Inclusivity and Diversity Forum being chaired by and consisting of diverse employee representatives from across the 
Group. Advised by the forum, LSL will consider how it can collect diversity data and its approach on conducting detailed analysis into pay 
structures and succession arrangements throughout the organisation. A review of training materials, policies and processes is likely to 
follow.

Communities project work will explore, with the support of the Communities Forum, how LSL, as a national business with local operations 
across the UK, can best facilitate and encourage employee involvement with community and charitable initiatives.

The ESG programme also includes the continued development of mental wellbeing initiatives and aims to provide LSL’s employees with 
ongoing training and development opportunities in this area, in addition to planned access to an online app to give employees access to 
holistic health and wellbeing support. This will bolster the outputs delivered in 2020 as mentioned below in the Health, Safety and Welfare 
section below, including the Employee Assistance Programme (EAP), use of which will be promoted and encouraged.

Environmental Initiatives:
During 2021, LSL will also continue to action the recommendations of the 2019 Energy Savings Opportunity Scheme (ESOS) audit, 
focusing on:

•   Reviewing existing meter arrangements across the premises estate and identifying sites where the business has the opportunity to 

install a water meter to obtain greater visibility of consumption levels, and progressing actions where volumes of usage can be reduced.

•   Increasing recycling levels across the branch estate to achieve a minimum 60% recycled waste.

•   At our multi-tenanted key sites, engaging with landlords and seeking to influence management of environmental activities in terms of 

waste management, building efficiencies in accordance with the objectives of LSL.

LSL aligns its reporting with the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures and is developing its reporting in this area. LSL will 
analyse its position with respect to enhancing its contribution to environmental issues, such as developing greater understanding of its 
Scope 3 emissions and a planned response to climate change scenarios. The Group will also review a range of external frameworks, to 
assess their alignment with its wider ESG work.

ESG in 2020
During 2020, LSL actively monitored and reviewed changes to ways of working and safe working practices in response to the COVID-19 
pandemic, alongside considerations of employee, customer and supplier wellbeing. Swift assimilation to these new practices allowed 
LSL’s CSR agenda to continue, with achievements in a number of areas and the development of the new long term programme to define 
and implement an ESG strategy.

For further information relating to changes to ways of working in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, please see Responding to the 
COVID-19 Pandemic below.

44

Health, Safety and Welfare
LSL’s Group Chief Financial Officer and the Finance Directors of subsidiary companies are each responsible for health and safety 
and they ensure health and safety is also a Board agenda item. A Health and Safety Policy is in place to ensure the wellbeing and 
safety of employees, visitors, members of the public and contractors. The Group’s Health and Safety Policy is reviewed half yearly to 
ensure it reflects changes in legislation and business working practices. LSL has in place procedures to comply with relevant statutory 
requirements.

LSL is committed to meeting its responsibilities to do all that is reasonably practicable to maintain a safe working environment through 
identifying and managing hazards, and preventing accidents and injuries to employees. LSL has robust processes for the reporting of 
hazards and accidents which form part of the monthly reporting to the Group Chief Financial Officer. LSL has implemented a number of 
changes in response to the COVID-19 pandemic (please see Responding to the COVID-19 Pandemic below). The Health and Safety Policy 
and reporting processes are supported through the release of training modules. Additionally, all employees have a duty to do everything 
possible to prevent injury to themselves and to others and to exercise responsibility.

LSL’s Risk and Internal Audit Team undertake subsidiary company audits, reviewing Health and Safety Policy documentation, certification 
to ensure compliance with statutory requirements, employee engagement, record keeping on hazards and accidents, and the follow-up 
actions identified and implemented. Risk and Internal Audit submit their report to the LSL Board or the Audit & Risk Committee.

During 2020, various mental wellbeing initiatives were launched across the Group and embedded through a series of communication 
campaigns, including an employer pledge, online manager and employee training, a stress and wellbeing policy and the creation of an 
online mental wellbeing hub. An EAP was launched Group-wide, with the exception of e.surv which already had the EAP in place. The 
Board and senior management team fully support these initiatives, with senior leaders demonstrating their commitment by signing the 
employer pledge.

Throughout 2020, senior managers across the Group took part in an online training session on managing mental wellbeing in the 
workplace. In addition, managers across the business completed online training modules and attended hosted sessions regarding mental 
wellbeing in the workplace. For further information on LSL’s training arrangements please refer to Training below.

Responding to the COVID-19 Pandemic
Employees
Working practices across the Group were reviewed in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The Financial Services Division transitioned 
entirely to home working and the majority of employees in the Estate Agency Division have also worked from home throughout the 
pandemic.

e.surv already operated a remote working model for surveyors and transitioned its central support functions entirely to home working, with 
a robust technology infrastructure. In early March 2020, ahead of the official lockdown, e.surv transferred desktop PCs and monitors to 
colleagues’ homes and introduced a new telephony system, allowing colleagues in its customer contact centre to operate fully from home.

Group-wide, home working risk assessments have been conducted regularly to support colleagues, with particular attention paid to 
health and safety and data security. Equipment has been provided where required. While office risk assessments and COVID-19 secure 
practices have been completed and implemented, with some colleagues having to attend offices to complete specific tasks on an ad-hoc 
basis, in much of the Group, offices have essentially been unused during the pandemic. The assessments and practices will be re-
examined before any return to regular office working.

The Estate Agency Division performed risk assessments to ensure individual branch compliance with Government guidelines and invested 
in reconfiguring branch layouts, ventilation and additional screens, where required. An agile technology response ensured that a large 
proportion of colleagues were able to provide a high level of service from home, within a secure networked environment.

The Division re-opened its branch network in May 2020, following the easing of national lockdown restrictions imposed in March. The 
branch risk assessments continued throughout the year, as the Estate Agency businesses adjusted to national and local restrictions, 
whilst complying with Government and sector-specific guidance. Some branches had spot checks from local Trading Standards Officers, 
who reported high levels of compliance and engagement with the ‘COVID-secure’ protocol.

The Divisions have increased company-wide communications, using regular video conferences, forums for collating questions and 
feedback with all colleagues. Managers and teams have communicated regularly via phone and video conferencing, along with whole 
Group updates. Mental health messaging and training has been completed and managers have been supported to ensure that this topic 
is regularly discussed with all employees, ensuring they are aware of any concerns and that they facilitate support through the Group’s 
channels, including the EAP.

Remote working tools have proved invaluable for communicating with furloughed colleagues at the height of the pandemic. For example, 
e.surv developed a secure, web-based Colleague Portal through which the business communicated news, details of mental health 
resources and launched an engagement initiative for colleagues and their families, as a means of reducing stress. In addition, the 
businesses regularly promoted the EAP for colleagues to contact.

45

 Other InformationFinancial StatementsReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance Reports Strategic ReportOverview Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Report

For those who could not work from home, screensavers, posters, regular management updates, and divisional COVID-19 hubs on Group 
intranets and internal platforms carried information, resources, FAQs and mental health support. The Group promoted whistleblowing 
procedures for any employee who felt unable to report COVID-19 related concerns in other ways. No notifications were received in the 
period.

With colleague wellbeing paramount, feedback and communication has been critical to the Group’s continued response across all 
Divisions. At e.surv, regular colleague feedback has taken place via their Colleague Engagement Forum, to gauge levels of comfort and 
address concerns. The Estate Agency Division has consulted regularly with employees in its branch network via dedicated employee 
health and safety representatives, to ensure that branches were delivering ‘on the ground’ compliance with the COVID-secure protocol 
and to invite proposals for improvements. The Division has also remotely checked branch layouts to ensure physical distancing is being 
implemented, with a ‘locked door’ policy and visitor logs to support track and trace. Financial Services implemented monthly all-colleague 
video conferences and encouraged employees to submit questions or concerns which are addressed anonymously. The Financial 
Services Division also launched an online microsite in April 2020 to support their advisor audience with continuing best practice, via virtual 
events, tips, and video presentations.

Colleagues who have contracted COVID-19 have been supported by the Group’s existing arrangements to help employees with 
any illness. This includes regularly checking on them when they have said they are well enough to continue working from home and 
encouraging them to take time off to recuperate where they need to.

Where necessary, Group businesses have engaged with Public Health England (PHE) and reviewed their controls and protocols. 
Dialogue with PHE has been positive and constructive. e.surv made three reports to the Health and Safety Executive under the Reporting 
of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations 2013 during 2020. However, these reports did not require any further 
investigation. In the Financial Services Division and the Estate Agency Division, no reports were required.

Customers and Client Interaction
Group businesses have ensured COVID-19 related training has focused on working safely in branches, homes and offices.

The Financial Services Division created dedicated online video content designed to support customers which is published via its social 
media channels. Messaging has been focused on the continuation of business operations, emphasising new ways of working, whilst 
maintaining the concept of ‘togetherness’.

With support from the Estate Agency Division Central Risk and Governance Team, each brand assessed the risks of working in other 
peoples’ homes and published the results of that assessment on its website. Greater use of virtual viewings reduced the need for home 
visits for employees to complete a market appraisal or tenancy inspection or for contractors to perform safety checks or repairs and 
maintenance. Where physical viewings were necessary, the format followed Government guidelines. All material panel contractors and 
suppliers were required to confirm that ‘COVID-19 secure’ procedures were in operation whilst visiting customers’ homes.

Within operational Lettings, staff received detailed training on Government guidance for landlords and tenants. In particular, they learned 
how to position the Estate Agency Division’s services to best support landlords and tenants in any discussions concerning financial 
difficulties and rent arrears.

The Surveying and Valuation Services Division developed a coronavirus information hub for customers on its website, which was updated 
regularly with FAQs and guidance. As lockdown eased, the Division was able to resume physical inspections gradually. A return to 
physical valuations required careful planning and due diligence, ensuring colleagues were mentally and physically prepared for a safe 
return to work and that all householders felt prepared and supported. Personal Protective Equipment was issued to the network of 
surveyors, together with infrared non-contact thermometers for personal and family use. Comprehensive updates to the Health and Safety 
manual were made and a robust test and trace process established.

To help householders prepare for a visit from its surveyors, booking scripts were continuously revised, to talk customers through the latest 
safety precautions. A Safety and Wellbeing Charter in 14 languages was also published and brought to life in a customer video.

The Surveying and Valuation Services Division was able to leverage its technology and investment in risk management to mobilise the 
bespoke e.surv Remote Valuation solution. The Division kept lender clients updated on decisions, publishing regular updates and also 
generating a series of Market Sentiment reports during lockdown, sharing anecdotal feedback on market health and pent-up demand 
from estate agents via the Division’s national surveyor network. The level of engagement and communication throughout this period was 
well received by lender clients, working together with the Division to respond to a rapidly evolving situation.

The Surveying and Valuation Services Division’s expertise was also shared in training webinars for key clients. In October 2020, the annual 
Lender Senate was hosted virtually, addressing over 70 clients and associates with updates on the response to the COVID-19 pandemic, 
market trends, emerging themes and an innovation roadmap.

In November 2020, the British Standards Institute (BSi) recommended e.surv for certification to the ISO 45001 standard for Occupational 
Health and Safety Management Systems. Having previously achieved the RoSPA Level 3 award and ISO 18001 (Occupational Health and 
Safety), this was e.surv’s first application for accreditation against ISO 45001.

46

Stakeholder Engagement and Communications
LSL’s Approach
During 2020, LSL continued to improve its governance arrangements to reflect best practice introduced by guidance from the Investment 
Association and ICSA in relation to stakeholder engagement, in addition to the guidance issued by the GC100 on directors’ duties under 
s172 of the Companies Act 2006.

Employee Engagement
The Group’s businesses evaluate and monitor how they communicate with LSL’s stakeholder groups, including employees. For further 
information, please see above and also refer to the Corporate Governance Report and Stakeholder Engagement Arrangements sections 
of this Report.

LSL’s aim is to be recognised by existing and potential employees as a responsible employer, which values its employees and their 
contribution to the business and the wider community. The Group recognises that its market-leading positions in Financial Services, 
Estate Agency and Surveying and Valuation Services are achieved through the quality of service provided by employees. LSL’s employees 
are its key differentiator and this principle guides how the Group manages its workforce.

The Group is committed to providing working environments in which employees are supported in both their personal and professional 
development. By creating such an environment, the Group seeks to recruit and retain the right individuals at every level throughout the 
Group.

A suite of employee policies are in place covering a wide range of employee related subjects, such as standard setting for performance 
and conduct within the workplace. Additionally, policies, including the Family Friendly Policy, document the procedures in place to support 
colleagues with their work and home responsibilities, or for example, the Equality and Diversity Policy, which positions the Group’s 
stance on ensuring fair behaviour and workplace measures. The policies are subject to an annual review by the policy owners to ensure 
adherence to current employment regulations. These in turn, are signed off by the Group HR Director.

These policies are accessible to all businesses and colleagues in the Group via the central HR system and other business intranets. They 
are communicated to the Group through leadership and HR initiatives. Training, including via the Leadership Pathway Programme and the 
online learning system, is in place to support the messaging of the various policies. The HR teams utilise these policies to guide procedure 
and ensure consistency in management and the employee experience throughout. Additional policies were created in 2020 in response 
to the COVID-19 pandemic to offer further guidance and support to all LSL employees concerning changes in the working environment 
and individual home circumstances. For further information on the response to the COVID-19 pandemic, see Responding to the COVID-19 
Pandemic above. All Group businesses are required to adhere to the same baseline policy standards, however it is acknowledged the 
diversity and culture in each of the businesses can result in a different approach to procedure in specific local messaging or training 
activities.

An essential part of LSL’s strategy is to encourage and promote effective communication with all employees, which includes an annual 
employee opinion survey and a Group-wide Employee Engagement Forum, which discusses the outcome of the employee survey each 
year. These engagements support the Group in its decision making, ensuring it takes employees’ views into account.

Further details of the Board’s employee engagement activities (including the Group’s Employee Engagement Forum) can be found in the 
Employee Engagement Arrangements and Corporate Governance Report sections of this Report.

Further details of the employee survey arrangements and the Group Employee Engagement Forum can be found in the Employees 
section below.

Participation in the Group’s share schemes motivates employees, involves them in the Group’s performance and aligns their interests with 
Shareholders. Details of awards are included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report in this Report. This includes details of an all employee 
free share award, which was made after the end of the first lockdown to thank and recognise the efforts of all employees during the 
previous few months.

Examples of how LSL communicates with its stakeholders and monitors its engagement arrangements are included below.

Employees
LSL keeps employees informed of Group affairs by post, email, handbooks, intranet sites and employee forums, including roadshows, 
management presentations and colleague briefings. Communications encourage employee awareness of the financial and economic 
factors affecting the Group and have proved vital in 2020.

The Board receives employee feedback via the Group’s employee opinion surveys, which are undertaken across all Group businesses. 
Supplementing the annual survey is a pulse survey, which was introduced in 2020 and ran five times. The employee opinions captured 
are then presented to the Board as part of a regular review of employee matters. KPIs such as labour turnover and responses to key 
questions are also monitored, to measure staff morale and review culture.

The employee opinion surveys also provide the Executive Committee and the Board with insight into what factors concern and motivate 
the Group’s employees and contribute to action plans and/or focus groups across the Group. The employee survey process is regularly 
evaluated and developed, to maximise the validity and reliability of the data captured.

47

 Other InformationFinancial StatementsReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance Reports Strategic ReportOverview Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Report

LSL engages a consultant to assist with the annual employee opinion survey. This allows LSL to generate an accurate picture of 
engagement across the Group and to benchmark the results against similar organisations, using the consultant’s data.

The 2020 survey related to 2019 and, as in previous years, covered all aspects of the working environment. This included culture, 
training, careers, performance and communications, together with questions on the effectiveness of Group companies’ management 
and leadership. The response to the 2020 survey was very positive, with 3,496 employees taking part, making it LSL’s highest recorded 
participation rate at 75% (2019: 3,173 (71%)). The annual survey relating to 2020 is being conducted in 2021 and employee participation 
will be reported in the Annual Report and Accounts 2021. The pulse survey will be undertaken three times in 2021, to complement the 
annual survey and to gather more regular feedback.

The Group has a well-established Group Employee Engagement Forum, with representatives from across the Group, including members 
from senior management teams. In 2020, the forum met remotely each month and proved highly beneficial, with COVID-19 pandemic 
communications and initiatives, such as the pulse survey, being shared across the Group to improve employee engagement.

The Forum also met twice with Darrell Evans, the designated Non Executive Director in relation to workforce engagement. As outlined 
in the Stakeholder Engagement Arrangements and Corporate Governance Report sections of this Report, the Group’s Employee 
Engagement Forum provides the vehicle for Darrell to establish regular dialogue with the Group’s workforce. Darrell addressed the 
Employee Engagement Forum when LSL’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic was first communicated, as well as about other matters 
such as the pulse surveys. Darrell has been regularly informed of progress in response to the COVID-19 pandemic as well as regarding 
employee engagement and has agreed a 2021 engagement plan with the Forum.

In response to the proposed legislative changes due in the first few months of 2021 concerning EU citizens living and working in the 
UK following Brexit, LSL communicated with all employees to offer support and ensure clarity around the need to evidence pre-settled 
or settled status from June 2021. New recruitment process requirements were also communicated to Group management, to ensure 
consistency and compliance with the new Right to Work checks in place from January 2021. In addition to providing employee support 
where needed, this ensures continuity of working practices, legislative compliance and enhanced retention of LSL’s European staff.

Customers
All Group businesses regularly seek feedback from customers, which is used to inform LSL’s decision making and, in particular, the 
development of its services to customers. This feedback is obtained through a number of methods, such as relationship management 
meetings, formal questionnaires, mystery shopping exercises and consumer focus groups. Each business completes regular customer 
outcome reviews. These include, for example, a review of customer complaints and service level performance for key customer contracts.

Suppliers
LSL has supplier relationship management arrangements across all its businesses. The Group’s Supplier Code of Conduct communicates 
LSL’s policies and procedures to its suppliers, which include provisions relating to modern slavery and anti-bribery.

Equal Opportunities
LSL promotes equal opportunities in employment, recognising that equality and diversity are a vital part of the Group’s success and 
growth. The Group’s recruitment, training and selection processes seek to appoint the best candidates based on suitability for the job and 
to treat all employees and applicants fairly regardless of race, gender, marital status, nationality, social backgrounds, ethnic origin, age, 
disability, religious belief or sexual orientation, and to ensure that no individuals suffer harassment or intimidation.

The Group Chief Executive Officer is responsible for LSL’s employment policies, which employees are required to observe. Certain policies 
are submitted annually to the Board, for review and approval. The Group’s Risk and Internal Audit Team audits compliance with legislation 
and Group policies, alongside regular reporting to the Board, which includes indicators such as staff turnover. For information relating to 
Group culture, please refer to the Corporate Governance Report section of this Report.

Diversity and Inclusivity
LSL is committed to diversity and inclusivity and established a new Group Inclusivity and Diversity Forum in 2020. See Future 
Developments above for more information. Matters relating to Board diversity are included in the Corporate Governance Report in this 
Report.

Equal Pay
LSL reports on gender pay for all Group companies with more than 250 employees, in accordance with the Government’s reporting 
requirements (see gender-pay-gap.service.gov.uk).

The Group is also taking steps to understand its position in relation to ethnicity and pay, in addition to reviewing the Parker Review into 
the Ethnic Diversity of UK Boards. For further information relating to the Parker Review, please refer to the Corporate Governance Report 
section of this Report.

48

Gender Diversity Key Performance Indicators

Total employees at 31 December

Total employee turnover percentage (%)

Breakdown by gender

Male

Female

2020

4,335

17.4 

2,104 

2,231 

2019

2018

2017

2016

4,772

26.7

2,255

2,517

5,463

27.0

2,562

2,901

5,084

28.7

2,273

2,811

4,990

30.8

2,206

2,784

Note: Data excludes forced leavers
The gender split for the Board, the senior management team and Group employees as at 31 December 2020 and 2019 is as follows:

Directors

Senior managers

Female

Male

2020

2 

14

2019

2

15

2020

5

51

2019

6

56

Group employees (exc Directors and senior managers) 

 2,215 

2,500

 2,048 

2,193

Disability
LSL has policies and procedures to achieve its objective that upon employment, reasonable adjustments will be made to accommodate 
individuals with disabilities wherever the requirements of the organisation will allow and where applications for employment are received 
from suitable individuals. If during their employment, existing employees become disabled, every reasonable effort is also made to ensure 
that their employment with LSL can continue on a worthwhile basis, with career opportunities remaining available to them.

Employee training
LSL’s businesses place strong emphasis on their quality of service, which is monitored on a regular basis. Employees (and, where 
appropriate, consultants) undergo suitable training to maintain and enhance service quality.

During 2020, LSL continued to recruit, develop and invest in colleagues. LSL’s approach is to prioritise colleague learning and 
development, to strengthen the Group’s businesses and to ensure the Group’s continued success. LSL monitors all legislative changes 
affecting its businesses and keeps its training programmes under review, to ensure that employees receive specially designed training 
courses.

LSL also regularly monitors and contributes to consultations relating to legislative and regulatory reviews and reforms. For further details 
relating to laws and regulations which impact LSL’s business, see the Divisional Business Review sections of this Report.

LSL fosters an inclusive culture and a commitment to diversity and equal pay, but also recognises that employees do not all progress at 
the same rate. The Group has therefore identified some of the main barriers to progression and has developed a plan to support minority 
groups. This includes running training programmes, which include both unconscious bias and assertiveness training.

The Group recognises the need to support the development of staff and has a number of specific routes to progression, through newly 
developed apprenticeship programmes. These programmes prepare individuals for the next step in their careers, whether that be a 
supervisory, management or leadership position within the Group. In total 105 employees enrolled onto an apprenticeship at the end 
of 2020, with employees undertaking courses ranging from Level 2 qualifications (for individuals new to the business) up to Level 7 
qualifications (for those studying a masters or equivalent qualifications). As a national employer, LSL works with a number of training 
providers to fulfil its apprenticeship needs. These range from national providers to more local providers offering specialised training.

Details of LSL’s requirements and approaches to training are summarised below.

Financial Services Division
The Group’s Financial Services companies are responsible for training and compliance arrangements for the majority of Financial Services 
business conducted by LSL. The Division places a strong emphasis on the quality of service provided to customers and, as part of the 
compliance arrangements, captures and monitors customer feedback and outcomes.

All employees involved in the Financial Services businesses receive appropriate and relevant training. In particular, all Financial Services 
advisers complete a specially designed training programme, which is supplemented by effective supervision, regular monitoring and 
regular refresher training sessions.

General training modules and sessions applicable to all colleagues are supplemented with role-specific training, in line with legislative and 
regulatory requirements. Financial Services businesses delivered e-learning based training modules to 1,215 Financial Services colleagues 
during 2020, equating to the delivery of training to around 21 days per staff member and regulatory reading and testing equating to about 
three days.

49

 Other InformationFinancial StatementsReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance Reports Strategic ReportOverview Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Report

Estate Agency Division (Group HR Services’ Learning and Development Team)

The Estate Agency Division from time to time also enters into direct dialogue with the regulators and consumer groups. During 2020 it 
has been monitoring and responding to the wide range of consultations published by the Government as part of its review of the housing 
market which commenced at the start of 2017 and continued during 2018, 2019 and 2020.

LSL’s Group HR Services’ Learning and Development Team delivered classroom and webinar based training to a total of 1,064 Estate 
Agency Division employees during 2020, equating to the delivery of 1,622 training days.

During the first four months of 2020, the Learning and Development Team delivered induction training as well as training for the ‘Move It 
On’ sales progression system, which was launched in the South, South East and London regions of the Estate Agency Division.

During the COVID-19 pandemic, the Learning and Development Team retained a small headcount, with the remaining team on furlough 
from the end of March. This allowed the team to deliver pandemic-specific training and maintain the delivery of regulatory training in Estate 
Agency. The Learning and Development Team has played a central role in ensuring that COVID-19 safety guidance has been deployed to 
all staff.

Between April and August 2020, instructor-led training was paused but resumed in early August. The online training presence was 
maintained throughout, however, and electronic learning was completed, albeit at a reduced capacity.

The change from face-to-face to virtual learning ensured the Learning and Development Team could continue to provide high quality 
learning solutions via a mass digitisation project, offering virtual classrooms to its delegates and maintaining the effectiveness of 
classroom based training. To counter the impact of increased screen time in training, the team developed their online learning to provide 
shorter, yet still engaging, online content via video and new authoring software.

All virtual classroom events are now preceded with learning and are also followed by post-course training, to embed new knowledge and 
skills.

The Estate Agency Division’s and Surveying Division employees completed a total of 101,423 modules on the Learning Matters platform. 
The success of the move to digitally based learning has allowed the Learning and Development Team to enhance the accessibility of the 
training offered and deliver improvements whilst reducing costs and streamlining processes.

Surveying and Valuation Services Division
Each chartered surveyor employed by e.surv has an obligation to fully comply with RICS regulatory standards on matters including 
ethics, conflict of interest and integrity. In addition, e.surv as a firm is also regulated by RICS to ensure that all the required standards are 
delivered, and our compliance is reviewed on an annual basis.

e.surv has a dedicated Risk and Governance Team which includes chartered surveyors who support the ‘field’ surveyors with technical 
guidance, policy oversight and quality audit. In addition, all reports are subject to quality control mechanisms prior to issue for accuracy 
and compliance. These reports are selected by ‘triggers’ which reflect the highest risk to compliant reporting.

This is further supplemented by regular client reviews who independently validate the accuracy and quality of e.surv’s work. In all cases 
where any anomalies are identified, these are fully evaluated and, where necessary, remedial actions implemented.

The risk governance is completed by a structure of meetings designed to consider all aspects of business risk and associated polices that 
guide the management of recognised inherent risks. This structure includes a dedicated monthly Valuation Controls Board that considers 
all significant valuation policy changes. The meeting is also attended by the LSL Group Head of Risk and Internal Audit.

All significant legal, regulatory or compliance changes are supported by the Group’s in-house legal team.

e.surv delivers training, guidance and monitoring through an in-house Learning and Development Team. All surveyors who produce and 
sign reports in the name of e.surv are subject to a rigorous annual audit regime, to monitor quality of both site notes and the final reports.

Compliance training was issued to all 997 colleagues in 2020, with a total of 7,976 compliance modules completed via e.surv’s online 
learning platform. Additionally, e.surv has trained 309 people on other courses, including surveyor training programmes, company and 
surveyor inductions, HomeBuyer training, mentor training, customer care and conflict management.

There are 18 graduate trainees who are not yet operational in e.surv, with a further 42 from previous cohorts who have achieved 
AssocRICS qualifications and are productive. There are 17 still working towards the competency levels, who are on schedule to qualify to 
AssocRICS status during 2020/2021. In addition there are 13 AssocRICS qualified surveyors being sponsored through the Assessment of 
Professional Competency (APC) programme, and one surveyor successfully completed, resulting in the MRICS status during 2020. e.surv 
also has a well-established mentoring programme for new surveyors entering the industry.

All surveyors are regulated by RICS and commit to continually updating their skills and knowledge, in order to remain professionally 
competent. All RICS professionals must undertake and record online a minimum of 20 hours of Continuing Professional Development 
activity each calendar year. This is supported by the Group and undertaken through a variety of methods, ranging from distance learning 
to online modules through the Learning Management System, classroom based training and regional conferences.

50

Training Expenditure

Division

Financial Services 

Estate Agency 

Surveying and Valuation Services

Total expenditure1

Notes: 
1 

 This includes in-house training costs of £1,056,909 (2019: £1,555,952)

Expenditure 2020 £

Expenditure 2019 £

465,157 

568,845

607,488 

1,641,490 

387,798

1,415,6221 

932,083 

2,368,133 

Environmental issues
LSL is committed to meeting its obligations in respect of statutory compliance and reporting, and fulfilling the objectives as set out in 
the 2019 ESOS Audit. LSL’s Environmental Policy demonstrates the Group’s commitment to the reduction of energy consumption and 
the positive impact that this will have both on the environment and on reducing costs to the Group’s businesses. The policy is reviewed 
annually and provided to all colleagues on the self-service system.

The Group has made positive progress against the objectives set out in the 2019 ESOS Audit including in areas providing significant 
improvement in terms of environmental impact. Group performance is measured across the following areas.

In respect of utilities, LSL has contracted on the basis of 100% renewable electricity which supports approximately 85% of branch 
locations and the majority of key sites where LSL has the ability to manage supply arrangements. As existing contractual arrangements 
expire, sites transfer to the renewable contract. Gas contracts supporting branch locations expire during 2021 and LSL is committed to 
tendering on the basis of green energy tariffs. In addition, the programme of smart meter installations is continuing with the aim that they 
will complete during 2021, subject to installer commitments.

The volume of recycled waste across branch locations was 45% for the year and the target is to increase this to a minimum of 60% by the 
end of 2021. In terms of secure waste management, the Group remains committed to managing print practices and minimising wastage, 
to achieve the objective of reducing environmental impact.

LSL encourages and supports an approach towards remote meetings through the use of audio and video to connect online. For further 
information relating to these methods of communication, see Responding to the COVID-19 Pandemic above. The Group continues to offer 
a range of leased fleet vehicles to employees. Progress has been made in reducing the number of diesel vehicles which now account 
for 42% of the fleet, a figure which is targeted to reduce further during 2021. The Group has increased the number of electric and low 
emission vehicles to 19% of the fleet.

In its estate management, LSL includes environmental considerations as part of premises acquisition activity, and continues to manage 
upgrades to lighting, heating and air conditioning across its premises estate.

LSL will raise employee awareness on the environmental impact of the Group’s business activities and actions taken to minimise impact 
and the objectives against which LSL’s performance will be measured. 

Greenhouse gas emissions
This section of this Report has been prepared in accordance with LSL’s regulatory obligation to report greenhouse gas emissions 
pursuant to section 7 of the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013.

During the 2019/20 reporting period, the Group emitted a total of 3,656 tCO2e from fuel combustion and operation of facilities (Scope 1 
direct), and electricity purchased for the Group’s own use (Scope 2 indirect). This is equal to 14 tCO2e per £m of revenue or 0.94 tCO2e 
per full time equivalent employee.

The table below shows LSL’s tCO2e emissions for the period 1 October – 30 September for the years 2016 to 2020.

(tCO2e)

Combustion of fuel and operation of facilities (Scope 1)

Electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased for our own use 
(Scope 2)

Total Scope 1 and 2

2019/20

2,517

1,139

3,656

2018/19

2017/18

2016/17

2015/16

3,420

3,705

3,959

4,046

1,535

4,955

2,625

6,330

2,721

6,680

3,553

7,599

tCO2e per full time equivalent employee
tCO2e per £m revenue
As the table demonstrates, since 2016 LSL’s absolute emissions have decreased by 52%. This has principally been due to the impact of 
the COVID-19 pandemic on the Group’s way of working, particularly the temporary closure during the lockdown between 23 March and 
13 May 2020. In addition, 2020 includes the full year impact following the reshaping of the Your Move and Reeds Rains branch networks 
in 2019. The branch reduction has reduced energy consumption related to physical site numbers and headcount. The reduction in energy 
consumption has also reflected the Group’s continual programme of branch refurbishment across the Estate Agency businesses, to 

1.69

1.27

1.47

1.17

20

22

14

24

16

0.94

51

 Other InformationFinancial StatementsReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance Reports Strategic ReportOverview Strategic ReportOverviewEnvironmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Report

improve efficiency and modernise fittings, as well as the reduction in average FTE employees across the Group over this period; and the 
decrease in the UK electricity CO2e GHG conversion factors linked to the reduction in coal powered electricity generation.
Greenhouse gas reporting methodology
The Group quantifies and reports on its organisational greenhouse gas emissions according to Defra’s Environmental Reporting 
Guidelines and has utilised the UK Government 2020 GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting, in order to calculate CO2 
equivalent emissions from corresponding activity data. LSL has also utilised data required for compliance with the CRC Energy Efficiency 
Scheme and ESOS.

Greenhouse gas reporting boundaries and limitations
The emission sources included in this Report fall within the consolidated Financial Statements. LSL does not have responsibility for any 
emission sources that are not included within the consolidated Financial Statements. LSL has not, to date, calculated the Group’s fugitive 
refrigerants from air conditioning equipment, as these are considered to be de minimis. However, LSL may look to quantify and report on 
emissions from this source in future years.

The greenhouse gas sources that constitute LSL’s operational boundary for the 2019/2020 reporting period are:

•   Scope 1: Natural gas combustion in boilers and road fuel combustion in vehicles.

•   Scope 2: Purchased electricity consumption for LSL’s own use.

Greenhouse gas reporting assumptions and estimations
In some cases, missing data has been estimated using either extrapolation of available data from the reporting period or data from 
2018/2019 as a proxy.

Social and Community Interests
LSL’s social and community objective is to establish a common and coherent approach among Group businesses and to support 
investment in the communities in which they operate. Group companies are sensitive to local communities’ cultural, social and economic 
needs. LSL is committed to acting responsibly wherever it operates and to engaging with stakeholders to manage the social, economic 
and environmental impact of all Group activities. The Group’s social and community interests also include the promotion of human rights, 
ethical issues and prevention of modern slavery.

LSL’s business has a direct impact on its local communities and the Board recognises that good relations with local communities are 
fundamental to LSL’s sustained success. Working in partnership with communities consistently is the most effective way to achieve 
objectives and lasting change.

During 2020, LSL businesses achieved these objectives in the following ways:

•   making donations to local and national charities;

•   supporting and organising fundraising events, including supporting charities and local community initiatives selected by Group 

companies; and

•   supporting employees in their personal fundraising ambitions.

With a new ESG programme underway, LSL has created a Group Communities Forum (see Future Developments in this Report), to advise 
on and support community initiatives. The Forum will also look to support charitable initiatives, as well as recognising the other forms 
of volunteering which colleagues undertake in their communities, such as becoming school governors or taking on responsibilities at 
community clubs.

Examples of Charitable Activities in 2020
Workplace Giving
LSL has implemented the ‘Charitable Giving’ initiative and all Group employees are invited to participate. In 2020, LSL employees donated 
over £27,000. The scheme donates to a range of charities and 46 employees participated in the scheme.

LSL makes it possible for employees to make regular donations via the payroll system to a charity or charities of their choice, on a 
tax-free basis. The tax-free element means that the charity benefits by receiving a higher amount. Further information can be found at: 
charitablegiving.co.uk/payroll/payroll-giving.htm

Financial Services
PRIMIS employees participated in a range of local activities, including scaling Scafell Pike to raise money for MND Association, raising 
money for Children in Need and Cancer Research UK, and taking part in the Virtual London Marathon to raise money for Mencap. Local 
fundraising went towards Wiltshire Air Ambulance and to support the rebuild of a local school. Specialist support for local causes also 
took place, with essential items collected and donated to Solihull’s women’s shelter, Chippenham’s women’s shelter and the Salvation 
Army. Embrace Financial Services supported Buckhurst Hill FC.

The PRIMIS network partnered with and made donations to Macmillan in 2020, with £7,135 raised and £14,270 matched by the 
businesses. First2Protect partnered with SANDS while Embrace Financial Services offered product discounts to NHS employees, 
emergency services staff and the armed forces (both those serving and veterans).

52

The Financial Services’ Employee Engagement meeting keeps charity as a consistent agenda item, with input from employee 
representatives on the fundraising activities that staff would like to hold, and how and where efforts will be organised.

Estate Agency
The Estate Agency Division encourages and promotes team and employees’ individual fundraising activities in the local communities of 
all brands. Employees have raised money for a wide range of causes in 2020. Thomas Morris was recognised at the 2020 Agents Giving 
Awards as winners of the Best Overall Act of Kindness Award and the joint winners of the Best Team Act of Kindness Award. Across the 
Division there has also been fundraising for charities including Macmillan, Children in Need, Comic Relief, The Brompton Foundation, local 
schools and a local homeless charity. Marsh & Parsons raised £25,000 through a series of fundraising activities.

Employees throughout the Estate Agency Division volunteered their time in aid of local causes, including at PTA events, collecting and 
delivering food and supplies to those in need in the local community, litter picking, and preparing lunch for and delivering presents to 
homeless people on Christmas Day and Boxing Day. Thomas Morris employees also created a task force to provide aid and support the 
needs of the local community specific to the pandemic, such as producing PPE, supporting the bereaved, fundraising for NHS charities 
and providing practical support to those shielding in the local community. Support for local foodbanks was also provided.

Your Move established a corporate partnership with the English Football League and Marsh & Parsons partnered with Streets of London. 
Sponsorships included Hope for Justice, local sports teams, music events, churches, school events and residents’ groups.

Surveying and Valuation Services
Employees volunteered with and provided specialist support to local causes, including the Shanklin and District History Society, with the 
local Parish Council, a community walking group, running and coaching local sports clubs. Specialist support was also provided with the 
management of an historic scheduled ancient monument.

Charitable initiatives are regularly discussed at the e.surv Colleague Engagement Forum and the Charity Committee, which distributes 
funding to support charitable activities by staff.

Human Rights, Ethical Issues and the Prevention of Modern Slavery
LSL’s approach to the promotion of human rights and ethical issues is contained within the Group’s HR policies. This includes the Group’s 
Combined Ethics Policy (CEP), which is one of the policies that is presented to the Board for annual review and approval.

The Combined Ethics Policy covers:

•   anti-slavery and human trafficking;

•   anti-corruption and bribery (including hospitality);

•   conflicts;

•   fraud;

•   tax evasion; and

•   whistleblowing.

All Group employees are made aware of the CEP and the Audit & Risk Committee and the Risk and Internal Audit Team audit awareness 
and compliance, with the findings reported to the Board.

All LSL Group businesses are committed to conducting business in a socially responsible way. LSL businesses seek to carry out their 
operations in accordance with appropriate ethical standards and to be honest and fair in their relationships with customers and suppliers. 
As part of this, LSL and its subsidiary companies have arrangements to safeguard against modern slavery and human trafficking 
occurring within their businesses or any of their supply chains.

During 2020, LSL continued to implement arrangements to ensure compliance with the Modern Slavery Act 2015 including publishing 
its Modern Slavery Statement (Statement) for the financial year ending 2019, which was published in April 2020 (see lslps.co.uk/modern-
slavery). LSL also has a dedicated LSL Anti-Slavery and Human Trafficking Policy which works in combination with LSL’s established 
Whistleblowing Policy and provides information and guidance to those working for the Group on how to recognise and deal with anti-
slavery and human trafficking issues.

The published Statement sets out the steps taken by LSL, Your Move, Reeds Rains, LSLi, Marsh & Parsons and e.surv and it was signed 
for and on behalf of the Board by Adam Castleton (Group Chief Financial Officer and a director of each of these companies).

The Group has risk-based arrangements to ensure compliance with the Bribery Act 2010. The Group reviewed anti-corruption and bribery 
risks in the development of its policies and procedures, which are reviewed periodically. The Anti-Corruption and Bribery Policy sets out 
information and guidance to those working for the Group on how to recognise and deal with bribery and corruption issues.

Your Move, Reeds Rains and e.surv continued to submit their payment practices reports in 2020, which are available on the Government’s 
website for report submissions (check-payment-practices.service.gov.uk/).

In 2020, the Board reviewed the Tax Evasion Policy for the Group as part of the CEP. The Group also reviewed its tax strategy in 2020, 
which is available on the LSL website (lslps.co.uk/investor-relations/corporate-governance/tax-strategy).

53

 Other InformationFinancial StatementsReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance Reports Strategic ReportOverview Strategic ReportOverviewThe Board

This section of the Report includes information on the Directors and Company Secretary as at 28 April 2021.

Executive Directors

Helen Buck, Executive Director – Estate Agency

Helen was appointed as Executive Director – Estate Agency on 2 February 2017. She has overall responsibility 
for  the  performance,  strategy,  and  development  of  LSL’s  Estate  Agency  Division.  Prior  to  this  role  Helen 
had,  since  December  2011,  served  as  an  independent  Non  Executive  Director  and  was  a  member  of  LSL’s 
Nominations and Remuneration Committees. Helen was previously Chief Operating Officer at Palmer & Harvey 
and was part of the Sainsbury’s management team from 2005 to 2015, including five years as a member of the 
Operating  Board.  Helen  has  extensive  expertise  in  strategy,  marketing,  commercial  and  operations.  Before 
joining  Sainsbury’s,  Helen  held  senior  positions  at  Marks  &  Spencer,  Woolworths,  and  Safeway,  and  was  a 
senior manager at McKinsey & Co.

Adam Castleton, Executive Director, Group Chief Financial Officer 

Adam  was  appointed  Group  Chief  Financial  Officer  on  2  November  2015.  He  has  broad  financial  skills  and 
experience in the retail and services sectors and joined LSL from French Connection Group PLC, where he 
was the Group Finance Director. He previously held leadership roles at a number of market-leading companies 
including O2 UK, eBay and The Walt Disney Company. Adam has over 30 years’ experience in finance, having 
started his career with Price Waterhouse, where he qualified as a Chartered Accountant in 1989.

David Stewart, Group Chief Executive Officer

David  was  appointed  Group  Chief  Executive  Officer  on  1  May  2020  and  has  primary  responsibility  for  LSL’s 
performance,  strategy  and  development.  Prior  to  this  David  was  a  Non  Executive  Director,  having  joined  the 
Board on 1 May 2015. He was also Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee and a member of the Remuneration and 
Nominations Committees. David has significant experience in finance, strategy, operations, risk and compliance, 
with  particular  expertise  in  financial  services.  Previously,  he  was  Chief  Executive  of  the  Coventry  Building 
Society from 2006 to 2014, having earlier served as Finance Director and Operations Director. Prior to joining the 
Coventry, David spent ten years at DBS Management plc, holding a number of board positions including Group 
Chief  Executive  and  Group  Finance  Director.  David  qualified  as  a  Chartered  Accountant  with  Peat  Marwick 
(KPMG) and is a graduate of Warwick University. He is also the non executive chair of the Enra Group.

Non Executive Directors

Gaby Appleton, Independent Non Executive Director 

Gaby was appointed as an independent Non Executive Director on 1 September 2019. She is also a member of 
LSL’s Nominations, Remuneration, and Audit & Risk Committees. Gaby has significant experience in strategy, 
technology,  digital  product,  and  sales  and  marketing,  particularly  in  the  professional  information  solutions 
sector.  This  includes  her  current  appointment  as  Chief  Digital  Product  Officer  at  Reed  Exhibitions  (a  RELX 
Group  plc  company).  She  has  previously  held  a  number  of  executive  strategic  and  digital  product  roles, 
including Managing Director for Researcher Products, and Global Director of Strategy at Elsevier (also a RELX 
company) in Amsterdam. She was a board member of the International Association of STM Publishers, a global 
industry trade body. Before joining Elsevier/RELX, Gaby held a number of operating positions at Sainsbury’s 
Supermarkets Ltd and within the Procter & Gamble company, and was a senior manager at McKinsey & Co. 
Gaby holds a BA from the University of Cambridge.

Darrell Evans, Independent Non Executive Director, Chair of the Remuneration Committee and 
Designated Workforce Engagement Director

Darrell was appointed as an independent Non Executive Director on 28 February 2019 and he was appointed as 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee with effect from 28 April 2021. He is also member of LSL’s Nominations 
Committee  and  the  Audit  &  Risk  Committee  and  is  LSL’s  designated  Non  Executive  Director  for  workforce 
engagement. He has significant experience in financial services and is currently Managing Director, Retail Bank 
at the Co-Operative Bank plc. Darrell spent the first part of his career at Royal Bank of Scotland plc, where 
he was Managing Director, Mortgages, Loans and Retail Telephony in the retail banking division, responsible 
for all aspects of the Group’s mortgage proposition. Prior to that he was Product Director for the RBS retail 
bank. Darrell has also held senior executive roles at Direct Line Insurance Group plc, Virgin Money plc and The 
Consulting Consortium, where he was CEO.

54

Simon Embley, Non Executive

Simon was during 2020 the Non Executive Chair and he was also Chair of the Nominations Committee. With 
effect from 28 April 2021 Simon stepped down from these roles as a result of his appointment as Chief Executive 
of Pivotal Growth Limited, which is an LSL joint venture with Pollen Street Capital. Simon has remained on the 
Board as a Non Executive, allowing the Group to continue to benefit from his knowledge and experience. This 
position will be kept under review.

Simon was Non Executive Chair of the LSL Board from 1 January 2015 and became Chair of the Nominations 
Committee  on  1  May  2020.  He  was  previously  Deputy  Chair  from  2014  to  2015  and  Group  Chief  Executive 
Officer until 2014, a role which he held at the time of the management buy-out of e.surv and Your Move from 
Aviva (formerly Norwich Union Life) in 2004. Prior to the management buy-out, Simon was responsible for the 
strategic direction of these companies and subsequently he oversaw and was responsible for the turnaround 
of the initial Group. Simon’s other directorships are limited to a small estate management company, Eveclo 
Holdings (an IT business), Road to Health (a healthcare provider) and the role of non executive chair at Global 
Property Ventures, which distributes a tenant deposit replacement product.

Bill Shannon, Independent Non Executive Director, Chair of the Board, Chair of the Audit & Risk 
Committee and Chair of the Nominations Committee 

During 2020 Bill was the Deputy Chair, Senior Independent Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
and the Audit & Risk Committee. With effect from 28 April 2021 was appointed as Chair of the Board and the 
Nominations Committee. He also stepped down from his role as Deputy Chair, Senior Independent Director and 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee. Bill has remained as a member of the Remuneration Committee. The 
Board intends to appoint a new Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee and a new Senior Independent Director 
during 2021.

Bill was appointed as an independent Non Executive Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee on 
7 January 2014. On 1 January 2015, he took on the roles of Deputy Chair, Senior Independent Director and 
Chair of the Nominations Committee. On 1 May 2020, Bill took over as Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee and 
ceased his role as Chair of the Nominations Committee. Bill has significant PLC board experience in strategy, 
operations, finance, and governance, in the consumer, financial services, residential and commercial property 
sectors. He is currently non executive chair of Johnson Service Group plc and Council Member at the University 
of Southampton. He was previously at Whitbread Group plc from 1974 and between 1994 and 2004, he was 
a Divisional Managing Director. He has also served as non executive chair of Aegon UK plc and St Modwen 
Property PLC, and as a non executive director of Rank Group plc, Barratt Developments plc and Matalan plc.

Sapna B FitzGerald, General Counsel and Company Secretary

Sapna qualified as a solicitor in 1998 and has been General Counsel and Company Secretary at LSL since 
2004. Prior to the management buy-out of Your Move and e.surv, Sapna was a member of Aviva Life Legal 
Services and had, since 2001, been part of the team that supported Your Move and e.surv Chartered Surveyors.

Company Secretary 

The Strategic Report is approved by and signed on behalf of the Board of Directors

David Stewart
Group Chief Executive Officer
27 April 2021

Adam Castleton
Group Chief Financial Officer
27 April 2021

55

 Other InformationFinancial StatementsReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance Reports Strategic ReportOverview Strategic ReportOverview Report of the Directors and  
Corporate Governance Reports

In this section
57 

58 
63 

 Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in 
Respect to the Group Financial Statements
 Report of the Directors
 Corporate Governance Report 
including Nominations Committee Report
79 
 Audit & Risk Committee Report
92  Directors’ Remuneration Report

56

 Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities in Respect to 
the Group Financial Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group Financial Statements in accordance with applicable 
United Kingdom law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have elected 
to prepare the Group Financial Statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) in conformity 
with the Companies Act 2006. Under company law the Directors must not approve the Group Financial Statements unless they are 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and the Company and of the profit or loss of the Group 
and the Company for that period. 

Under the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, Group Financial Statements are required to be 
prepared in accordance with IFRS adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.

In preparing these Financial Statements the Directors are required to:

•   select suitable accounting policies in accordance with IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors and 

then apply them consistently;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

•   present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable, and understandable 

information;

•   provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRS is insufficient to enable users to understand 
the impact of particular transactions, other events, and conditions on the Group’s financial position and financial performance; 

•   in respect of the Group Financial Statements, state whether IFRS in conformity with the Companies Act 2006 and IFRS adopted 

pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union have been followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed, and explained in the Financial Statements; and

•   prepare the Financial Statements on the going concern basis unless it is appropriate to presume that the company and/or the 

Group will not continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s and 
Group’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and the Group and 
enable them to ensure that the Company and the Group Financial Statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also 
responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Parent Company and Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, Directors’ 
Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Statement that comply with that law and those regulations. The Directors are 
responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website.

57

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewReport of the Directors

Business review and development
The Strategic Report (including the Chairman’s Statement, the Group Chief Executive’s Report and the Business Reviews) sets out a review 
of the Group’s business, including details of LSL’s performance, developments and strategy during 2020.

Annual general meeting
LSL’s AGM will be held at Hilton London Paddington, London, W2 1EE on 23 June 2021, starting at 1pm. The Notice of Meeting convening 
the AGM is in a separate circular to be sent to Shareholders with this Report. The Notice of Meeting also includes a commentary on the 
business of the AGM and notes to help Shareholders to attend, speak and/or vote at the AGM.

Taking into account COVID-19, LSL will keep its AGM arrangements under review and update Shareholders if any changes are required. 
Details of the arrangements put in place in 2020 are detailed in the Corporate Governance Report section of this Report.

Financial results
The Strategic Report and Financial Statements set out the financial results of LSL in relation to 2020.

Dividend
In an extraordinary year in which the Government provided significant support, the Board determined it was inappropriate to declare a 
dividend for 2020. The Board understands the importance of dividends to many Shareholders and has confirmed that the dividend policy 
has been reinstated and rebased, with an expected payout of 30% of Underlying Operating Profit after finance charges and normalised 
taxation. This fixed payout is at the lower end of the previous range, to provide increased balance sheet flexibility for funding inorganic 
growth opportunities for the benefit of investors.

Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position, are set out in 
the Business Review sections of the Strategic Report. The financial position of the Group, its cash-flows, liquidity position and policy for 
treasury and risk management are described in the Financial Review section of the Strategic Report. Details of the Group’s borrowing 
facilities are set out in Note 24 to the Group Financial Statements. Note 32 to the Group Financial Statements describes the Group’s 
objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital; its financial risk management objectives; details of its financial instruments 
and hedging activities; and its exposures to credit risk and liquidity risk. A description of the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties and 
arrangements to manage these risks can be found in the Strategic Report on pages 35 to 42.

As explained in Note 32 to the Group Financial Statements, the Group meets its day-to-day working capital requirements through cash 
generated from operations, as well as utilising its revolving credit facility, which was renewed in March 2021. The Group currently has 
a £90m facility (December 2020: £100m) which is committed for a period up to May 2024. As stated in Note 32 to the Group Financial 
Statements, as at 31 December 2020 the Group had available £87m of undrawn borrowing out of an available £100m, in respect of which 
all conditions precedent had been met. The Group’s forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably possible changes in trading 
performance, show that the Group should be able to operate within the terms of its renewed facility.

The Directors have considered the future profitability of the Group, forecast of future cash-flows, banking covenants, liquidity of investments 
and joint ventures and the Group’s ability to re-finance any loans due to mature in the next 12 months (including the Group’s facility 
which is due to mature in May 2024) where necessary. Further, the Directors considered the key judgements, assumptions and estimates 
underpinning the review.

As part of this assessment, the Group has also considered the FRC Company Guidance (updated December 2020) which has encouraged 
companies to assess current forecasts with more vigour, to consider the impact of different scenarios along with a likelihood assessment, 
and consider both the uncertainty and the likely success of any realistically possible response to mitigate this uncertainty.

In reaching its conclusion on the going concern assessment, the Board considered the findings of the work performed to support the 
Group’s long term viability statement. As noted in the Viability Statement set out on page 42, this included assessing forecasts of severe but 
plausible downside scenarios related to LSL’s principal risks, notably the extent to which a severe downturn in the UK housing market, close 
to the level seen during the financial crisis in 2008, would affect the Group’s base forecasts.

After making enquiries, the Directors consider that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing this Report.

Financial instruments
The Strategic Report sets out LSL’s strategies and objectives relating to treasury and risk management. Details of the financial instruments 
are set out in Note 32 to the Group Financial Statements.

58

Employee, suppliers, customers and other stakeholders
Please see the Stakeholder Engagement Arrangements section of this Report, which contains LSL’s disclosures pursuant to The 
Companies Act 2006. This is in addition to the details of LSL’s stakeholder considerations which can also be found in the Environment, 
Social and Governance Report contained in this Report.

The Greenhouse Gas Emissions (Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2013 and Part 7 of The Companies Act 2006 (Strategic 
Report and Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2013
In accordance with Part 7 of the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2013, each year LSL reports 
on targets and KPIs approved by the Board within the Report of the Directors.

The 2020 results are included within the Environment, Social and Governance Report section of this Report.

Directors
Details of the Directors who served during 2020 are in the Corporate Governance Report.

Re-election and election
LSL’s policy is to have annual re-elections of its Directors and this policy is set out in the Nominations Committee’s terms of reference. As a 
result, all the Directors will retire at the AGM and, being eligible, intend to stand for re-election.

LSL’s articles provide that the Board may appoint an individual to act as a Director, but anyone so appointed will retire from office at the next 
AGM and seek election. Shareholders may by ordinary resolution elect or re-elect any individual as a Director.

The biographical details for all Directors who are on the Board at the date of this Report are set out in The Board section of this Report.

During the 2020 annual evaluation of the Board and its Committees, the performance of the Directors was specifically evaluated, and the 
Board confirmed that it values the experience and commitment to the business demonstrated by each of these individuals.

Directors’ interests
The interests of the Directors who are on the Board at the date of this Report are contained within the Directors’ Remuneration Report. 
During the period between 31 December 2020 and the date of this Report, there were no changes in the Directors’ interests, other than 
the purchases of Shares by Adam Castleton (258 Shares) and Helen Buck (260 Shares) as participants of LSL’s SIP/BAYE scheme. These 
Shares were purchased by the Trust at the prevailing market rate.

During 2020, the Board maintained its arrangements for managing and recording conflicts, in line with its policy. This includes observing an 
anti-bribery and hospitality policy, to ensure compliance with section 176 of the Companies Act 2006.

Further, during the year, no Director was materially interested in any contract that is or was significant to the business of the Group or any 
subsidiary undertaking.

Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment
Details of the Executive Directors’ service agreements and the current Non Executive Directors’ letters of appointment (including any 
extensions to appointments) are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. The contracts and letters of appointment are available for 
inspection at the Registered Office during normal business hours and at each AGM.

Directors’ qualifying third party indemnity provisions
LSL had qualifying third party indemnity provisions for the benefit of the Directors in force from the start of the financial period to the date of 
this Report, subject to the conditions set out in the Companies Act 2006. LSL has put in place Directors and Officers Liability insurance and 
indemnities to cover for this liability.

Compensation for loss of office – change of control
There are no agreements between LSL and its Directors or employees providing for compensation for loss of office or employment (whether 
through resignation, purported redundancy or otherwise) that occurs because of a takeover bid.

Auditor
Ernst & Young LLP, the Group’s external auditor, has advised of its willingness to continue in office and a resolution to re-appoint it to this 
role and the authority for its remuneration to be determined by the Directors will be proposed at the 2021 AGM.

Details of LSL’s policy to safeguard the external auditor’s independence and objectivity are included in the Audit & Risk Committee Report, 
together with details of how the Audit & Risk Committee undertakes this assessment.

LSL’s Share capital
The information below includes information LSL is required to disclose following the implementation of the Takeover Directive into UK law.

LSL’s 0.2 pence Ordinary Shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange and are the only class of shares in issue. At 31 December 2020, 
LSL’s issued Share capital comprised 105,158,950 0.2 pence Ordinary Shares. The authorised Share capital is 500,000,000 Ordinary 

59

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewReport of the Directors

Shares of 0.2 pence each. Details of Share capital are also set out in Note 27 to the Group Financial Statements. During 2020 LSL issued 
and admitted for listing 1,000,000 new shares, increasing the Company’s issued Share capital to 105,158,950. The new Shares were issued 
fully paid, rank pari passu in all respects with the existing issued Shares and were allotted by the Company to the LSL Property Services plc 
Employee Benefit Trust (EBT).

Rights and obligations attached to Shares
Each issued Share has the same rights attached to it. The rights of each Shareholder include:

•  the right to vote at general meetings;

•  to appoint a proxy or proxies;

•  to receive dividends; and

•  to receive circulars from LSL.

LSL will seek Shareholder approval for the renewal of authority for the Directors to allot unissued Shares and for the power to disapply 
statutory pre-emption rights at the 2021 AGM. LSL obtained Shareholder approval to disapply pre-emption rights at the 2020 AGM.

Full details of the deadline for exercising voting rights in respect of the resolutions to be considered at the 2021 AGM are set out in the 
Notice of Meeting.

On a show of hands at a general meeting of LSL, every holder of Ordinary Shares present in person and entitled to vote shall have one 
vote and, on a poll, every member present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall have one vote for every Ordinary Share held. The 
Notice of Meeting which accompanies this Report specifies deadlines for appointing a proxy in relation to resolutions to be passed at a 
general meeting. Where the Chair of the AGM is appointed as proxy, such proxy votes are counted and the numbers for, against or withheld 
in relation to each resolution are announced at the AGM and published on LSL’s website after the meeting (lslps.co.uk).

There are no restrictions on the transfer of Ordinary Shares in LSL other than:

•  Certain restrictions which may from time to time apply under applicable laws and regulations (for example, insider trading laws and 

market requirements relating to closed periods).

•  Pursuant to the Listing Rules of the FCA/UKLA and LSL’s Share Dealing Policy, whereby certain employees of LSL require the approval of 

LSL to deal in LSL’s securities.

LSL’s Articles of Association may only be amended by way of a special resolution at a general meeting of the Shareholders. LSL has the 
authority under section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 to make market purchases of the Ordinary Shares of the Group on such terms 
and in such manner that the Directors determine. The maximum Shares to buy back is capped at 10% of the Ordinary Share capital of the 
Group being 10,515,895 Ordinary Shares.

Employee Share schemes
LSL has two employee benefit trusts. The first was established in 2006, prior to LSL’s flotation on the London Stock Exchange. LSL 
appointed Apex Financial Services (Trust Company) Limited (formerly Capita Trustees Limited) (ESOT Trustees) to operate the LSL Property 
Services plc Employee Share Scheme (ESOT). The ESOT is able to acquire and hold Shares to satisfy options or awards granted under 
any discretionary share option scheme, long term incentive arrangement or Save As You Earn (SAYE) plan operated by LSL. Details of the 
Shares acquired by the Trust are set out in Note 14 to the Group Financial Statements. The ESOT Trustees have waived the right to any 
dividend payment in respect of each Share held by them in 2020 and to all future payments.

LSL also operates the LSL Property Services plc Employee Share Incentive Plan (BAYE) for its employees, which was established in 2007 
and is administered by Link Market Services (Trustees) Limited (formerly Capita IRG Trustees Limited) (Link). Link is the trustee of the LSL 
Property Services Employee SIP Trust (Trust), in which Shares are held on behalf of participants in the BAYE. The Shares held in the Trust 
have dividend and voting rights in line with the rules of the BAYE. As at 31 December 2020, the Trust held 1.51% (2019: 1.43%) of the issued 
Share capital of LSL in trust for the benefit of employees of the Group and their dependents. The voting rights in relation to these Shares are 
exercised by the Trustees.

LSL had a third employee benefit trust, which was established in November 2011 (the 2011 EBT), as part of the acquisition of Marsh & 
Parsons. In 2020, the 2011 EBT did not hold any Shares and was closed during the year.

Significant agreements – change of control
Subsidiaries of LSL are party to agreements which take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of the subsidiary company 
following a takeover bid. The majority of the income derived through the provision of Surveying and Valuation Services and the Asset 
Management income streams are driven by specific contracts. Any termination of such contracts on the change of control of the relevant 
subsidiary company will have a significant impact on those income streams.

The Group is party to a number of banking agreements, which upon a change of control of the Group are terminable by the bank and all 
outstanding amounts become immediately due.

60

Post balance sheet events
Acquisition of Direct Life and Pensions Services Limited
In January 2021, LSL acquired 60% of the issued share capital of Direct Life Quote Holdings Limited, which owns 100% of the share capital 
of Direct Life and Pension Services Limited. Direct Life and Pension Services is a financial services business specialising in the provision 
of outsourced financial services products providing a range of systems and services to financial intermediaries and direct to consumer 
companies. The consideration for the acquisition is £2.4m and is made up of a payment of £1.8m which was paid on completion and £0.6m 
deferred consideration.

The Group are currently in the process of allocating the purchase price in accordance with IFRS 3 and as a result the initial accounting for 
this acquisition is incomplete.

Acquisition of Mortgage Gym
In February 2021, LSL acquired the trade and assets of Mortgage Gym from administration for a consideration of £2.4m. The events and 
conditions that led to Mortgage Gym entering administration existed at 31 December 2020. This is considered an adjusting event for LSL’s 
investment in associate equity holding, causing an impairment of £2.0m to be recognised through exceptional costs in 2020 writing the 
Group’s carrying value of Mortgage Gym to £nil (see Note 8 and 19 to these Financial Statements). The fair value of the secured preference 
loan notes at 31 December 2020 has been assessed as £2.2m. No fair value adjustment has been required (see Note 18 to these Financial 
Statements).

New Revolving Credit Facility agreement
In February 2021 LSL announced that it had entered into a new banking facility which runs to May 2024 with a new limit of £90m; this 
replaces the existing RCF, with maturity date of May 2022 and credit limit of £100m.

Formation of joint venture with Pollen Street Capital
On 23 April 2021 LSL announced the formation of the Pivotal Growth joint venture with Pollen Street Capital (PSC), a vehicle seeking to 
become a leading national mortgage broker. It is planned that at least £200m will be made available by way of equity and debt to fund 
acquisitions. LSL has committed up to £33.5m and PSC up to £62.4m to support the acquisitions to be made by Pivotal Growth. The 
investment by LSL and PSC will be supplemented with external debt finance in Pivotal Growth to fund purchases, with a view to an exit 
event over a three to six year period.

LSL and PSC will each invest up to £19.1m for a 47.8% equity share of Pivotal Growth. In addition, LSL will invest up to £14.4m and PSC up 
to £43.3m by way of loan notes. The commitments will be drawn down by Pivotal Growth over time dependent on the timing of acquisitions 
and the extent of external debt finance deployed. The LSL investment of up to £33.5m will be funded from LSL’s existing cash resource and 
banking facilities.

LSL will apply equity accounting for its share of Pivotal Growth profits after tax and will also recognise loan note interest receivable, both to 
be included in the Underlying Operating Profit of the Financial Services Division. The value of the equity investment will be recognised in the 
LSL balance sheet as an investment in joint venture and the loan notes recognised in financial assets within non-current assets. In addition, 
the acquired companies membership of the PRIMIS network will generate further profit to the Group. The profile of profit attributable to 
LSL from Pivotal Growth will depend on the timing of acquisitions and before the execution of the first acquisition there will be a period of 
modest investment in Pivotal Growth’s operating cost base. Thereafter, the profit contribution to LSL is expected to be material within two 
to three years, with the opportunity for a meaningful exit event within a three to six year period.

The current structure of the agreement provides that the amount due to LSL for its share of proceeds at exit is capped. This cap can be 
removed unilaterally by LSL with Shareholder consent, and LSL intends in due course to seek Shareholder approval to remove the cap.

As this is a newly established entity, Pivotal Growth has no gross assets or profits.

Simon Embley has been appointed Chief Executive of Pivotal Growth and will step down from the role of LSL Chair following the publication 
of the Group’s 2020 results on 28 April 2021. The LSL Board has agreed to him investing up to £4m alongside PSC and LSL for a 4.4% 
share in the business. Simon will stay on the LSL Board as a Non Executive Director, allowing the Group to continue to benefit from his 
knowledge and experience. This position will be kept under review.

Five year agreement to provide digital and face-to-face mortgage and protection advice to The Property Franchise Group
In April 2021, LSL announced that it had reached a long term agreement with the UK’s largest property franchisor, The Property Franchise 
Group plc (TPFG), to offer mortgage and protection advice services to all TPFG’s franchisees, including those recently incorporated as a 
result of its combination with Hunters Property Ltd. The Property Franchise Group now has over 430 physical office locations, conducts the 
sale of circa 23,000 properties per annum and manages in excess of 73,000 tenanted properties.

The agreement is for a minimum of a five year period and means that LSL will be providing digital and face-to-face mortgage and protection 
advice to the customers of TPFG and TPFG’s franchisees. TPFG franchisees will be provided with a range of options via LSL’s award 
winning PRIMIS Mortgage Network. Franchisees will be offered the opportunity either to take on their own mortgage adviser and become 
an appointed representative of PRIMIS, or to refer their customers to existing PRIMIS appointed representatives, including LSL’s in-house 
mortgage brokers.

61

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewReport of the Directors

This agreement underlines the opportunity for further growth of its Financial Services businesses, leveraging LSL’s existing leading positions 
in the mortgage advice market. This contract will enhance the Financial Services Division profit after an initial 12 to 18 month investment 
period requiring one-off transition and integration costs.

Substantial shareholdings
As at 31 December 2020 and as at 27 April 2021, the Shareholders set out below have notified LSL of their interest under DTR 5:

Institutional Shareholders:

Institution
Kinney Asset Management, LLC

FIL Limited

Harris L.P

Nature of 
shareholding

Beneficial

Beneficial

Beneficial

Setanta Asset Management Limited

Beneficial

SMF UK Management LLP

Beneficial 

Brandes Investment Partners L.P

Beneficial

Franklin Templeton Institutional, LLC Beneficial

Individual Shareholders (excluding Directors):
David Newnes

Registered

Directors’ responsibility statement
The Directors confirm, to the best of their knowledge:

Number of 
Ordinary Shares

10,700,595

10,515,895

10,316,680

7,240,036

5,523,218

5,264,043

3,211,900

31 December 2020

27 April 2021

% of 
Ordinary 
Shares

10.18

10.00

9.81

6.88

5.25

5.01

3.05

Number of 
Ordinary 
Shares

10,700,595

10,515,895 

10,316,680

7,240,306

5,523,218

5,308,287

3,211,900

% of 
Ordinary 
Shares

10.18

10.00

9.81

6.88

5.25

5.05

3.05

3,479,910

3.31

3,479,910

3.31

•  That the consolidated Financial Statements, prepared in accordance with IFRS in conformity with the Companies Act 2006 (and IFRS 

adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union), give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit of the Parent Company and undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole.

•  That the Annual Report, including the Strategic Report, includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and 

the position of the Company and undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties that they face.

•  That they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for 

Shareholders to assess the Company’s position, performance, business model and strategy.

Disclosure of information to the auditor
Having made enquiries of fellow Directors and of the external auditor, each of the Directors have confirmed that:

•  To the best of his/her knowledge and belief, there is no information (as defined in the Companies Act 2006) relevant to the preparation of 

this Report of which the external auditor is unaware.

•  He/she has taken all the steps a Director might reasonably be expected to have taken to be aware of relevant audit information and to 

establish that the external auditor is aware of that information.

The Report of the Directors has been approved by and is signed on behalf of the Board of Directors

Sapna B FitzGerald
Company Secretary

27 April 2021

62

Corporate Governance Report
including Nominations Committee Report

UK Corporate Governance Code (July 2018) (Code)
The Board is committed to the highest standards of corporate governance and the Directors recognise the importance of meeting the 
principles of good governance set out in the Code, together with the associated FRC Guidance on Board Effectiveness.

This section of the Report explains the main aspects of LSL’s governance arrangements and details how the Company has applied the 
principles and complied with the provisions in the Code, except as explained below. Other sections of this Report also contain details 
relating to the measures LSL has put in place to comply with the Code including:

•  Principle C: the Principal Risks and Uncertainties section details LSL’s framework of prudent and effective controls which enable risks to 

be assessed and managed.

•  Principle E: this section of the Report together with the Stakeholder Engagement and ESG sections detail how LSL seeks to take into 
account the views of it’s workforce and ensures that its workforce polices and practices are consistent with the Group’s values and 
support its long term sustainable success.

•  Principles F and H: the role of the Chair and the Non Executive Directors is central to LSL’s compliance with the Code. The Chair leads 

the Board, providing oversight of its arrangements and promoting a culture of openness and debate. The Non Executive Directors provide 
constructive challenge, strategic guidance, offer specialist advice and hold management to account.

The Code is available on the FRC’s website (frc.org.uk).

Compliance with the Code
During 2020, LSL applied the principles of the Code and complied with its relevant provisions in all respects, with the exception of 
provisions 9 and 19.

During 2020 Simon Embley was the Chair. Simon steps down from this role with effect from 28 April 2021. Simon has been a Director of 
LSL for more than nine years and was previously the Group Chief Executive Officer. He therefore does not meet the Code’s independence 
on appointment criteria (provision 9). He also does not meet the duration of appointment provision (provision 19). The Company’s 
explanation in relation to these matters is set out in the Board Composition section of this Corporate Governance Report.

LSL’s purpose
During 2020, the Board conducted a Strategy Review. As part of this, the Board reviewed and revised LSL’s purpose statement and the 
associated performance characteristics, which it first defined in 2019. The updated purpose and characteristics have been published on the 
Company’s website (lslps.co.uk).

Further details of this work is set out in the Purpose, Culture and Values section of this Corporate Governance Report.

COVID-19 pandemic impact on corporate governance arrangements
During 2020, the Board considered the challenges to corporate governance arising from the COVID-19 pandemic. In particular, and in 
response to the requirement to work from home and avoid travel, the Board revised the way in which LSL engaged with Shareholders and 
other stakeholders, including holding a closed AGM with the Directors attending by conference call. Since the first lockdown in March 2020, 
the Directors have conducted most of their meetings by video conference or other remote methods and implemented Diligent software to 
manage the distribution of meeting papers.

In light of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Board will recommend to Shareholders at the 2021 AGM that LSL’s articles of association are 
amended to explicitly permit hybrid general meetings (including AGMs) going forward, the intended use of which would be limited to 
exceptional circumstances such as the COVID-19 pandemic. Further details relating to this resolution will be included in the AGM Notice.

COVID-19 pandemic risks
For details on how LSL has managed risks relating to the COVID-19 pandemic see the Audit & Risk Committee Report and also the 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties sections of this Report.

Corporate Governance Reviews
As in previous years, the Board, the Audit & Risk Committee and the Executive Committee have continued to monitor reports on corporate 
governance reviews and proposals for reform to ensure that the Group’s governance, internal controls and risk management arrangements 
remain appropriate and in line with best practice. This has included publications issued by the FRC relating to the holding of AGMs, 
improvements to corporate reporting and also to the regulation of audit firms. LSL is also monitoring the Government’s plans to implement 
audit reforms and to replace the FRC with the Audit, Reporting and Governance Authority.

In 2021, LSL will continue to monitor the proposals for regulatory reforms which impact the Group’s corporate governance arrangements 
and take steps to implement any changes required.

63

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewCorporate Governance Report

The Board
At 31 December 2020, the Board comprised three independent Non Executive Directors, three Executive Directors, plus the Chair. With 
effect from 28 April 2021, the Board will comprise two independent Non Executive Directors, one Non Executive Director (not independent), 
three Executive Directors and the Chair. Details of all Directors are set out in the table below.

During 2020 there were two Board changes. These were:

•  the departure of Ian Crabb (Executive Director) on 30 April 2020; and

•  the appointment of David Stewart as Group Chief Executive Officer on 1 May 2020.

From 28 April 2021 the following Board changes take effect:

•  Simon Embley steps down from his roles as Chair of the Board and the Nominations Committee;

•  Bill Shannon is appointed as Chair of the Board and steps down from his roles as Chair of the Remuneration Committee, Deputy Chair 

and Senior Independent Director; and

•  Darrell Evans is appointed as Chair of the Remuneration Committee.

No Director was involved in any decision making relating to their change of roles. During 2021 the Board intends to recruit two independent 
Non Executive Directors. The Board also intends to nominate a new Senior Independent Director and a new Chair of the Audit & Risk 
Committee.

Director Details:

Director Name

Position(s)

Chair
Simon Embley

Bill Shannon

Executive
David Stewart

Adam Castleton

Helen Buck

Independent Non Executive 
Directors
Darrell Evans

31 December 2020: Non Executive Director – Chair of the Board and Chair of the
Nominations Committee
28 April 2021: Non Executive Director

31 December 2020: Independent Non Executive Director – Deputy Chair, Senior Independent 
Director, Chair of the Remuneration Committee and Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee
28 April 2021: Non Executive Chair, Chair of Nominations Committee, Chair of Audit & Risk 
Committee and member of the Remuneration Committee

Executive Director – Group Chief Executive Officer

Executive Director – Group Chief Financial Officer

Executive Director – Estate Agency

31 December 2020: Independent Non Executive Director – member of the Nominations Committee, 
Remuneration Committee and Audit & Risk Committee, and designated Non Executive Director for 
workforce engagement
28 April 2021: Independent Non Executive Director – Chair of the Remuneration, member of the 
Nominations Committee, member of the Audit & Risk Committee, and designated Non Executive 
Director for workforce engagement

Gaby Appleton

Independent Non Executive Director – member of the Nominations Committee, Remuneration 
Committee and Audit & Risk Committee 

Details of all of the Directors appointed as at the date of this Report are included in The Board section of this Report. In line with the 
provisions of the Code, all the Directors will retire from the Board at the AGM and stand for re-election. All the Directors are listed with their 
biographies in The Board section of this Report.

Board and Committee changes
On 1 May 2020, David Stewart was appointed as Group Chief Executive Officer, following the departure of Ian Crabb from the Board. Prior 
to his change in role, David had been an independent Non Executive Director since 2015 and was Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee. 
As a result of his new role, the Board appointed Bill Shannon as Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee, alongside his role as Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee, and Simon Embley became Chair of the Nominations Committee replacing Bill Shannon.

64

From 28 April 2021 Simon Embley steps down from his roles as Chair of the Board and Nominations Committee. He will stay on the LSL 
Board as a Non Executive Director, allowing the Group to continue to benefit from his knowledge and experience. This position will be kept 
under review.

At the same time, Bill Shannon, is appointed as Chair of the Board and the Nominations Committee. Bill also steps down from his roles 
as Chair of the Remuneration Committee, Deputy Chair and Senior Independent Director. Bill has been a member of the Board as an 
independent Non Executive Director since January 2014 and he is determined to meet the independence criteria as defined by provision 10 
of the Code. Bill remains as Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee and is a member of the Remuneration Committee.

During 2021 the Board intends to recruit two independent Non Executive Directors. The Board also intends to nominate a new Senior 
Independent Director and a new Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee.

Director searches
Following the changes noted above, the number of independent Non Executive Directors on the Board reduces from three to two. During 
2020, the Nominations Committee discussed the Board’s composition and whether the Company should start a search for additional 
independent Non Executive Directors. Following its discussion, the Nominations Committee agreed to defer its search into 2021, to allow 
the Group to complete its 2020 Strategy Review. The Directors also agreed that the criteria for selecting and recruiting new Directors should 
be determined once the strategy work had been completed.

Promoting ethnic diversity
In its review of the Board’s composition, the Nominations Committee noted the Parker Review targets for listed companies. While these 
targets only apply to FTSE 350 members, the Board supports the promotion of ethnic diversity and the aims of the Parker Review. The 
Board and the Nominations Committee have therefore agreed that they will each ensure that LSL’s recruitment arrangements for Board 
positions take ethnic diversity into account and will seek to identify a diverse and inclusive selection of candidates. The Company will 
therefore include this as an explicit instruction to the recruitment or search agencies it engages. This instruction will support the Group’s 
existing arrangements which seek to ensure the promotion of diversity in all of its Director searches.

For further information on LSL’s work to promote diversity on the Board, see Board Diversity below which includes details of gender 
diversity amongst LSL’s Directors. Further, information relating to diversity across the Group, is included within the Environment, Social and 
Governance Report of this Report.

Board composition

Non Executive Directors
During 2020 all the Non Executive Directors (excluding the Chair) were considered by the Board (and for the purposes of provision 10 
of the Code) to be independent of management and free of any relationship which could materially interfere with their ability to exercise 
independent judgement. From 28 April 2021 two of the Non Executive Directors will be independent.

During 2020, the Board’s composition complied with provision 11 of the Code, with half of the Board (excluding the Chair) being 
independent Non Executive Directors.

The current Non Executive Directors have a range of experiences, which are described in more detail in the Nominations Committee section 
of this Corporate Governance Report.

Chair – Simon Embley
During 2020, the Chair did not meet the Code’s criterion of independence at the time of his appointment (provision 9), nor the duration of 
appointment criterion (provision 19), because he was previously the Group Chief Executive Officer of LSL and has been a Board member for 
more than nine years.

Simon Embley was first appointed to the Board in 2004, when the management buy-out of Your Move and e.surv completed. LSL listed on 
the London Stock Exchange in 2006 and Simon was Group Chief Executive Officer until 2014, when he became Deputy Chair. Simon was 
appointed Non Executive Chair in 2015. His current term started on 1 January 2021 and is due to expire on 31 December 2023.

The changes in Simon’s role during his time on the Board reflects the Board’s desire to retain his knowledge and experience of the financial 
services and residential property markets (including estate agency and surveying and valuation services) and ensure that LSL continues to 
benefit from his track record of delivering Shareholder value over the long term.

The Directors also sought to provide support and balance to the Board by the appointment of an independent Non Executive Director into 
the role of Deputy Chair.

Prior to Simon’s appointment as Non Executive Chair, LSL consulted with significant Shareholders and took their feedback into account. 
LSL also takes Shareholder feedback into account at each AGM where Simon, along with the rest of the Board, has stood for re-election 
each year. The proxy results each year relating to Simon’s re-election have confirmed Shareholder support for his continued appointment to 
the Board.

65

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewCorporate Governance Report

Chair – Bill Shannon
Bill Shannon is appointed with effect from 28 April 2021 as Chair and he meets the Code’s criterion on independence at appointment 
(provision 9) and his term on the Board complies with provision 19. Bill joined the Board in 2014. Prior to his appointment as Chair, Bill was 
also Deputy Chair and Senior Independent Director.

The Board has ensured that it has effective governance and leadership arrangements in place, in accordance with the Code’s principles 
on the division of responsibilities, by establishing clear roles and responsibilities (see below) and encouraging a culture of openness and 
debate, which is further considered in the annual evaluation exercise.

Through its annual evaluation and the work of the Nominations Committee, the Board has ensured ongoing adherence to the Code’s 
principles relating to its composition, succession planning and evaluation arrangements.

During 2020, the Board considered engaging an external facilitator to support the Board and Committee evaluation process. However, 
this was deferred to allow the Board time to adjust to the role changes which had taken place and because of the COVID-19 pandemic. In 
addition, the Directors chose to defer the evaluation until they had agreed the strategy as it would be more beneficial to evaluate the Board 
and Committee’s skills and composition in light of the new strategy. See also Board and Committee evaluation reporting on pages 67 
and 68 of this Report.

Roles of the Chair, Deputy Chair and Senior Independent Director, and Group Chief Executive Officer
During 2020 there was clear division of responsibilities between LSL’s Chair, Deputy Chair and Senior Independent Director and the Group 
Chief Executive Officer. These responsibilities were documented, approved by the Board and are available on the LSL website (lslps.co.uk).

The role of Deputy Chair ceases to exist from 28 April 2021 and the Board intends to appoint a Senior Independent Director during 2021.

Chair:
The role of Chair is pivotal in creating the conditions for overall Board and individual Director effectiveness.

The Chair is responsible for leading the Board and setting its agenda. He ensures that the Board’s discussions are focused on key issues 
including strategy, performance, value creation, culture, key stakeholders and accountability, and that issues relevant to these areas are 
reserved for Board decision. He also ensures that the Board has effective decision making processes and sufficiently challenges major 
proposals.

The Chair shapes the culture of the boardroom and sets clear expectations concerning the style and tone of Board discussions. He makes 
certain that all Directors are aware of their responsibilities and promotes a culture of openness and debate, encouraging all Directors to 
engage in Board and Committee meetings by drawing on their skills, experience, and knowledge. He fosters relationships between the Non 
Executive and Executive Directors based on trust, mutual respect and open communication. The Chair also meets with the Non Executive 
Directors without the Executive Directors present, to facilitate a full and frank airing of views.

The Chair ensures that the Directors receive accurate, timely, and clear information and that the Board has effective communications with 
all of LSL’s key stakeholders, including its Shareholders, employees, suppliers, customers, and regulators. For further information see the 
Stakeholder Engagement Arrangements section of this Report.

The Chair supports and advises the Group Chief Executive Officer, while respecting Executive responsibility, and guides and mentors new 
Directors as appropriate. The Chair will also ensure that the Directors continually update their skills, knowledge, and familiarity with LSL, so 
they can continue to effectively fulfil their roles as members of the Board and its Committees.

The Chair leads the annual Board and Committee evaluation exercise, with support from the Deputy Chair (who is also the Senior 
Independent Director). The Company Secretary ensures that the Board and its Committees act on its results. The Chair will also periodically 
consider undertaking an externally facilitated evaluation exercise. For further details, see the Board, Committees and Directors’ evaluation 
section below.

Group Chief Executive Officer:
The Group Chief Executive Officer’s key responsibility is to run the business, using delegated powers set by the Board. As the most senior 
Executive Director, the Group Chief Executive Officer is responsible for proposing Company strategy and for delivering the strategy agreed 
by the Board. He has primary responsibility for setting an example to employees, for ensuring they understand the Board’s expectations 
about culture and that the Group’s policies and practices drive appropriate behaviour. He also ensures that the Board is aware of views 
gathered from meetings between management and the workforce.

The Group Chief Executive Officer supports the Chair in ensuring that appropriate standards of governance permeate through all parts of 
the organisation. He ensures the Board is aware of management’s views of business issues, in order to improve the standard of discussion 
in the boardroom and, prior to a final decision on an issue, will explain in a balanced way any divergence of view.

The Group Chief Executive Officer is also responsible for ensuring that management fulfils its obligation to provide the Directors with:

•  accurate, timely, and clear information, in a form and of a quality and comprehensiveness that will enable them to discharge their duties;

•  the necessary resources for developing and updating their knowledge and capabilities; and

• appropriate knowledge of the Group, including access to the Group’s operations and members of the workforce.

66

Deputy Chair and Senior Independent Director:
During 2020 LSL’s Deputy Chair and Senior Independent Director acted as a sounding board for the Chair, supporting the Chair in the 
delivery of his objectives, and led the annual evaluation of the Chair on behalf of the other Directors (see below for details of the annual 
evaluation exercise). The Deputy Chair and Senior Independent Director also took responsibility for ensuring an orderly succession process 
for the Chair, save that Bill Shannon was not involved in the decision relating to his appointment as Non Executive Chair.

The Deputy Chair and Senior Independent Director also worked closely with the Chair, the Group Chief Executive Officer and the other 
Directors to resolve significant issues. The Board has a clear understanding of his role and responsibilities.

With effect from 28 April 2021 the role of Deputy Chair ceases to exist.

Bill Shannon who was Deputy Chair and Senior Independent Director up to 27 April 2021 is available to meet with Shareholders if they 
should wish.

Simon Embley’s other appointments
Simon Embley’s other board appointments comprise a small estate management company, Eveclo Holdings (an IT business) and Road 
to Health (a healthcare provider). He is also non executive chair of Global Property Ventures, trading as Zero Deposit, which distributes a 
tenant deposit replacement product. The Board does not consider that these other interests interfere or compromise in any way Simon’s 
discharge of his duties as Non Executive Chair.

Bill Shannon’s other appointments
Bill Shannon’s other board appointments comprise the non executive chair of Johnson Service Group plc and he is a Council Member at 
the University of Southampton. The Board does not consider that these other interests interfere or compromise in any way Bill’s discharge 
of his duties as Non Executive Chair.

David Stewart’s other appointments
In addition to his director appointments within the LSL Group, including his role as Group Chief Executive Officer, David Stewart is the non 
executive chair of the Enra Group. David held this position prior to being appointed as Group Chief Executive Officer and the Board does 
not consider that this other interest interferes or compromises in any way David’s discharge of his duties as Group Chief Executive Officer.

Board, Committees and Directors’ Evaluation

The process
During the year, the Directors continuously monitor and review their performance and are encouraged to provide feedback on the 
effectiveness of the Board and its Committees. In accordance with the Code, the Directors also completed an annual evaluation exercise, 
which was conducted with the assistance of the Company Secretary. The process included an evaluation of the Board, its Committees 
and individual Directors. It was led by the Chair, with support from the Deputy Chair (who was also the Senior Independent Director) as 
appropriate. The Deputy Chair led the Non Executive Directors in evaluating the Chair, after taking into account the views of the Executive 
Directors.

LSL’s evaluation exercise is bespoke in its formulation and delivery. The practice includes the completion of a questionnaire, supported by 
discussions between each Director and the Chair, meetings of the Board and discussions between the Non Executive Directors. In addition, 
the Chair considered ways in which the Directors can formally include feedback from key stakeholders.

Whilst the 2020 exercise did not involve an external facilitator, the Chair monitored the need for an externally facilitated evaluation and 
this is done on an ongoing basis. The Directors also note ICSA’s publication of its report in January 2021, Review of the effectiveness 
of independent board evaluation in the UK listed sector. This review was requested by the Department of Business, Energy & Industrial 
Strategy (BEIS), which invited ICSA to convene a group including representatives from the investment community and companies. The 
review aimed to identify ways to improve the quality and effectiveness of board evaluations, including developing a code of practice 
for external board evaluations. A draft code was published alongside the review findings. The ICSA report includes a number of 
recommendations to support and promote the use of independent board evaluation, which LSL will consider and take into account in 
planning its 2021 evaluation exercise.

2020 evaluation
The 2020 exercise considered: the Board’s balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge; its diversity (including gender and 
ethnicity); how the Board works together as a unit; and other factors relevant to its effectiveness.

The exercise sought to ensure that the Directors remain individually and collectively effective and that the Chair, with the support of the 
Company Secretary, ensures that the Board acts on the evaluation results by recognising its strengths, addressing its weaknesses and, 
where appropriate, reviewing its composition.

Individual Director evaluations consider each person’s contribution, to ensure they continue to contribute effectively and demonstrate their 
commitment to the role (including commitment of time for Board and Committee meetings and any other duties). The evaluation exercise 

67

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewCorporate Governance Report

forms a useful part of the Board’s succession planning, as it provides an opportunity to review skills, assess composition and agree plans 
for filling any gaps in skills and diversity.

No significant issues requiring action arose from the 2020 evaluations and the outcomes of the exercise were reported to, and discussed 
by, the Board. The appraisal confirmed that the Board and its Committees were discharging their responsibilities effectively and produced a 
number of recommendations to further improve the effectiveness of the Board.

As a result of the 2020 exercise, during 2021 the Board will undertake the following:

a. Review of Board and Committee meeting and reporting arrangements.

  •  The review of reporting will develop consistent reporting styles to be used to support and promote Board and Committee effectiveness.

  •  The review of meeting arrangements will review meeting frequency, timings, and method of meeting to ensure to support and promote 
Board and Committee effectiveness. Where relevant, this will consider the new ways of working identified because of the COVID-19 
pandemic.

b.  Continued focus on succession planning for Directors and Management Team to address the importance of promoting diversity of 

gender, colour, skills, expertise and experience and to strengthen the Board’s composition in areas such as technology and financial 
services.

c.  Recruitment of additional Non Executive Directors to be undertaken in 2021 to specifically address Director succession planning relating 

to the roles of Senior Independent Director and Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee.

d.  Undertake externally facilitated evaluation exercise in 2021 (action deferred from 2020).

e.  Continue to develop the Group’s ESG programme and strategy and review stakeholder engagement arrangements, including 

Shareholder engagement.

As part of the 2020 annual evaluation exercise, the Directors considered and determined that they were satisfied that the balance of 
Executive and Non Executive Directors on the Board was appropriate during 2020 and that no individual or group dominated the Board’s 
decisions. As stated above, during 2021 the Board intends to recruit two additional independent Non Executive Directors to support the 
balance on the Board.

Implementation of 2019 evaluation recommendations
The actions agreed during the 2019 evaluation process were progressed in 2020. LSL implemented new Board and Committee reporting 
and meeting arrangements, in addition to responding to the challenges presented by the COVID-19 pandemic. This has included rolling 
out the Diligent reporting system and using video conferencing for Board and Committee meetings. LSL also considered using an external 
facilitator for the annual evaluation exercise and decided to defer it until 2021, due to the Board changes which had taken place, the 
COVID-19 pandemic and to delay until after the Board had agreed its new strategy.

Board diversity (including gender and ethnicity)
LSL continues to recognise the benefits of diversity on the Board, including relevant professional skills, experience, gender and race in 
addition to individual cognitive and personal strengths. In line with the Code, the Directors also recognise that diversity in the boardroom 
has a positive effect on decision making and notes that the Code recommends that companies decide on which aspects of diversity are 
important to them in the context of their business and needs.

In carrying out their assessment, the Directors have considered a range of aspects of diversity and concluded that the current Board 
composition includes a wide range of skills and expertise that are relevant to the Group’s businesses and needs. The Directors also believe 
that diversity of personal attributes, including racial and social backgrounds is also important, and ensures that this is taken into account in 
the search and recruitment of new directors.

Skills and experience diversity
During 2020, the Board’s composition included expertise, skills and experience in strategy, financial services, technology, surveying and 
valuation services, residential property services, the residential housing sector, commercial property, sales and marketing, operations, 
entrepreneurial private and public companies, finance, consumer and employee matters, corporate governance, professional information 
solutions, and risk and compliance. Further, taking into account the importance of Financial Services to the Group’s strategy, the 
Nominations Committee has taken steps to ensure that the Board includes Directors with significant experience of operating in regulated 
financial services businesses.

Gender diversity
During 2020 and as at the date of this Report, the Board includes two female Directors, Helen Buck (Executive Director – Estate Agency) 
and Gaby Appleton (independent Non Executive Director). See also the ESG section of this Report for details of the gender split within the 
Group’s Management Team and the Group’s employees.

68

Ethnic diversity
As stated above, the LSL Directors believe that diversity on the Board, within the Management Team and the general Group workforce has 
a positive impact on the Group’s performance. To date, LSL has not adopted a formal diversity policy in relation to the Board’s composition 
because the Directors have considered that the setting of diversity related targets (for example the number of female directors) in relation to 
Director appointments was not necessary.

During 2020, the Board and the Nominations Committee considered the Parker Review and its recommendations. Following a Nominations 
Committee discussion, LSL is now progressing initiatives to promote inclusivity and diversity across the Group. This includes the Directors 
confirming their support for the recommendations of the Parker Review and taking steps to promote ethnic diversity in the boardroom and 
across the Group’s workforce.

During 2021, LSL will develop and document the Board’s policy on diversity and the 2021 Annual Report will describe the Group’s efforts 
to promote, amongst other things, ethnic diversity within the Group, including on the Board. The Group’s Stakeholder Engagement 
reporting in 2021 (section 172 of the Companies Act) will include details of the Group’s activities in relation to diversity and the Nominations 
Committee report will discuss the promotion of ethnic diversity, as part of its reporting on Director appointments and the Board’s annual 
evaluation process.

For details relating to diversity and workforce initiatives, refer to the ESG section of this Report.

Diversity in recruitment and succession planning
During 2020, as Chair of the Board and the Nominations Committee, Simon Embley, with the support of the Group HR Director, ensured 
that all searches for directors and senior managers consider the benefits of diversity, including professional skills, experience, gender, social 
and ethnic backgrounds. Bill Shannon will ensure that this continues in his role as Chair of the Board and Nominations Committee.

With regard to ethnic diversity on the Board, the Group HR Director is overseeing arrangements to ensure that candidates for appointment 
as a Director include qualified people of colour. Similar arrangements are already in place for the promotion of gender diversity. When 
using external search agencies and executive search firms, LSL will instruct firms who have signed up to the Standard Voluntary Code of 
Conduct, to support the recruitment of ethnic minority candidates as directors.

In relation to the Group’s succession planning, the Group Chief Executive Officer, with support from the Group HR Director, is developing a 
mechanism to identify, develop and promote inclusivity and diversity (including gender and ethnicity) within the Group. This will ensure that, 
over time, there is a pipeline of Board-capable candidates and that the Group’s managerial and executive ranks appropriately reflect the 
importance of inclusivity and diversity to the Group.

For further information on how the Nominations Committee ensures the promotion of diversity within the Group, see the Nominations 
Committee section. See also the Stakeholder Engagement reporting in relation to LSL’s workforce engagement programme, in addition to 
reporting required by s172 of the Companies Act on pages 47 and 48.

Directors’ service agreements and letters of appointment
Copies of the Executive Directors’ service agreements and of the Non Executive Directors’ letters of appointment are available for 
inspection at the Registered Office during normal business hours and at each AGM. During the COVID-19 pandemic and any related 
national or local lockdown, inspection can be arranged by other means via the company secretarial team. Further details of the Executive 
Directors’ service agreements and Non Executive Directors’ letters of appointment are contained in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Director support (including the role of the Company Secretary)
All Directors have access to independent professional advice at LSL’s expense, where they judge it necessary to discharge their 
responsibilities. This is in addition to the access every Director has to the Company Secretary and the Group HR Director and their teams.

The Company Secretary is responsible for ensuring that Board procedures are complied with, advising the Board on all governance 
matters, supporting the Chair of the Board and each of the Committees, and helping the Board and its Committees to function efficiently. 
She reports to the Chair and the Deputy Chair and Senior Independent Director on all governance matters and to Executive Directors in 
relation to other executive management responsibilities.

The Company Secretary’s responsibilities include ensuring information flows efficiently within the Board and its Committees and between 
Management Team and the Non Executive Directors. The Company Secretary also works alongside the Group HR Director, facilitating 
Board and Management Team inductions, arranging Board training and assisting with professional development as required.

The Company Secretary and Group HR Director arrange resources to develop and update the Directors’ knowledge and capabilities. 
Training is delivered in a way that is appropriate to the particular Director and that aims to enhance that Director’s effectiveness as a part of 
the Board or its Committees, in line with the results of the Board evaluation process.

The Company Secretary also assists the Chair in establishing the policies and processes the Board needs to function properly and this is a 
core part of the role.

The Company Secretary’s effectiveness is enhanced by building relationships of mutual trust with the Chair, the Deputy Chair and Senior 
Independent Director, and each of the Non Executive Directors, while maintaining the confidence of Executive Director colleagues. As the 

69

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewCorporate Governance Report

Code identifies, the role of Company Secretary is in a unique position between the Executive and the Board and is well placed to take 
responsibility for concerns raised by the workforce about conduct, financial improprieties or other matters.

Director induction and training
Each newly appointed Director receives a comprehensive, tailored induction on a range of topics, including, as appropriate, the 
responsibilities of a director of a public listed company and LSL’s businesses. Thereafter, the Company, with the support of the Company 
Secretary and the Group HR Director, provides the necessary resources for developing this understanding and knowledge. The Chair 
also reviews and agrees any training and development needs with each Director and these needs are also discussed as part of the annual 
evaluation exercise.

During 2020, LSL completed an annual review of its induction and training arrangements, to ensure it continued to take into account 
the requirements of the Code, and specifically to ensure that LSL’s approach to stakeholder engagement was included in the induction 
programme for new Directors. The Company Secretary and Group HR Director ensure that the Director induction and training 
arrangements are reviewed regularly with updates provided to the Board.

Each year, the Board normally receives a training session on governance matters delivered by an internal or external specialist. However, 
due to the COVID-19 pandemic and the impact on Board meeting arrangements, this did not take place in 2020. Subject to the continued 
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, planning is underway to schedule Director training in 2021.

During 2020 and into 2021, arrangements have been put in place to support the Board and Committee changes which took place on 1 May 
2020 and are effective on 28 April 2021.

Board and committee meetings
Each year LSL puts in place a planner of Board and Committee meetings including strategy and three year planning meetings. Additional 
meetings will also be scheduled during the year in response to matters arising during the year. Further, the Non Executive Directors will 
meet without the Executive Directors during the year.

During 2020, the Board held a total of 17 meetings which included both scheduled and additional meetings and included two strategy 
meetings. The table below reports the number of meetings attended by each Director.

Each Director was able to allocate sufficient time to LSL to discharge their responsibilities effectively, as shown by the attendance of each 
Director at all Board and Committee meetings (see below).

Since March 2020, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, most Board and Committee meetings have been held by remote means. The Board 
and Committees’ discussions have been supported by the implementation of Diligent board management software, to distribute and 
manage meeting materials.

In 2020, the Non Executive Directors met at least twice without the Executive Directors being present. These meetings usually take place 
before or after a scheduled Board or Committee meeting.

In addition, the independent Non Executive Directors meet at least once a year without the Chair being present. This meeting was chaired 
by Bill Shannon, as the Deputy Chair and Senior Independent Director.

70

2020 Board and Committee attendance:

Board member
Simon Embley1

Bill Shannon2

Position during 2020

Non Executive Chair

Deputy Chair and Senior Independent
Director

Ian Crabb3

Group Chief Executive Officer

Adam Castleton4 

Group Chief Financial Officer

Helen Buck

Darrell Evans5

David Stewart6

Executive Director – Estate Agency

Independent Non Executive Director

Independent Non Executive Director

Executive Director

Gaby Appleton7

Independent Non Executive Director

Board 
meetings 
(including 
strategy 
meetings)

17

17

6

16

17

17

7

10

17

Audit & Risk 
Committee 
meetings

Remuneration 
Committee 
meetings

Nominations 
Committee 
meetings

–

4

–

–

–

4

1

–

4

–

8

–

–

–

7

3

–

7

1

2

–

–

–

2

1

–

2

Notes:
1   Simon Embley joined the Nominations Committee and was appointed as its Chair on 1 May 2020. He steps down from his role as Chair of the Board and Nominations 

Committee with effect from 28 April 2021.

2  Bill Shannon is appointed as Chair of the Board and the Nominations Committee with effect from 28 April 2021. At the same time he steps down from his roles as Deputy 

Chair, Senior Independent Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee.

3  Ian Crabb departed from the Board on 30 April 2020.
4  Adam Castleton missed one meeting. He received the papers prior to the meeting and was able to provide feedback to the other Directors for consideration at the meeting.
5  Darrell Evans missed one Remuneration Committee meeting. He received the papers prior to the meeting and was able to provide feedback to the other Directors for 

consideration at the meeting. With effect from 28 April 2020, Darrell is appointed as Chair of the Remuneration Committee.

6  David Stewart ceased his role as an independent Non Executive Director and was appointed as Group Chief Executive Officer with effect from 1 May 2020.
7  Gaby Appleton missed one Remuneration Committee meeting. She received the papers prior to the meeting and was able to provide feedback to the other Directors for 

consideration at the meeting.

Director elections
LSL’s Articles of Association stipulate that all the Directors appointed since the previous AGM and one third of the remaining Directors, 
including any Director who has not been elected or re-elected at either of the two preceding AGMs, are required to retire and seek election 
or re-election as appropriate. Notwithstanding this, since 2012 LSL has adopted annual elections for all Directors, in accordance with best 
practice under the Code and by an amendment to the Nominations Committee terms of reference. Accordingly, all the Directors will stand 
for re-election at the forthcoming AGM.

Board role and responsibilities
The Board is primarily responsible for establishing the Group’s purpose, the overall management of the Group and for decisions on Group 
strategy. This includes approving:

• the Group’s strategy;

• its annual business plans and budgets;

• the interim and full year financial statements and reports;

• any dividend proposals;

• the Group’s accounting policies;

• any major capital projects;

• any investments and disposals; and

• its succession plans.

The Board also monitors financial performance against budget and forecast, and formulates the Group’s risk appetite framework, including 
the identification, assessment and monitoring of LSL’s principal risks and uncertainties.

In accordance with best practice, LSL has adopted a policy of Matters Reserved for the Board, which the Board reviews at least annually. 
This policy delegates a range of matters to the Management Team, including day-to-day management decisions for the Group and the 
execution of the Group’s strategy. The policy stipulates the decisions which require Board approval and which decisions are to be taken by 
the Management Team.

71

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewCorporate Governance Report

The Board has adopted principles of good boardroom practice, which set out procedures on how Directors are given accurate, timely 
and clear information and how they can seek and obtain the information or advice necessary for them to discharge their duties. These 
arrangements are monitored by the Chair and the Company Secretary and reviewed annually by the Directors as part of the Board’s 
evaluation process.

Governance
The Board has a programme of regular reviews of LSL’s performance and developing best practice in areas such as employment, health 
and safety, the environment, and social and community interests, including human rights and ethical issues.

Stakeholder engagement - workforce engagement (the Code)
In accordance with the Code, during 2020 the Directors have engaged with the Group’s workforce and had regard of the need to foster 
LSL’s relationships with all key stakeholders, including Shareholders, employees, suppliers, customers and regulators (see the Stakeholder 
Engagement section of this Report for further details.)

In relation to principle D and provision 5 of the Code, in 2019 the Board designated Darrell Evans as the independent Non Executive 
Director for workforce engagement. Darrell is supported by the Group HR Director and the Company Secretary. A role profile has been 
prepared for this role, which takes into account the requirements of the Code.

Darrell establishes regular dialogue with the Group’s employees through the Group Employee Engagement Forum. This includes Darrell’s 
attendance at a meeting with this forum after the annual employee survey results have been published. This maximises the effectiveness of 
the meeting, by enabling the Group to analyse current employee views.

During the year, Darrell met the Group Employee Engagement Forum twice, with the discussions covering the COVID-19 pandemic, 
including the Board’s responses and the impact on the Group’s trading, employee equality and diversity matters, recognition of employees 
in relation to the pandemic and use of further employee engagement mechanisms, including pulse surveys.

As well as engaging with the Group Employee Engagement Forum, other examples of Darrell discharging his responsibilities as the 
designated workforce engagement Director include:

•  providing the employee perspective in the Board’s discussions regarding employee welfare arrangements, in response to the COVID-19 

pandemic; and

•  identifying an opportunity for the Group Employee Engagement Forum to provide input on the development of recognition for staff, in 

relation to their efforts or sacrifice during the pandemic.

Purpose, culture and values
LSL’s purpose. We provide first class services to mortgage intermediaries, estate agents, lenders and their customers, to 
create long term benefits for external stakeholders and our people.
During 2019, with support from the Executive Committee, the Board defined LSL’s purpose and a set of associated aspirational 
performance characteristics. These were updated during 2020 as part of the Group’s strategy review. A review of the Group’s strategic 
framework will also be undertaken during 2021 and this will include a review of LSL’s purpose, vision and values.

The purpose statement and aspirational performance characteristics are all published on LSL’s website (lslps.co.uk).

Defining LSL’s Purpose Statement and the associated aspirational performance characteristics assists the Board and the Executive 
Committee in monitoring the alignment of strategy and culture to LSL’s purpose. In defining its purpose, the Board recognised the Group’s 
structure and business model and its diversity of businesses. Whilst the Board did not wish to affect locally agreed arrangements, in 2019 
it requested that the Executive Committee review divisional approaches to culture and values and, in the event that any conflicts in culture 
and values were identified, to confirm that these were addressed to ensure alignment with the Group’s culture and values.

During 2020, a mapping exercise of the purpose, vision and values of the Group’s businesses was undertaken, which did not identify any 
conflicts in approach to culture and values.

Following this exercise, the Board has adopted the following values for the Group:

•  People Focused:  Customers and employees are at the heart of our business.
To be the market leaders in our markets, stand out choice.
•  Market Leaders: 
Valuing honesty and integrity in our approach to business.
•  Honesty: 
Delivery on promises.
•  Promise: 
Work together to deliver more.
•  Teamwork: 
Learning from what we do, find better ways to do things.
•  Innovation: 

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) issues
LSL believes that an effective approach to ESG issues is necessary, to support responsible business decisions that consider the broad 
impact of the Group’s actions on people, communities and the environment. Accordingly, the Board takes account of the significance of 
ESG issues when making decisions.

72

During 2020, David Stewart as Group Chief Executive Officer sponsored a new project to develop LSL’s ESG strategy. This work is set 
to continue during 2021. The Board is also closely monitoring publications on the topic of ESG, including guidance from the FRC and 
Shareholder groups. In addition, LSL has adopted a new Environmental Policy and is putting in place arrangements to report in line with 
the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures in addition to progressing towards a net zero ambition. The Annual Report and 
Accounts 2021 will include reporting on LSL’s progress in 2021. Further details of LSL’s ESG activities can be found in the Environment, 
Social and Governance Report section of this Report.

Regulatory reporting
During 2020, the Board closely monitored reviews and proposals for reforms, which included focus on auditor regulation and the 
replacement of the FRC, ethnic pay reporting, and climate related reporting.

The Board also continued to receive regular updates on arrangements relating to Reporting on Payment Practices Regulations 2017, the 
Modern Slavery Act 2015, the Bribery Act 2010, the Equality Act 2010 (Gender Pay Gap Information) Regulations 2017 and the Criminal 
Finances Act 2017.

The Board has also been monitoring developments in relation to laws and regulations which directly impact the businesses within LSL’s 
Divisions. Further details relating to these are included in the Business Review sections of this Report.

Director conflicts of interest
Under the Companies Act 2006, a director must avoid a situation where he or she has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that 
conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the company’s interest. The Companies Act 2006 allows directors of public companies to authorise 
conflicts and potential conflicts where appropriate and where the articles of association contain a provision to this effect, as LSL’s Articles 
of Association do. Accordingly, the Board has adopted procedures for the Directors to report any potential or actual conflict to the Board 
for their authorisation where appropriate. Each Director is aware of the requirement to seek the approval of the Board for any new conflict 
situations, as they may arise. Conflicts disclosed and authorisations given are reviewed annually and following the appointment of any new 
Director. Any conflicts, or potential conflicts, considered by the Board and any authorisations given are recorded in the Board minutes and 
in a register of Director’s conflicts, which is maintained by the Company Secretary.

Board Committees
The Board has delegated specific responsibilities to three standing Committees of the Board:

• Nominations Committee;

• Remuneration Committee; and

• Audit & Risk Committee.

In addition, the Board has established a Disclosure Committee to ensure timely and accurate disclosures to the market.

The membership of the three Committees and a summary of their main duties under their terms of reference are set out below. The full 
terms of reference may be viewed on LSL’s website (lslps.co.uk).

During 2018, the Board reviewed the terms of reference for each Committee and updated them to ensure compliance with the Code and 
the FRC Guidance on Board Effectiveness. An annual review of the Committees’ terms of reference was undertaken in 2020 and they were 
updated to reflect best practice published by ICSA.

Simon Embley, Bill Shannon and Darrell Evans will all be available at the 2021 AGM to answer any questions relating to the work of the 
Committees during 2020 and 2021.

Nominations Committee
During 2020, Bill Shannon was the Chair of the Nominations Committee until 1 May 2020, when Simon Embley joined the Committee and 
took over this role. Bill remained a member of the Committee. Its other members were David Stewart (until 1 May 2020), Darrell Evans and 
Gaby Appleton. With effect from 28 April 2021, Bill Shannon is appointed as Chair of the Nominations Committee and its other members 
are Darrell Evans, Gaby Appleton.

Role and responsibilities of the Nominations Committee
The Board established the Nominations Committee to lead the process for Board appointments and to oversee succession planning 
including providing support to the development of a diverse pipeline. The Committee also provides oversight on how the Board evaluation is 
conducted.

In discharging its responsibilities, the Committee takes account of the requirements of the Listing Rules and Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules, together with guidance issued by the FRC (including the Code).

 The Committee’s duties are governed by its terms of reference, which were reviewed in 2020 to ensure continued compliance with the 
Code and updated with effect from 1 January 2020, to follow best practice guidance published by the ICSA. The terms of reference are 
available from the Company Secretary or the LSL website (lslps.co.uk).

73

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewCorporate Governance Report

The Nominations Committee’s role and responsibilities include the following:

  a.  regularly reviewing the structure, size and composition (including skills, knowledge and experience) required of the Board and its 

Committees, taking into account LSL’s strategy and the Board’s knowledge and understanding of the Group’s key stakeholders; and 
making recommendations to the Board with regard to any changes;

  b.  recommending appointments to the Board (Executive and Non Executive Directors) after evaluating the balance of skills, experience, 
independence and knowledge on the Board, and taking into account the need for diversity (including gender and ethnicity). The 
Nominations Committee will also prepare a description of the role and capabilities required for a particular appointment and will 
consider the need for the adoption of a diversity policy;

  c.  ensuring that any Director searches are conducted, and appointments are made, on merit, against objective criteria, with due regard for 

the benefits of diversity, including gender and ethnicity;

  d.  giving full consideration to succession planning in the course of its work, taking into account the challenges and opportunities facing 
LSL, and what skills and expertise are therefore needed on the Board and its Committees in the future. The Nominations Committee 
will also satisfy itself that plans are in place for orderly succession for appointments to the Board and to senior management, so as to 
maintain an appropriate balance of skills and experience within the Group and on the Board and its Committees;

  e.  ensuring a performance evaluation of the Board, its Committees and individual Directors is undertaken each year and providing 

oversight on how the evaluation is conducted;

  f.   keeping under review the leadership needs of the Group at varying levels, with a view to ensuring the continued ability to compete 

effectively in LSL’s marketplaces; and

  g.  as part of the process for nominating candidates for any appointments, obtain details of and review any interests that the candidate may 

have which conflict or may conflict with the interests of LSL.

Nominations Committee Report

What the Nominations Committee did in 2020
The Nominations Committee met twice in 2020 and both meetings were scheduled. The Group Chief Executive Officer, the Group HR 
Director and the Company Secretary were invited to attend all or parts of the scheduled meetings, to assist the Nominations Committee in 
its deliberations. Simon Embley became a member and took over as Chair of the Committee on 1 May 2020. Prior to this he attended the 
Committee’s meetings by invitation.

During the year, the Nominations Committee considered the following matters:

  a.  completed Board and Committee composition and succession plan reviews;

  b.  recommended appointments in relation to the Chairs of the Nominations Committee, Audit & Risk Committee and the Remuneration 

Committee;

  c.  Executive Committee and senior management performance and succession planning arrangements;

  d.  the Parker Review reports on Board and workforce diversity;

  e.  provide oversight of the Board and Committee evaluation exercise (including a review of the Committee’s performance); and

  f.   review the Committee’s terms of reference, to ensure compliance with the Code and related FRC and ICSA guidance.

As part of its discussions in 2020, the Nominations Committee considered FRC guidance and other publications relevant to its roles and 
responsibilities, including feedback from Shareholders and updates received from proxy agencies.

In 2020 and up to the date of this Report, the Committee’s recommendations to the Board included the following matters:

  a.  succession plans for both Executive Directors and Non Executive Directors (in particular, for key roles of the Chair and the Group Chief 

Executive Officer);

  b.  recommending the appointment of David Stewart as the Group Chief Executive Officer and resulting Committee changes;

  c.  recommending the extension of appointment terms for Simon Embley;

  d.  recommending Darrell Evans be appointed as Chair of the Remuneration Committee in 2021;

  e.  approving appointments to senior management positions;

  f.  corporate governance updates, including discussing arrangements relating to the promotion of ethnic diversity and a review of the 

Parker Review findings. This included the Nominations Committee agreeing, alongside the Board, that LSL will ensure that any Director 
recruitment arrangements take into account diversity (including gender and ethnicity) and will seek to identify a diverse selection of 
candidates for consideration; and

  g.  reporting on its activities within LSL’s Annual Report and Accounts.

74

Director searches
LSL did not undertake any searches during 2020 in relation to recruiting a new independent Non Executive Director. The Nominations 
Committee intends to undertake searches in 2021 for the appointment of two new independent Non Executive Directors and is seeking 
to nominate a new Senior Independent Director and Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee. For details about the Board and Committee 
changes which took place during 2020 and with effect from 28 April 2021, see above.

Governance
In carrying out its duties, the Nominations Committee takes into account both the requirements of the Listing Rules (together with 
requirements issued by the FCA), the Code and related guidance issued by the FRC and other relevant bodies (for example ICSA), together 
with the requirements of the Board.

During 2020, the Nominations Committee continued to monitor corporate governance developments and during its discussions it 
considered the Code and the FRC Guidance on Board Effectiveness.

Board composition and diversity
For details of LSL’s approach to diversity and the Company’s plans, see above Diversity (including gender).

Remuneration Committee
During 2020, Bill Shannon was the Chair of the Remuneration Committee and its other members were David Stewart (until 1 May 2020), 
Darrell Evans and Gaby Appleton. With effect from 28 April 2021, Darrell Evans takes over as Chair of the Remuneration Committee. Darrell 
has been a member of the Committee since 2019 and therefore his appointment as Chair complies with the Code (provision 32). It’s other 
members are Bill Shannon and Gaby Appleton.

The Remuneration Committee met eight times in the year. These included scheduled and additional meetings arranged specifically to 
discuss remuneration matters relating to the COVID-19 pandemic. The Committee is supported by the Company Secretary and the 
Group Chief Executive Officer, the Chair and the Group HR Director were each invited to attend all or part of these meetings, to assist the 
Committee’s deliberations.

Roles and responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee has delegated responsibility for determining the policy for Executive Director remuneration and setting 
remuneration for the Chair, the Executive Directors and senior management. The Committee also reviews workforce remuneration and 
the alignment of incentives and rewards with LSL’s culture, taking these into account when setting the policy for Executive Director 
remuneration.

The Remuneration Committee does not consider remuneration of the Non Executive Directors, as this is a matter for the Board.

The duties of the Remuneration Committee are governed by its terms of reference, which were reviewed and updated in 2020 with effect 
from 1 January 2021, to reflect best practice issued by the ICSA. The terms of reference are available from the Company Secretary or the 
LSL website (lslps.co.uk).

The Remuneration Committee’s roles and responsibilities include the following:

•  determining the policy and setting the remuneration for the Chair, the Executive Directors and senior management (the definition of senior 
management for this purpose is determined by the Board and is currently defined as the most senior job grades in the Group) including 
determining remuneration for new appointments and executives leaving the Group;

•  reviewing the design of schemes for performance related remuneration, which include discretion to override formulaic outcomes and 

provisions to enable recovery or the withholding of payments where it is appropriate to do so;

•  reviewing share incentive plan arrangements for approval by the Board and Shareholders;

•  setting performance targets for performance related remuneration and determining performance against them and the associated 

remuneration outcome; and

•  reviewing workforce remuneration and related policies and the alignment of these incentives and rewards with culture.

The Directors’ Remuneration Report provides details of how the Remuneration Committee discharged its duties during 2020 in addition to 
the summary below.

The Remuneration Committee’s terms of reference are available from the Company Secretary or LSL’s website (lslps.co.uk).

75

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewCorporate Governance Report

What the Remuneration Committee did in 2020
During the year, the Remuneration Committee:

  a.   considered a range of remuneration matters relating to the proposed merger with Countrywide plc, as part of the Board’s evaluation of 

the transaction;

  b.   reviewed the impact of COVID-19 on remuneration and benefits, including approving a proposal to award shares to employees to 

recognise their efforts and sacrifices in relation to the first lockdown, including an all employee share award and an LTIP for a limited 
number of employees, who had been identified as having made a significant contribution or sacrifice during the first lockdown;

  c.   reviewed the remuneration of the Executive Directors and the Non Executive Chair and determined not to progress any pay or fee 

increases for 2020, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic;

  d.   approved the implementation of salary sacrifice arrangements in response to the first lockdown and then the repayment of the same 

later in the year;

  e.   continued to implement and apply LSL’s Remuneration Policy;

  f. 

 reviewed the Executive Directors’ and senior management bonus arrangements for 2019, 2020 and 2021 (including setting financial 
targets and non-financial objectives, measuring performance against targets and determining remuneration outcomes);

  g.   reviewed and approved the grant of the 2020 LTIP awards for the Executive Directors and senior management and vesting of the 2017 

awards;

  h.   considered the exercise of discretion in relation to the formulaic outcome of incentive awards;

  i. 

 reviewed the Executive Director pension scheme in the context of the Code;

  j. 

 reviewed the Remuneration Committee’s performance and its terms of reference, to ensure compliance with the Code and related FRC 
guidance;

  k.   evaluated the Committee’s composition and performance, as part of the annual Board and Committee evaluation exercise;

  l. 

 reviewed employee remuneration matters, including the alignment of incentives and rewards with culture;

  m.  discussed the remuneration elements of the Shareholders Rights Directive II;

  n.   reviewed the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, including significant Shareholder consultation, which was presented to the 2020 AGM for 

Shareholder approval;

  o.   reviewed the latest guidance from the shareholder proxy advisers; and

  p.   reported on the Committee’s activities within LSL’s Annual Report and Accounts.

As part of its discussions in 2020 the Remuneration Committee considered as relevant to the matter being considered, FRC guidance and 
other publications relevant to the roles and responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee, including feedback from shareholder groups 
and updates from proxy agencies.

Details of any remuneration consultants engaged by the Remuneration Committee during the year are set out in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report.

None of the Remuneration Committee members during 2020 or at the date of this report have any personal financial interest (other than as 
Shareholders), any conflicts of interest arising from cross directorship, or any day-to-day involvement in running the business.

The Remuneration Committee recognises and manages conflicts of interest when receiving views from the Executive Directors or senior 
managers about any proposals. No Director is permitted to participate in any discussion about their own remuneration.

The Remuneration Committee may, in exercising its discretion in relation to the remuneration of Executive Directors and senior managers, 
take into account among other matters, LSL’s performance on governance (including regulatory compliance) and ESG related issues. 
Further, it ensures that the incentive schemes put in place do not raise any ESG issues by inadvertently motivating behaviours that have 
unintended and detrimental outcomes.

2021 remuneration
In relation to Executive Director remuneration for 2021, see the Directors’ Remuneration Report included in this Report.

76

Employee Pay Reporting
Gender pay reporting
LSL published its gender pay reports for all LSL Group companies with more than 250 employees in April 2020 and further reporting will 
be published in 2021. The 2020 report is available to view at gender-pay-gap.service.gov.uk and the 2021 report will be available during the 
year.

Other pay reporting
LSL is monitoring the Government’s reviews in relation to ethnic pay reporting and looking at what steps would need to be taken to ensure 
compliance with any proposed future reporting.

Audit & Risk Committee
During 2020, the Audit & Risk Committee was chaired by David Stewart until 1 May 2020 and since then Bill Shannon has been the Chair. 
Its other members are Darrell Evans and Gaby Appleton.

During the 2020 Board and Committee evaluation process, the Board confirmed that the Audit & Risk Committee as a whole has 
competence relevant to the sectors in which LSL operates and that it includes at least one member who has recent and relevant financial 
experience. During 2021 LSL intends to appoint a new Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee.

The Audit & Risk Committee held four meetings in the year. The Committee is supported by the Company Secretary and LSL’s Group 
Internal Audit Director, the external auditor, the Non Executive Chair, the Executive Directors and the Group Financial Controller were invited 
to attend all or parts of these meetings, to assist the Audit & Risk Committee in its deliberations. The Audit & Risk Committee met with the 
Group Internal Audit Director and the external auditor, without the Executive Directors being present, twice during 2020.

Further details of the duties and responsibilities of the Audit & Risk Committee are included in the Audit & Risk Committee Report, together 
with details of how it discharged its duties during 2020.

Whistleblowing, fraud and anti-bribery arrangements
Pursuant to LSL’s Matters Reserved for the Board Policy, the Board oversees LSL’s whistleblowing arrangements and the Audit & 
Risk Committee receives reports on fraud and anti-bribery matters, including those reported through the Group’s whistleblowing 
procedures. The Audit & Risk Committee also receives reports on any matters which relate to LSL’s internal controls and risk management 
arrangements, including those relating to any incidents of fraud or bribery.

Shareholder relations
LSL places a great deal of importance on communication with its Shareholders and is committed to establishing constructive relationships 
with investors and potential investors, to assist it in developing an understanding of the views of its Shareholders.

LSL maintains a dialogue with institutional Shareholders through regular meetings with them to discuss strategy, performance and 
governance matters and to obtain investor feedback. The views of the Shareholders expressed during these meetings are reported to the 
Board or its Committees, as appropriate. In addition, presentations are arranged from time to time for Shareholders and analysts, including 
after the publication of the interim and full year results.

During 2020, the Remuneration Committee Chair, supported by the Group HR Director, consulted with significant Shareholders about the 
Remuneration Policy changes, which were presented to and approved at the 2020 AGM. For further details of this consultation, see the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report included in this Report.

The Group Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer also engaged proactively with Shareholders following results and other 
material announcements and met with Shareholders on request at other times in 2020. Throughout the year, a number of steps were taken 
to ensure that all Directors understand the views of significant Shareholders, including providing feedback received from the corporate 
advisers and Executive Directors and the distribution of analysts’ reports to the Board.

The Code requires chairs of company boards to seek regular engagement with major Shareholders, in order to understand their views 
on governance and performance against strategy. Each year major Shareholders are offered the opportunity to attend meetings with the 
Non Executive Directors, including the Chair and the Deputy Chair, all Shareholders as they require. If any Shareholder or Shareholder 
representative groups would like to discuss any issues or concerns with the Non Executive Directors, they can be contacted through the 
Company Secretary’s office (see the Shareholder Information section of this Report for details).

In addition, the director induction arrangements for new Directors seeks to ensure individuals have an understanding of Shareholder views.

The Board considers that the AGM is the main forum for communication with individual Shareholders. All of the Directors will be available at 
the 2021 AGM to meet with Shareholders. See below for details of the 2020 AGM arrangements, which were put in place in response to the 
COVID-19 pandemic and for arrangements relating to the 2021 AGM, see the Report of the Directors section of this Report.

Details of specific Shareholder consultation exercises undertaken in 2020 are set out below. For further information on Shareholder 
engagement, see also the Stakeholder Engagement Arrangements section of this Report. See also the Shareholder Information section at 
the end of the Report for the details of how Shareholders can contact LSL.

77

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewCorporate Governance Report

Shareholder consultation exercises in 2020
• 2020 AGM Arrangements:
Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, LSL’s 2020 AGM took place later than originally scheduled. The severe restrictions on public gatherings 
meant physical attendance at the AGM needed to be limited to two Shareholders selected from the Group’s employees, with Directors, 
other officers, advisers and LSL’s auditor attending via a conference call facility. No other Shareholders were permitted to attend in person 
and those attending the meeting in person complied at all times with the Government’s strict social distancing guidance.

One of the Shareholders attending the meeting in person was appointed as Chair of the meeting. LSL strongly encouraged all Shareholders 
to vote by completing a proxy form and appointing the ‘Chair of the Meeting’ as their proxy with their voting instructions, rather than 
appointing another person who was not permitted to attend the meeting in person. Proxies were completed and returned in accordance 
with the instructions detailed in the Notice of Meeting and the proxy form.

All resolutions considered at the AGM were voted on by way of a poll. All valid proxy votes, whether submitted electronically or in hard copy, 
were included in the polls taken at the meeting.

LSL was disappointed that it had to adopt these measures and appreciates Shareholders’ understanding in these unprecedented 
circumstances. Further, due to LSL’s AGM arrangements being kept under review in light of the COVID-19 pandemic, LSL applied for and 
received an extension to the timeline for the filing of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019 at Companies House.

Shareholder information
All of LSL’s announcements are published on the LSL website (lslps.co.uk), together with copies of presentations and financial reports.

Share Dealing Code and Disclosure Committee
LSL has a Share Dealing Policy and Share Dealing Code, to ensure compliance with market abuse and insider dealing legislation. The 
Share Dealing Policy and Share Dealing Code apply to the Directors, other persons discharging managerial responsibilities and relevant 
employees of LSL.

The Board has also established and delegated responsibilities to a Disclosure Committee, which supports LSL’s compliance with the 
disclosure and control of inside information obligations, as set out in the UKLA’s Listing Rules, Disclosure Guidance and Transparency 
Rules and market abuse legislation. Notwithstanding the delegation to the Disclosure Committee, the Board remains responsible for LSL’s 
compliance with all regulatory disclosure obligations and the Disclosure Committee refers matters to the Board as it sees fit. The Board will 
consider any matter referred to it.

Takeover Directive
The Group has addressed the matters required by the Takeover Directive, which was implemented in the UK in accordance with statutory 
provisions in Part 28 of the Companies Act 2006, in the Report of the Directors.

The Corporate Governance Report is approved by and signed on behalf of the Board of Directors

Sapna B FitzGerald
Company Secretary

27 April 2021

78

Audit & Risk Committee Report

Dear Shareholder

I am pleased to report on the activities of the Audit & Risk Committee during 2020.

I took over as Chair of the Committee on 1 May 2020, following the previous Chair, David Stewart, becoming Group Chief 
Executive Officer. The other Committee members are Darrell Evans and Gaby Appleton. I would like to thank everyone who 
served on the Committee during the year for their support and the active role each member played in understanding the Group 
and the risks and challenges it faces, particularly during such a difficult period.

In this Audit & Risk Committee Report, we have detailed how the Committee has discharged its responsibilities during 2020. This 
included strengthening the Group’s risk-focused governance structures, which led to us identifying additional areas of focus and 
the implementation of controls during an unprecedented period caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. Our work also included 
taking steps, on behalf of the Board, to ensure that the Annual Report and Accounts 2020, when taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced, and understandable. Further details of the Audit & Risk Committee’s activities in 2020 are contained in this Report at 
pages 83 and 84.

I am appointed as Chair of the Board with effect from 28 April 2021. As a result, I intend to step down from the Audit & Risk 
Committee during 2021 once we have appointed a new independent Non Executive Director to take over as Chair of this 
Committee. A further update will be provided to Shareholders during the year.

I will be available at the 2021 AGM, along with my fellow Directors, to answer Shareholders’ questions relating to the Audit & Risk 
Committee and how it discharged its roles and responsibilities during 2020.

Bill Shannon 
Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee 
27 April 2021

LSL’s Audit & Risk Committee Report relating to 2020
During 2020, David Stewart was Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee until 1 May 2020, when he was appointed Group Chief Executive 
Officer. Bill Shannon was appointed Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee from 1 May 2020. As part of the appointment process, both the 
Board and the Nominations Committee determined that Bill has the requisite recent and relevant financial experience required by the Code. 
The Committee’s other members during the year were Darrell Evans and Gaby Appleton. All members of the Audit & Risk Committee during 
2020 were independent Non Executive Directors (as defined by the Code).

During the 2020 annual Board and Committees evaluation, the Board confirmed that the Audit & Risk Committee as a whole has 
competence relevant to the sectors in which LSL operates. In reviewing the composition of the Board and its Committees during the year, 
the Nominations Committee evaluated the range of skills, experience, knowledge and professional qualifications of the Board and its 
Committees, including the Audit & Risk Committee, to ensure LSL’s continued compliance with the Code.

Further details relating to the members of the Audit & Risk Committee are contained in the Corporate Governance Report and in The Board 
section of this Report.

The Audit & Risk Committee met four times during the year. The Company Secretary provides support to the Committee and the Chair of 
the Board, the Group Chief Executive Officer, the Group Chief Financial Officer, the Group Financial Controller and the Group Internal Audit 
Director were each invited to attend all or parts of these meetings, to assist the Audit & Risk Committee in its deliberations.

The Roles and Responsibilities of the Audit & Risk Committee
The Audit & Risk Committee has been established by the Board and is responsible for discharging governance responsibilities in respect 
of audit, risk and internal controls. The Committee’s main roles and responsibilities, which are set out in its terms of reference, are detailed 
below.

During 2020, the Audit & Risk Committee continued its programme of work to ensure that all of its roles and responsibilities were covered 
adequately during the year. In discharging its roles and responsibilities, the Committee considered the requirements of the Listing Rules and 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (together with any other requirements issued by the FCA), the Code, together with guidance 
issued by the FRC (including the Guidance on Audit Committees and the Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related 
Financial and Business Reporting), and any requirements of the Board.

79

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewAudit & Risk Committee Report

The Committee’s terms of reference were reviewed and updated with effect from 1 January 2021, to ensure continued compliance with 
the Code and to take into account best practice published by ICSA in January 2020. The Committee’s principal roles and responsibilities 
include:

  a.  monitoring the integrity of LSL’s financial statements and any formal announcements relating to LSL’s financial performance, and 

reviewing significant financial reporting issues and judgements contained in them;

  b.  providing advice (where requested by the Board) on whether the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable, and provides the information necessary for Shareholders to assess LSL’s position and performance, business model 
and strategy;

  c.  assisting the Directors to support their statements to be included in the Annual Report and Accounts, in particular whether other 

information presented in the Annual Report and Accounts is consistent with the financial statements, and reporting the Committee’s 
findings to the Board;

  d.  reviewing LSL’s internal financial controls and internal control and risk management systems;

  e.  monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of LSL’s Risk and Internal Audit Team;

  f.   conducting the external auditor tender process and making recommendations to the Board about the appointment, reappointment or 

removal of the external auditor;

  g.  reviewing, benchmarking and approving the remuneration and terms of engagement of the external auditor;

  h.  reviewing and monitoring the external auditor’s independence and objectivity;

  i.   reviewing the effectiveness of the external audit process, taking into consideration relevant UK professional and regulatory 

requirements;

  j.   developing and implementing LSL’s Auditor Independence Policy on engaging the external auditor to supply non-audit services, 

ensuring there is prior approval of any non-audit services, considering the impact that providing such services may have on auditor 
independence, taking into account the relevant regulations and ethical guidance, and reporting to the Board on any improvements or 
action required; and

  k.  reporting to the Board on how it has discharged its responsibilities.

The Audit & Risk Committee’s terms of reference are available from the Company Secretary and on LSL’s website (lslps.co.uk).

How the Audit & Risk Committee discharges its roles and responsibilities:

1. Internal controls and risk management
In relation to LSL’s internal controls and risk management arrangements, the Audit & Risk Committee:

  a.   ensures that the Group’s accounting and financial policies and controls are proper, effective and adequate;

  b.   ensures that internal and external auditing processes are properly coordinated and work effectively;

  c.   monitors the integrity of LSL’s financial statements and any formal announcements relating to its financial performance, and reviews 

significant financial reporting issues and judgements contained in them;

  d.   considers the level of assurance to provide in relation to the risk management and internal control systems, including financial controls, 

and whether there is sufficient evidence to enable the Board to satisfy itself that they are operating effectively;

  e.   advises the Board on setting LSL’s overall risk appetite, tolerance and strategy, taking account of the current and prospective 

macroeconomic, political and financial environment and drawing on external sources such as those published by relevant industry and 
regulatory authorities, including the Bank of England and the FCA;

  f.   advises the Board and oversees LSL’s current risk exposures and its risk strategy;

  g.   monitors LSL’s risk management and internal control systems and, at least annually, carries out a review for LSL to report on in the 

Annual Report and Accounts. The monitoring and review covers all material controls, including financial, operational and compliance 
controls;

  h.   reviews and approves the Group Risk Framework Policy. This includes a regular assessment and update of the Group’s principal 

risks and uncertainties, underpinned by metrics which articulate the status and tolerance levels for key risks. The framework ensures 
appropriate focus on threats to Group objectives, with action plans for any areas outside risk appetite. The process is supported by 
capturing outputs from risk appetite measures maintained at subsidiary level, regular reviews of risk status by the Executive Committee 
and independent challenge of the results by the Risk and Internal Audit function, prior to reporting overall conclusions for discussion at 
the Audit & Risk Committee meetings; and

  i.   reviews the nature and development of outputs from the Executive Risk Management Committee (ERMC).

80

2. Reporting to the Board
The Audit & Risk Committee reports to the Board on how it has discharged its responsibilities, including:

  a.   details of the significant issues it considered in relation to the financial statements and how these issues were addressed;

  b.   its assessment of the effectiveness of the external audit process and its recommendation on the appointment or reappointment of the 

external auditor; and

  c.   reporting on any other issues on which the Board has requested the Committee’s opinion. In doing so, the Committee seeks to identify 

significant matters where action or improvement is needed, whether the subject of a specific Board request or not, and recommends 
the steps to be taken.

3. External auditor
The Audit & Risk Committee is responsible for overseeing LSL’s relationship with the external auditor, which includes:

  a.   making annual recommendations for the Board to put to Shareholders for their approval in a general meeting, in relation to the 

appointment, reappointment or removal of the external auditor, and to approve the remuneration and terms of engagement of the 
external auditor at the start of each audit;

  b.   satisfying itself that the audit fee is appropriate and that an effective, high quality audit can be conducted for that fee;

  c.   overseeing the procedure for appointing the external auditor, including ensuring that all tendering firms have access to necessary 

information and individuals during the tendering process;

  d.   meeting the external auditor before each annual audit, to consider the nature and scope of the audit and post-audit at the reporting 

stage. This includes ensuring that appropriate plans are in place for the audit and considering whether the overall audit plan (including 
planned levels of materiality and proposed resources) appears consistent with the scope of the audit engagement, having regard to the 
seniority, expertise and experience of the audit team;

  e.  reviewing with the external auditor the findings of its work and its report, including:

    •  any major issues that arose during the audit, including a review of resolved and unresolved items;

    •  an explanation on how the auditor addressed any risks to audit quality;

    •  weighing the evidence regarding areas of significant judgement and reviewing key accounting and audit judgements;

    •  seeking the auditor’s view on the quality of its interaction with senior management and members of the Group’s finance teams; and

    •  reviewing levels of errors identified during the audit and obtaining explanations from management and the auditor in relation to the 

same;

  f.   annually assessing and reporting to the Board on the effectiveness of the audit process, taking into account qualification, expertise, 
ethical standards (including compliance with the same), resources, and independence of the external auditor. The assessment also 
considers mind-set, culture, skills, character, knowledge, quality control and judgements, including the external auditor’s robustness 
and perceptiveness in handling key judgements, responding to questions from the Audit & Risk Committee, and in any commentary 
on LSL’s systems of internal control. The Audit & Risk Committee will also consider all aspects of the audit service, including the firm’s 
internal quality control procedures and its annual transparency reports;

  g.  in the event of the external auditor’s resignation, investigating the issues giving rise to it and considering whether any action is required;

  h.   evaluating the risks to the quality and effectiveness of the financial reporting process, especially in light of the external auditor’s 

communications with the Committee;

  i.   reviewing and monitoring the Management Team’s responsiveness to the external auditor’s findings and recommendations and 
reviewing the audit representation letters, in particular considering matters where any representation is requested that relates to 
non-standard issues, and considering whether the information provided is complete and appropriate, based on the Committee’s own 
knowledge;

  j.   meeting with the Board formally, at least twice a year, to discuss the Annual Report and Accounts, the relationship with the external 

auditor and any other matters included within its duties and responsibilities;

  k.   developing and implementing LSL’s policy on engaging the external auditor to supply non-audit services, taking into account relevant 
ethical guidance and reporting to the Board in relation to the same, including identifying any matters where action or improvement is 
required and recommending the steps to be taken;

  l.   keeping under review the nature and extent of non-audit services provided by the external auditor, taking into account LSL’s Auditor 

Independence Policy; and reviewing the policy at least annually for recommendation; and

  m.  meeting with the external auditors without the presence of the Executive Directors at least once a year.

81

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewAudit & Risk Committee Report

4. Annual report and accounts
Each year, the Audit & Risk Committee prepares a report to Shareholders for inclusion in LSL’s Annual Report and Accounts. For details of 
how the Audit & Risk Committee discharged its obligations in relation to this Report, please see the Corporate Governance Report and this 
Audit & Risk Committee Report.

5. Financial reporting
The Audit & Risk Committee reviews and reports to the Board on significant financial reporting issues and judgements made in connection 
with the preparation of LSL’s financial statements (having regard to matters communicated to it by the external auditor) including the 
annual and interim statements, and summary financial statements and any financial information contained in other documents prior to their 
submission to the Board, with a particular focus on:

  a.   significant accounting policies and practices and any changes to them;

  b.   the appropriateness of LSL’s accounting policies, estimates and judgements, taking into account the external auditor’s view on the 

financial statements;

  c.   the clarity and completeness of disclosures and whether the disclosures are set properly in context;

  d.   major judgemental areas;

  e.   any significant adjustments arising from the audit;

  f.   the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and identification of any material uncertainties about the 

Group’s ability to continue in operation for the next 12 months from the date of the signing of the financial statements;

  g.   compliance with accounting standards;

  h.   the extent to which the financial statements are affected by any unusual transactions; and

  i.   compliance with legal and regulatory requirements (including FCA and London Stock Exchange requirements).

6  Risk and internal audit
The Risk and Internal Audit Team provides objective assurance and advice on risk and control. In relation to this team, the Audit & Risk 
Committee:

  a.   reviews and approves its role and mandate, ensuring that the function has unrestricted scope, sufficient resources and access to 

information to enable it to fulfil its mandate, and to perform in accordance with relevant professional standards;

  b.   approves the internal audit plan and reviews and approves annually the Risk and Internal Audit Team’s terms of reference, to ensure it is 

appropriate to the Group’s needs. The Committee pays particular attention to the areas in which the risk, compliance, finance, internal 
audit and external audit functions may be aligned or overlapping, and oversees these relationships to ensure they are coordinated, 
operating effectively and avoiding unnecessary duplication, whilst maintaining the independence of the Risk and Internal Audit function;

  c.   ensures open communication between the Group’s different functions and that Risk and Internal Audit evaluates the effectiveness of 

LSL’s risk, compliance and finance functions as part of the internal audit plan;

  d.   monitors and reviews the effectiveness of the team and its activities;

  e.   approves the appointment and termination of the Group’s Internal Audit Director, who has unrestricted access to both the Audit & Risk 

Committee Chair and LSL’s Non Executive Chair, and meets privately with the Audit & Risk Committee Chair on a regular basis;

  f.   reviews the effectiveness of the Risk and Internal Audit Team and confirms to the Board that it is satisfied that the function’s quality, 

experience and expertise is appropriate for the Group. The matters considered in the review are detailed in the Audit & Risk 
Committee’s terms of reference. The Audit & Risk Committee will, if it deems it appropriate, instruct an independent, third party review 
of the effectiveness of the internal audit function; and

  g.   receives and considers the findings of the Risk and Internal Audit Team, together with reports on the actions senior management has 

taken to implement the team’s recommendations.

7. Whistleblowing, fraud and anti-bribery arrangements
Whistleblowing and fraud arrangements
With effect from 1 January 2020, and in line with the Code and the FRC’s Guidance on Board Effectiveness, the Board assumed 
responsibility for overseeing and monitoring whistleblowing arrangements for the Group. Previously this had been delegated to the 
Audit & Risk Committee. Following the change, the Audit & Risk Committee has continued to provide oversight of fraud and anti-bribery 
arrangements and, as such, continues to receive whistleblowing reports related to fraud or bribery matters.

In designing the Group’s whistleblowing arrangements LSL provides how the Group’s workforce can raise concerns in confidence and, if 
they wish, anonymously. The Board routinely reviews these arrangements and the reports arising from their operation. This also ensures 
that arrangements are in place for proportionate and independent investigation of such matters and for follow up action.

82

LSL’s whistleblowing arrangements include:

  a.   Group policy which is subject to regular review by the Board supported by local policies adopted and put in place by the Divisions to 

reflect local arrangements and any additional regulatory requirement (e.g. FCA);

  b.   a whistleblowing hotline, email address and postal address to encourage confidential contact;

  c.   employee training and policy awareness materials;

  d.  Board reporting; and

  e.   policy awareness audits completed periodically by the Risk and Internal Audit Team.

Anti-corruption and bribery arrangements
The Group has arrangements to ensure compliance with the Bribery Act 2010, which are based on the results of a bribery risk assessment 
which is reviewed periodically and seeks to take into account risks identified within each Division. The Group’s anti-corruption and bribery 
arrangements also include a Group policy which is subject to annual review by the Board. The policy is supported by employee training and 
awareness materials in addition to the policy awareness audits completed periodically by Risk and Internal Audit.

What the Audit & Risk Committee did in 2020
The Audit & Risk Committee met four times in 2020. Amongst other matters, during these meetings the Committee discharged its roles and 
responsibilities in the following ways:

1. Internal controls and risk management
  Group matters
  a.   Considered the review of material business risks, including reviewing internal control processes used to identify emergent areas and 
monitor principal risks and uncertainties. An update of the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties was presented at each meeting, 
for review and challenge. During the year, the Audit & Risk Committee supported the Board in its robust assessment of LSL’s principal 
risks and uncertainties and the continued application of the Group’s risk appetite terms of reference, framework, and related reporting. 
This included receiving an update on the creation of the ERMC, further development of subsidiary risk appetite measures and 
assessing routines to track emergent risks (in particular COVID-19).

  b.   Evaluated areas for continuing the development of the Group’s financial control structures, including reviewing the Group’s financial 

reporting systems and internal control environment, receiving reports on compliance with Group Finance procedural requirements and 
considering the effectiveness of related controls. The Committee also considered the effectiveness of the Group’s finance operations 
during the COVID-19 pandemic, including the resilience of payment practices, reliability of working capital cash-flow forecasts and the 
capture of the FRC’s published reporting guidance.

  c.   Reviewed arrangements to develop further the Group’s oversight routines in relation to data protection, technology security and 

cybersecurity related threats. This included first-line attestation against minimum policy requirements, consideration of second-line 
risk assessments, identifying lessons from external events, an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Data and Information Security 
Committee, monitoring of emergent risks and third-line audit findings across relevant areas of business technology infrastructure.

  d.   Considered and reviewed the findings from actions completed by the Risk and Internal Audit Team in relation to a COVID-19 assurance 
programme focused on significant pandemic-related areas of risk emergent in early 2020, such as technology connectivity, payroll 
resilience, Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme (furlough) claims, financial modelling and the impact of remote working on sales conduct 
across the Group.

  e.   Reviewed the risk management framework in operation at subsidiary level, relevant second-line oversight and the development of 

proportionate subsidiary risk reporting to the Audit & Risk Committee. This included supporting the further development of functional 
risk reporting, such as information security and project management metrics.

  Financial Services risk and compliance
  f.   Received reports from the Financial Services Chief Risk Officer in relation to the nature of the Divisional risk management framework, 
the alignment of compliance and risk across the PRIMIS network and responses to the most prominent recent risk-related themes, as 
well as arrangements in response to COVID-19.

  g.   Reviewed the effectiveness of the Financial Services Risk Committee (FSRC) and was consulted on the amalgamation of the Financial 
Services Management Committee (FSMC) and FSRC into a single Financial Services Oversight Committee, with an independent Chair.

  Surveying and Valuations Services risk and compliance
  h.   Received reports from the Surveying Division Risk and Governance Director, in relation to the principal and emerging risks, including 

COVID-19 related risks, pertaining to surveying and valuation services. This included responses to a third-line review of the provision of 
remote valuation practices and controls, consideration of a business resilience benchmarking exercise and oversight of employee health 
and safety arrangements.

83

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewAudit & Risk Committee Report

  Estate Agency risk and compliance
  i.   Received reports from the Estate Agency Risk and Governance Director in relation to the second-line risk-based assurance cycle 
priorities in 2020. This includes the evolution of Divisional governance structures and a presentation of the most significant and 
emergent risk areas and how they are being managed, as well as arrangements in response to COVID-19.

2. External auditor
  a.   Reviewed the external auditor’s terms of engagement and considered the quality, effectiveness, objectivity and independence of the 

external auditor and the external audit. The results of this review were taken into account in recommending the reappointment of Ernst 
& Young as external auditor at the 2021 AGM.

  b.   In assessing effectiveness, the Audit & Risk Committee reviewed the external audit findings and the Management Team’s responses 

to these findings. Discussions were also held with the Risk and Internal Audit Team and the Management Team, with regard to the 
effectiveness of the external audit process.

  c.   Reviewed, discussed and approved the external auditor’s 2020 full year audit scope, plan and fee. For further information on fees, see 

Auditor fees below.

3. Financial reporting (including Annual Report and Accounts 2019)
  a.   Reviewed the annual financial results and the preliminary results announcement for 2019, which were released in March 2020, and the 

interim results for 2020, which were released in August 2020, including evaluating the going concern and viability statements.

  b.   Received and considered, as part of reviewing the annual financial statements and interim results, reports from the external auditor in 

respect of its review of the annual financial statements and interim results, the audit plan for the year and the results of the annual audit. 
The external audit reports included the scope of the interim review and annual audit, the external auditor’s approach to addressing and 
concluding upon key estimates and other key audit areas, the basis on which the auditor assesses materiality, the external auditor’s 
terms of engagement and an ongoing assessment of the impact of future accounting developments on the Group.

  c.   Oversaw the continued development of the Group’s viability statement, taking into account the Group’s three year plan, the principal 

risks and uncertainties and the factors which had contributed to corporate failures in 2019 in the review.

  d.   Reviewed the classification of exceptional items.

4. Risk and Internal Audit
  a.   Considered the effectiveness, resourcing and independence of the internal audit arrangements (including the Risk and Internal Audit 

Team) and agreed the Risk and Internal Audit Team’s annual plan. Consideration included compliance with both internal standards and 
external regulatory requirements, plus the ability to engage with external consultants on specialist areas as appropriate. This exercise 
included a review of audit cycles, linkages to the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties and the results of a benchmarking exercise 
against best practice professional guidelines.

  b.   Received and considered regular reports from the Risk and Internal Audit Team with regard to the Group’s control environment.

5. Governance (including tax strategy)
  a.   Reviewed the Audit & Risk Committee’s composition and confirmed that, as a whole, it has the competence relevant to LSL’s sectors 
and that at least one member of the Audit & Risk Committee has recent and relevant financial experience, to ensure that it can fulfil its 
responsibilities effectively. During the year David Stewart (as an independent Non Executive) and Bill Shannon were identified as having 
recent and relevant financial experience.

  b.   Reviewed the Committee’s terms of reference and the Group’s Auditor Independence Policy, to ensure compliance with the Code and 

the FRC’s Guidance on Board Effectiveness and Guidance for Audit Committees.

  c.   Carried out an annual review of the Committee’s performance.

  d.   Reviewed and approved the Group’s tax strategy, for recommendation to the Board for adoption.

  e.   As part of assessing the Group’s internal control arrangements, it undertook an annual review of the Group’s committee structure, 

including its Executive Committees.

  f.   Received corporate governance reports, with a particular focus on corporate reporting developments.

Annual Report and Accounts 2020
The Audit & Risk Committee has considered this Report, including the Financial Statements, in the context of fairness, balance and 
understandability. This included a review of LSL’s fair value assessment of its equity assets, which is detailed in the significant issues in 
financial reporting 2020 summary below.

The Audit & Risk Committee also ensured that this Report provides an explanation of the basis on which LSL generates or preserves 
value over the longer term (the business model) and the strategy for delivering the objectives of LSL.

84

Following its evaluation, the Audit & Risk Committee has reported to the Board that the Annual Report and Accounts 2020 when taken 
as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for Shareholders to assess LSL’s position and 
the Group’s performance, business model and strategy.

The Committee’s assessment of this Report was on the basis that:

  a.   the description of the business is consistent with the Audit & Risk Committee’s own understanding;

  b.   the risks reflect the issues that concerned the Committee;

  c.   appropriate weight has been given to both good and bad news;

  d.   the discussion of performance properly reflects the story of the year; and

  e.   that there is a clear and well-articulated link between all areas of disclosure.

The review also included the Group’s Environmental, Social and Governance Statement (which includes the environmental disclosures).

Significant matters considered in relation to the Financial Statements
During the year, the Audit & Risk Committee, the Management Team and the Group Internal Audit Director, together with the external 
auditor, considered and agreed on the significant risks and issues in relation to the Financial Statements, and how these should be 
addressed. This included considering issues which related to or arose due to the COVID-19 pandemic. In particular, the Committee 
took into account the impact of COVID-19 in considering the significant risks and issues relating to the Financial Statements. This 
included:

  •   going concern and viability;

  •   impairment of goodwill and tangibles;

  •   expected credit losses in relation to the provisions for financial assets;

  •   Government assistance and how it is accounted for; and

  •   disclosure requirements relating to alternative performance measures (APMs).

Areas of particular focus for the Audit & Risk Committee during the year are outlined in the table below:

Significant issues in 
financial reporting for 2020

Inappropriate valuation of 
Professional Indemnity (PI) 
provision

Description of the issue

How the Audit & Risk Committee addressed the issues 
in 2020

The PI provision contains significant management 
judgement and estimation uncertainty in relation to the 
incidence of claims, the propensity for each claim to result in 
financial loss and the loss per claim.

Given the materiality of the PI Costs provision, the Board 
receives a PI Costs provision summary at each meeting, 
including updates on the status of existing claims and the 
number and nature of any new claims.

In addition, the Audit & Risk Committee reviewed the 
accounting policies relating to the PI Costs provisions, to 
ensure they were consistent, fair and reasonable.

The Audit & Risk Committee also received reports from the 
Risk and Internal Audit Team, following the completion of a 
review of PI Costs provisioning.

There is a risk that the provision for these claims is 
significantly different as a result of variations from key 
assumptions, in particular the incidence of claims, the 
propensity for claims to result in financial loss and the 
resultant loss per claim.

In addition, Management judgement is applied in 
categorising exceptional versus non-exceptional costs, 
which could impact trading results.

During 2020, the Management Team continued its detailed 
reviews of all notifications and claims relating to the period, 
in addition to any developments arising from cases received 
in previous years.

The review also included specialist external legal counsel 
assessing claims and notifications on a selective case-by-
case basis.

85

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewAudit & Risk Committee Report

Significant issues in 
financial reporting for 2020

Inappropriate recognition 
of revenue (including lapse 
provisions)

Acquisition accounting 
(including identification of 
intangible assets acquired in 
business combinations and 
recognition of deferred and 
contingent consideration) 

Impairment or inappropriate 
valuation of goodwill and 
intangible assets

Description of the issue

There is a risk that revenue is recognised in the wrong 
period, either due to cut-off errors or Management bias. 
There is also estimation uncertainty in measuring lapse 
provisions in the Group’s Financial Services businesses, 
which are recognised as a reduction in revenue.

In general, revenue recognition in the Group is not complex. 
Revenue is recognised when control of a good or service 
transfers to the customer. This may occur at a discrete 
point in time (e.g. Financial Services, Residential Sales 
exchange, Surveying and Valuation services) or over time 
(e.g. management services).

Certain Financial Services businesses distribute pure 
protection products, which are cancellable without a notice 
period, and if cancelled within a set period will result in a 
portion of the commission initially received being repaid. 
The proportion of such repayments is estimated in a lapse 
provision, which is recognised as a reduction in revenue and 
includes estimation uncertainty. 

This risk reflects the potential for error in key judgements, 
such as the date of exit, and estimation uncertainty inherent 
in forecast cash-flows. There is a potential for error when 
measuring the value of contingent consideration, as a result 
of the subjectivity in these key judgements.

The Group has made a number of acquisitions, the 
consideration for which sometimes includes earn-out 
arrangements, in which some of the consideration depends 
on performance after the acquisition. The estimate of 
payments that are likely to become due is reflected in 
deferred and contingent consideration provisions.

There is a risk that the valuation of contingent consideration 
liabilities is not in accordance with accounting standards. 
These balances are calculated with reference to specific 
Management judgements. These include expected exit date 
and estimations of future cash-flows, which have a degree of 
estimation uncertainty.

There is significant judgement and estimation uncertainty in 
the annual goodwill impairment test. This is present in the 
cash-flows and forecasts used in the calculation and the 
discount rate applied in valuing goodwill.

The risk has been allocated to certain Estate Agency cash 
generating units, which have had their positive but limited 
headroom put under further pressure as a result of the 
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The Management Team reviews goodwill annually, to 
determine whether impairment is required. These reviews 
include assessing the net assets and the current and future 
profitability of the assets giving rise to the goodwill. The test 
also applies a discount factor to projected future cash-flows. 

How the Audit & Risk Committee addressed the issues 
in 2020

The Audit & Risk Committee reviewed Management’s 
estimates of the lapse provisions and considered the 
findings of financial audits completed by LSL’s Risk and 
Internal Audit Team, as part of its assurance plan. These 
audits included a review of the revenue cycle, with findings 
reported to the Audit & Risk Committee.

The Group Finance function also conducted balance sheet 
reviews, which included carrying amounts driven by the 
revenue cycle.

The Audit & Risk Committee has reviewed the treatment of 
earn-out and other contingent consideration, to ensure that 
Management’s estimates are reasonable and based on the 
best available information. 

The Audit & Risk Committee reviewed Management’s 
calculations and assumptions in detail, taking into account 
advice provided by the external auditor.

Following this review, the Committee concluded that no 
impairment was necessary to the goodwill or intangible 
assets as at 31 December 2020. 

Impairment or inappropriate 
valuation of financial assets

There is significant judgement and estimation uncertainty in 
the fair value and impairment assessments of the Group’s 
shareholdings in joint ventures associates and equity 
instruments.

During February 2021, Mortgage Gym entered into 
administration. LSL has consequently written down its 
investment to £nil as at 31 December 2020, which the 
Committee considered appropriate.

The Management Team performs impairment assessments 
when it identifies indicators of impairment for financial 
assets.

Further information is provided in the Notes to the Group 
Financial Statements.

86

Other Financial 
Statements matters 
considered by the Audit & 
Risk Committee

Description of the issue

Client monies with regards 
to the Lettings businesses 

The Group holds cash on behalf of clients in its Lettings 
businesses.

Financial assets 

Treatment of exceptional 
items

Neither the client monies, nor the matching liabilities, are 
included in the Group balance sheet, as the Group is not 
entitled to benefit from using the amounts held in these 
accounts.

The Group has a responsibility to ensure that the money 
held in the client accounts is segregated and would be liable 
for any shortfall.

There is a risk of misappropriation of these assets and 
subsequent expense to LSL.

Group Finance oversees the integrity of client account 
operations, undertaking regular reconciliations.

The Group holds minority shareholdings measured at fair 
value on the balance sheet.

The judgemental input in the fair value calculations leads to a 
risk that assets are inappropriately valued.

The Group has historically categorised a number of items 
in the Income Statement as exceptional, to enable users 
of the accounts to understand the Group’s underlying 
performance. This means these items are excluded from 
Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) such as underlying 
operating profit.

Exceptional items are an area of focus for the FRC, which 
considered them in its thematic review of alternative 
performance measures published in November 2017 and 
subsequent guidance issued in May 2020, in relation to 
items of income and expenditure arising from the impact of 
the COVID-19 pandemic. 

Misstatement due to fraud 
and error 

Management is in a unique position to perpetrate fraud 
because of its ability to manipulate accounting records 
and prepare fraudulent financial statements, by overriding 
controls that would otherwise appear to be operating 
effectively. Although the risk of management override will 
vary from entity to entity, it is nevertheless present.

The consolidation process involves manual top-side journal 
entries being posted in the consolidation for a variety of 
purposes. These manual top-side journal entries could be 
incorrect due to error or as a result of Management bias.

How the Audit & Risk Committee addressed the issues 
in 2020

The Risk and Internal Audit Team performs regular client 
account audits and reports the findings to the Audit & Risk 
Committee.

The Group holds minority shareholdings in VEM, NBC 
Property Master, Global Property Ventures and Yopa. The 
Audit & Risk Committee has considered the fair value of 
each of these holdings for inclusion in the Group’s balance 
sheet. 

The Audit & Risk Committee has, in line with FRC guidance, 
continued to review the Group’s policy for classifying items 
as exceptional.

The Committee ensured that the Management Team’s 
assessment of the exceptional costs and gains reported in 
the Financial Statements was in line with Group policy, which 
requires that they are material in both size and nature and 
are non-recurring.

In the 2020 Financial Statements, the costs relating to 
the planned Surveying transformation and Estate Agency 
branch/centre closures, the aborted deal fees relating to the 
proposed merger with Countrywide plc, the write down of 
carrying value of an investment in an associate and other 
costs have been disclosed as exceptional.

After careful consideration and taking into account the 
feedback from the external auditor, the Audit & Risk 
Committee agreed that these items were material and non-
recurring in nature and that it was appropriate to categorise 
them as exceptional within the 2020 Financial Statements.

The Management Team has primary responsibility to prevent 
and detect fraud and has endeavoured to put in place a 
culture that requires ethical behaviour of staff, together with 
a control environment to both deter and prevent fraud. There 
are established whistleblowing arrangements to enable 
staff to confidentially raise concerns. The Audit & Risk 
Committee received reports on the Group’s fraud prevention 
and whistleblowing arrangements, including details of any 
instances of actual or suspected fraud.

87

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewAudit & Risk Committee Report

Other Financial 
Statements matters 
considered by the Audit & 
Risk Committee

Going concern 

Description of the issue

How the Audit & Risk Committee addressed the issues 
in 2020

Group performance is intrinsically linked to the overall 
performance of the UK housing market, including 
submarkets such as prime Central London.

The Management Team prepared detailed papers for the 
Committee to consider, on the Group’s ability to continue as 
a going concern.

The housing market is affected by changes in national and 
global political and economic environments, such as Brexit. 
It is also influenced by domestic or international incidents 
(including force majeure events) such as COVID-19, which 
can have a significant effect on the housing market.

The impact of this risk can be direct (such as changes in 
Government policy or legislation arising from a change in 
Government) or indirect (such as changes in consumer 
behaviour or sentiment arising from changes in Government 
policy or legislation, or from external factors such as the 
COVID-19 pandemic).

Classification and disclosure 
of APMs

The Group has a number of KPIs which are classed as 
APMs. Given their judgemental nature, they require focus 
from the audit team to ensure they are appropriately 
presented.

There is increased scrutiny from the FRC, stakeholders 
and the wider public of companies’ narrative reporting. 
This includes specific focus on APMs, to ensure the 
narrative reporting is a fair, balanced and understandable 
representation of performance. 

These papers reviewed the likely future profitability of the 
Group and included a forecast of future cash-flows, the 
impact of banking covenants, the liquidity of investments, 
the performance of joint ventures and the Group’s ability 
to refinance debt when necessary. Following its renewal in 
February 2021, the Group’s revolving credit facility is due to 
mature in May 2024.

The key judgements, assumptions and estimates 
underpinning this review were considered, alongside input 
from the external auditor.

Following the review, the Audit & Risk Committee concluded 
that adopting the going concern principle was justified for 
the foreseeable future.

The Audit & Risk Committee also oversaw the process by 
which the Directors reviewed and discussed the assessment 
undertaken by the Management Team in proposing the 
viability statement.

LSL reports a number of APMs that are designed to assist 
with understanding the Group’s underlying performance.

The Audit & Risk Committee has, in line with FRC guidance, 
continued to review the Group’s policy for classifying and 
disclosing its APMs. In 2020, the Committee ensured that 
the Management Team’s assessment of the APMs reported 
in the Financial Statements was in line with Group policy, 
which requires that they give a better and more consistent 
indication of the Group’s underlying performance as 
detailed in Note 5 to the Group Financial Statements. These 
measures form part of Management’s internal financial 
review and are contained in the monthly management 
information reports reviewed by the Board.

Auditor appointment
Taking into consideration the audit effectiveness review described in the External Auditor section above, the Audit & Risk Committee, 
on behalf of the Board, has concluded that Ernst & Young is effective, independent and objective. Based on this conclusion, the Board 
has resolved to recommend to Shareholders the reappointment of Ernst & Young as external auditor at the 2021 AGM and to seek 
authority for the Directors to agree the external auditor’s remuneration.

Ernst & Youngs’ tenure as external auditor commenced in 2004 when LSL acquired Your Move and e.surv from Aviva. A tendering 
exercise was last completed in 2016 and resulted in the reappointment of Ernst & Young. Their term cannot exceed 20 years, therefore 
LSL will conduct a tendering exercise and appoint a new external auditor prior to the end of 2024.

Auditor Independence Policy
To guard against the external auditor’s objectivity and independence being compromised, the Audit & Risk Committee is responsible 
for approving non-audit services.

The LSL Auditor Independence Policy stipulates the restrictions and procedures governing the potential allocation of non-audit work 
to the auditor. It takes into account relevant ethical guidance regarding the provision of non-audit services by external audit firms, and 
was reviewed during 2020 to ensure compliance with the 2018 Code and the Revised Ethical Guidance for Auditors published at the 
end of 2019. A copy of the Auditor Independence Policy is available from the Company Secretary and on LSL’s website (lslps.co.uk).

88

The Audit & Risk Committee is kept regularly informed of the fees paid to the auditor in all capacities. The Auditor Independence Policy, 
which was in place during 2020, provides that any non-audit related services provided by the external auditor must be approved by the 
Audit & Risk Committee or be within a pre-approved category and fee limit. The following categories of fee required pre-approval from 
the Audit & Risk Committee:

  a.  any fee for specific non-audit services which exceeds £25,000; and

  b.  any fee which has a contingent element.

In addition, the policy provided that the total annual fees for non-audit work allocated to the external auditor shall not exceed 70% of 
the average audit fee paid during the preceding three consecutive years.

Auditor fees
The split between audit and non-audit fees for 2020 appears in Note 10 to the Group Financial Statements. Non-audit fees of £9,000 
(2019: £9,000) were incurred in the year. Audit fees of £552,000 (2019: £455,000) were incurred in the year. This is in line with the 
provisions of the Auditor Independence Policy. The non-audit fees related to other assurance services.

The 2020 audit fee was reviewed and increased during the period. The fee increase is consistent with fee increases seen across the 
audit market, which are the result of audit firms reviewing their fee arrangements as a consequence of the FRC’s review of the level of 
work auditors need to do and the focus on quality.

Internal controls
The Board has overall responsibility for LSL’s system of internal controls and for its effectiveness. The system of internal controls is 
subject to ongoing evaluation and is regularly reviewed by the Board and the Audit & Risk Committee. It was developed to ensure 
compliance with the September 2014 FRC Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related Financial and Business 
Reporting and has been reviewed more recently to ensure compliance with the Code and FRC Guidance on Board Effectiveness. 
This included establishing a Group Risk Framework Policy, backed with clear operating procedures, distinct lines of responsibility and 
delegated authority levels. During 2017, the framework was extended to the main subsidiary businesses, each of which now maintains 
its own risk measures. The development of this continues to be a focus for the Group, as its systems increase in maturity.

The control framework facilitates the effectiveness and efficiency of LSL’s operations, helps to ensure the reliability of internal and 
external reporting and assists in ensuring compliance with laws and regulations. The internal control system is designed to safeguard 
both Shareholder investment and LSL’s assets. In common with any risk management framework, the system aims to manage, rather 
than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve business objectives and can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance against 
material misstatement or loss.

The arrangements in place for 2020 aimed to identify, evaluate and manage the significant risks LSL faced. It included assessments by 
the Board and the Executive Committee of risk appetite and measures to define levels of risk being carried in relation to this appetite. 
Additional work was undertaken to improve engagement and risk-related debate across senior management teams, and this has 
proven valuable for supporting key business decisions throughout the financial year. For any areas considered outside tolerance, 
remedial steps are identified to reduce the risk being carried. Alignment between Divisional and Group activities is being improved 
through the newly created ERMC, which comprises the Group Chief Executive Officer, Group Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel 
and Company Secretary, Group Internal Audit Director, Group Financial Controller and the Divisional Chief Risk Officers.

Further details of LSL’s risk management arrangements are contained in the Principal Risks and Uncertainties section of this Report.

LSL’s risk management and internal control framework provides for:

  a.   ownership of the risk management and internal control framework by the Board, supported by the Group Chief Financial Officer, the 

Company Secretary, the Group Internal Audit Director and the Group Financial Controller;

  b.   a network of risk owners in each of LSL’s businesses, with specific responsibilities relating to risk management and internal controls, 

including maintenance of detailed risk analyses;

  c.   documentation and monitoring of risks being recorded through risk appetite measures prepared in accordance with defined Group 

criteria. This is subject to regular review by subsidiary boards, divisional governance committees and the Group Internal Audit Director;

  d.   regular consideration by the Executive Committee, ERMC, Board and Audit & Risk Committee of the Group’s principal risks and 
uncertainties. This is embedded in decision making and in the routine planning and reporting cycle, to ensure that such risks are 
identified, monitored and mitigated in a timely and effective manner, and is reinforced by carrying out more specific risk assessments;

  e.   the development and application of LSL’s risk management framework; and

  f.   reporting by the Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee to the Board on any matters which have arisen from the Committee’s review of 
the way in which LSL’s risk management and internal control framework has been applied, together with any identified failings in, or 
exceptions to, these procedures.

89

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewAudit & Risk Committee Report

LSL has a well-established Group-wide risk management framework, which will evolve further in 2021 in line with best practice and 
with a particular focus on the further development and alignment of standards via the ERMC.

The risk management framework includes:

  a.   the risk management framework policy;

  b.   determination of risk appetite and the management or mitigation of risks in line with risk appetite tolerances, at both Group and subsidiary 

levels;

  c.   assessment of prospects and viability;

  d.   review of the effectiveness of the risk management and internal control systems; and

  e.   going concern confirmation (for LSL’s going concern disclosure please refer to the Report of the Directors in this Report).

Further details of LSL’s assessment and evaluation of principal risks and uncertainties together with details of key mitigation initiatives 
are set out in the Principal Risks and Uncertainties section of this Report.

The Group has internal control and risk management systems in relation to LSL’s financial reporting procedures and the process 
for preparing consolidated accounts. These systems include policies and procedures to facilitate the maintenance of records that 
accurately and fairly reflect transactions, provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the 
preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS or UK Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, as appropriate, and that 
assurance processes are in place to ensure that reported data is subject to review and reconciliation to underlying records.

LSL operates a ‘three lines of defence’ structure (see diagram below) to facilitate effective oversight of Group operations. Further 
features of the risk management framework include delegated authority levels and functional reporting lines and accountability. LSL 
operates a budgeting and financial reporting system that, on a monthly basis, compares actual performance to forecasts, budget and 
the previous year. In addition, the Executive Directors receive more regular information that reviews key areas of performance, such as 
daily sales activity. All capital expenditure and other purchases are subject to appropriate authorisation procedures, with centralisation 
of several payment functions.

FIRST-LINE OF DEFENCE

SECOND-LINE OF DEFENCE

THIRD-LINE OF DEFENCE

Three-lines of defence diagram

90

LSL Board/Audit & Risk Committee/Nominations Committee/Remuneration Committee/Disclosure CommitteeExecutive Committee and other governance committees e.g. Executive Risk Management Committee, Financial Services Oversight Committee, Surveying Risk and Audit Committee (e.surv), Estate Agency Management/Risk forums, Data and Information Security Committee  Functions that own  and manage riskBusiness Management• Financial Services• Surveying• Estate Agency         Functions that oversee riskLSL Group FinanceFS Risk and Compliance Teamse.surv Risk and Audit TeamEA Risk and Compliance TeamsEA Admin Hubs (quality/compliance teams)Corporate Compliance/Quality teamsCustomer Services/ComplaintsExternal Consultants  Functions that provide independent assuranceLSL Risk and Internal Audit Team  External AuditorCompany Secretariat and LSL Legal TeamsIn addition, LSL has established a number of executive committees charged with managing performance and risk. These include the 
Financial Services Oversight Committee (FSOC) which was established in 2020 and replaced the Financial Services Management 
Committee (FSMC) and the Financial Services Risk Committees (FSRC). The FSOC is an oversight and governance committee 
established by the LSL Board, to link the LSL Board and the Financial Services Division, including ensuring that all key risks are 
captured, managed and reported.

Other governance bodies were in place during 2020 for the Group’s information security arrangements (Data and Information Security 
Committee (DISC)) and other business operations, for example, the Estate Agency Management Committee, the Estate Agency Risk 
Committee and the Surveying Valuation Controls Board.

The Audit & Risk Committee and/or the Board receives regular reports from the DISC and FSOC, along with updates from the Group Chief 
Executive Officer and the Executive Committees, including ERMC. The Audit & Risk Committee also reviews the risk and compliance 
arrangements within each of the three Divisions at each of its meetings. The Estate Agency Risk and Governance Director, the Financial 
Services Chief Risk Officer or the Surveying Risk and Governance Director are invited to attend and present at these sessions as 
appropriate.

During 2020, the Executive Committee regularly identified, evaluated and managed the principal risks and uncertainties which could 
adversely affect LSL’s business, operating results and financial condition. The effectiveness of the internal control system and risk 
management process is also kept under review by the Audit & Risk Committee and has been reviewed by the Board during 2020 as part of 
an annual review.

In addition, LSL’s Risk and Internal Audit Team regularly submits reports to the Audit & Risk Committee and this, together with the internal 
controls system and risk management process in place within LSL, allows the Board to monitor financial and operational performance and 
compliance with controls on a continuing basis and to identify and respond to business risks as they arise.

During the year, the Audit & Risk Committee influenced improvements to the control environment, in particular:

  •   steps to ensure that key second-line personnel (including the Chief Risk Officers/Directors of all core Divisions) regularly present and 

report to the Committee;

  •   initiation and delivery of a third-line assurance plan focused on the most prominent COVID-19 related risks by the Group Risk and Internal 

Audit Team;

  •   presentation by the Group IT Director of a review of Group data protection and information security arrangements, including the 

effectiveness of DISC;

  •  creation of the ERMC;

  •   emphasis on process improvements to foster heightened debate and feedback on risk management practices within Divisional 

management teams;

  •  consolidation of the FSRC and FSMC into the FSOC;

  •  strengthening of expertise and skills in relation to financial services regulation within the Risk and Internal Audit Team;

  •  assessments of lessons from external corporate failures; and

  •  assessments of the resourcing and skills of the Risk and Internal Audit Team.

The Audit & Risk Committee Report is approved by and signed on behalf of the Audit & Risk Committee

Bill Shannon 
Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee

27 April 2021

91

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewDirectors’ Remuneration Report

Annual Statement

Dear Shareholder

This Directors’ Remuneration Report is divided into the following three sections:

  •   The Annual Statement: summarising remuneration for and explaining major decisions made during 2020, as well as explaining the 

operation of the Policy for 2021;

  •  The Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the Policy): setting out the Policy as approved by Shareholders at the 2020 AGM; and

  •   The Annual Report on Remuneration: setting out details of the remuneration earned by the Directors in the year ended 

31 December 2020 and how the Policy will be implemented during 2021.

The Policy was approved by 97.1% of Shareholders voting at the 2020 AGM. The Remuneration Committee considers that the Policy 
continues to support the Group’s strategy and therefore no changes are proposed for 2021. The Policy is subject to triennial approval 
and will therefore be submitted for Shareholder approval at the 2023 AGM.

The Annual Statement and Annual Report on Remuneration are subject to an annual Shareholder advisory vote and will be presented 
to Shareholders at the forthcoming 2021 AGM.

Summary of LSL’s performance in the year and decisions taken in response to COVID-19
2020 has been an exceptional year dominated by the unprecedented impact of COVID-19. Since the start of the COVID-19 outbreak, 
the Group has focused on the welfare of employees and customers, ensuring we provide regular communication and support to 
employees and working closely with our business partners, to meet their needs in the rapidly changing environment. As part of LSL’s 
response to the pandemic, we undertook a number of cost-saving measures to help preserve cash and respond to the uncertain 
market conditions. This included deferring all non-critical capital expenditure and halting discretionary spending. In addition, given the 
uncertainty of the situation and to protect the Group’s cash position, the Board took the decision to withdraw the payment of the final 
dividend for FY19 and not to pay dividends for FY20.

The measures also included suspending the annual pay review for all Directors and Group employees. Thus, the annual increases 
in basic salaries and fees for the LSL Board, which were detailed in the 2019 Directors’ Remuneration Report were not applied. 
Furthermore, all LSL’s Executive and Non Executive Directors agreed to a voluntary reduction of 33.3% in basic salary and fees from 
1 April 2020 until 31 July 2020. A number of senior managers also agreed to temporary reductions in their basic salaries. Within the 
wider workforce, 73% of staff were placed on furlough, with the Group utilising the Government’s Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme.

As detailed in the summary on business performance, LSL traded well in the second half of 2020 as lockdown restrictions eased, and 
we brought back the vast majority of staff from furlough. Additionally, the Remuneration Committee and Board deemed it appropriate 
to reinstate senior management to full basic pay from 1 July 2020 and agreed to repay these voluntary basic pay reductions later in the 
year, when trading conditions and LSL’s financial performance continued to improve.

The Remuneration Committee has considered carefully the treatment of LSL’s Executive Directors, in line with the policies applied 
to the wider workforce and in light of LSL’s financial performance in 2020, and has decided it is appropriate to repay the Executive 
Directors and LSL’s Chairman the voluntary salary/fee reductions that were applied in 2020. A sub-committee of the Board, comprising 
LSL’s Executive Directors and Chairman, have also agreed to repay fees for LSL’s Independent Non Executive Directors on the same 
basis. In line with the Executive Directors, Ian Crabb, LSL’s former Group Chief Executive Officer, was also repaid his salary reduction. 
These repayments were made in January 2021.

Share plan grants
As detailed in the 2019 Directors’ Remuneration Report, LSL decided to delay the grant of any LTIP awards in 2020, initially because of 
a possible all-share combination with Countrywide plc. On 16 March 2020, LSL announced that it was not proceeding with the offer. 
However, as a result of the uncertain trading conditions that existed in March 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Remuneration 
Committee decided not to proceed with the normal annual LTIP grant to Executives or the annual Sharesave launch.

With lockdown restrictions easing and trading conditions improving during the second half of the year, the Committee proceeded with 
the LTIP grant to Executive Directors in November 2020. However, the Committee chose to scale back the LTIP grant from 125% of 
salary to 104% of salary, to reflect the relative fall in LSL’s Share price during 2020. The Remuneration Committee also considered 
carefully the appropriate performance metrics to apply to the awards, and as a result of the difficultly in forecasting the medium to 
long term trading conditions, chose to adjust the weighting of the performance metrics to be 50% based on EPS and 50% on relative 
TSR. Whilst the performance metrics are different to the 70% EPS and 30% TSR applied to previous awards, they remain in line with 
the Policy.

92

The TSR metrics for the 2020 LTIP grant are determined by LSL’s performance against the FTSE Small Cap index. Threshold level 
of vesting for this element is only payable for median performance over the three year performance period. Maximum vesting of this 
element is only payable for performance at upper quartile or above. The Committee has also considered carefully the appropriate EPS 
range for the 2020 LTIP award and set a threshold to maximum range of 25.6 pence to 35.1 pence for Adjusted Basic EPS. In setting 
this range, the Committee considered the Group’s internal forecasts under a range of scenarios, the forecast conditions in the housing 
market and the external market consensus for LSL’s earnings in the coming years. The relatively wide range reflects the uncertainty 
that exists in making forecasts at this time. However, the Committee believes the threshold level of vesting provides the Executives 
with a realistic target that would trigger a relatively small level of vesting, whilst the upper end of this range would require significant 
outperformance. The Committee can adjust the award outcomes if vesting levels do not reflect the Company’s underlying financial 
performance, and can also reconsider the EPS range if the housing market performs significantly better than assumed when setting 
this range. The awards granted to the Executive Directors are subject to a two year post-vesting holding period, which would also 
apply post-cessation of employment.

As LSL emerged from the first UK-wide national lockdown in the summer of 2020 and the vast majority of employees returned from 
furlough, the Remuneration Committee, in conjunction with the Executive Committee, believed it was appropriate to make its first 
all employee ‘free share award’, to thank and recognise the efforts of all employees since the pandemic began. In October 2020, 
LSL therefore granted a £500 free share award under its SIP plan to all full time employees and a pro-rated awarded for all part time 
employees.

Appointment of new Group Chief Executive Officer
As announced earlier this year, Ian Crabb, LSL’s former Group Chief Executive Officer, stepped down from the Board on 30 April 2020 
and David Stewart was appointed as the new Group Chief Executive Officer from 1 May 2020. David has been on the Board as an 
independent Non-Executive Director since 2015 and ceased his responsibilities as a Non Executive Director upon being appointed as 
Group Chief Executive Officer.

The Remuneration arrangements for David Stewart are detailed in full in the Annual Report on Remuneration section of this Report. 
David’s basic salary, benefits, bonus and LTIP opportunity are in line with his predecessor, Ian Crabb. This is a salary of £449,000, 
a maximum bonus opportunity of 100% of salary and a normal LTIP opportunity of 125% of salary. However, in line with our policy, 
David’s pension contribution is 3% of salary, which is aligned to the pension contribution for LSL’s wider workforce.

Ian Crabb remained an employee of LSL until 30 January 2021, as a result of his nine month notice period. In line with our policy, Ian 
continued to receive his basic salary, car allowance and pension contributions during 2020. He was not entitled to receive a bonus 
payment for 2020 and his 2018 and 2019 LTIP awards lapsed on cessation of his employment. Ian was entitled to exercise options in 
relation to 49,228 Shares which had vested under the 2013 LTIP award and he chose to exercise these prior to leaving employment in 
January 2021.

Incentive outcomes for 2020
The bonus scheme in 2020 was based 80% on Group Underlying Operating Profit and 20% on individually agreed non-financial 
measures. Whilst LSL has achieved profits that would normally correspond with bonus payments being made, the Remuneration 
Committee has decided that, taking into account wider stakeholder considerations and investor expectations, including the use of 
Government support and the decisions to suspend the full year dividend for the year ended 31 December 2019 and all dividends for 
the year ended 31 December 2020, no bonuses will be paid to the Executive Directors for 2020. The details of performance against 
targets and the objectives for the 2020 bonus are set out on page 108.

The performance period for the 2018 LTIP ended on 31 December 2020. As a result of the Group’s performance over the award’s 
three year period, the awards will partially vest in March 2021. The challenging EPS performance targets were not met, whilst the TSR 
targets were partially achieved, resulting in vesting of 9% of the maximum award.

In relation to incentives for 2020, the Remuneration Committee confirms it did not adjust any performance targets as a result of the 
impact of COVID-19. The Committee reviewed the outturn for the LTIP award and was comfortable that the low level of vesting was 
appropriate and that discretion was not required to adjust the LTIP’s formulaic outcome. The Committee also concluded that the 
decision to not pay the annual bonus was appropriate. In addition, the Remuneration Committee considered whether there were any 
relevant environmental social and governance matters that it needed to take account of when reviewing the remuneration outcomes 
and concluded that there were none.

Further details of performance against the targets for the annual bonus and LTIP awards are set out in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration.

93

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewDirectors’ Remuneration Report

Implementation of Policy for 2021
The Executive Directors will receive salary increases of circa 1.5%, in line with the average salary increases awarded to non-
commission earning Group employees. The Non Executive Directors will also receive fee increases of circa 1.5%.

The annual bonus will be subject to the same performance conditions as in prior years, namely Underlying Operating Profit and non-
financial measures. However, having reviewed the strategic priorities for 2021, the Committee has increased the weighting of the non-
financial measures from 20% to 30% of the maximum bonus. This emphasises the importance of key strategic objectives as a driver of 
further profitability and growth.

In relation to the LTIP awards for 2021, the Committee’s current intention is to return to the normal award level of 125% of salary, in light 
of the current share price performance. The Committee will, however, take a final decision at the time awards are granted, taking into 
account the share price at the time of grant. The 2021 LTIP awards will be based 50% on EPS and 50% on TSR, in line with the 2020 
grants. TSR performance will be measured relative to the FTSE SmallCap Index, whilst the EPS targets will be set nearer to the time 
of grant and will be disclosed in the RNS on grant of the award and in the 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Report. The Committee will 
ensure the targets set are as stretching as those in previous years, taking into account the business and market outlook at that time.

Corporate Governance and Reporting Regulations
As detailed in last year’s Annual Report, the Remuneration Committee adopted the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code 
requirements into the new Policy that was approved by Shareholders at the 2020 AGM.

The Remuneration Committee continues to review and monitor the guidance from a variety of investor representative groups and 
has been particularly mindful of these in determining the appropriate remuneration response in light of the COVID-19 pandemic. In 
particular, the Committee was mindful of the guidance released by The Investment Association and Institutional Shareholder Services, 
in making its decisions not to award any annual bonuses to the Executive Directors in 2020, to delay and scale back the LTIP grant and 
to only repay the voluntary reductions in salaries and fees taken by the Board after the wider workforce had been repaid.

Conclusion
The Remuneration Committee believes that LSL’s remuneration arrangements for the Executive Directors and Senior Management are 
aligned to LSL’s strategic goals and incorporate the Group’s key performance indicators. Further, the Committee is comfortable that 
the remuneration outcomes for 2020 are aligned to performance, that the Policy continues to promote the long term success of LSL 
and incentivises the delivery of strong yet sustainable financial results, with the creation of Shareholder value.

Accordingly, the Remuneration Committee seeks the support of Shareholders for the resolutions to approve LSL’s remuneration 
arrangements at the 2021 AGM. If Shareholders have any questions or observations, then I will be pleased to hear from you directly 
and will be available at the 2021 AGM. I can also be contacted via the Company Secretary’s office (please see details on page 212).

Finally in 2021, I will step down as Chair of the Remuneration Committee and Darrell Evans will take over as Chair. Darrell has been 
a member of the Remuneration Committee since his appointment to the Board in February 2019 and we have been working closely 
in the latter months of 2020 to ensure a smooth hand over of responsibilities. I wish Darrell well in taking over as Remuneration 
Committee Chair.

Bill Shannon 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

27 April 2021

94

Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the Policy)

Introduction and overview
When setting the Executive Directors’ and senior managers’ remuneration, the Remuneration Committee seeks to ensure that all individuals 
are provided with appropriate profit based incentives and an element of pay relating to non-financial performance measures, in order to 
encourage enhanced performance, and to ensure that individuals are, in a fair and responsible manner, rewarded for their contributions to 
the success of the Group.

LSL’s policy is to provide remuneration packages which are designed to attract, motivate and retain Executive Directors of the calibre 
necessary to maintain and improve the Group’s profitability, to reward them for long term sustainable performance and growth, as well as 
enhancing Shareholder value and return. In doing this, LSL aims to provide a market competitive (but not excessive) package of pay and 
benefits. LSL’s general remuneration policy is to set basic salaries around mid-market levels and set performance pay levels by applying 
stretching goals that accord with LSL’s general policy of seeking to make bonuses self-financing wherever possible. Remuneration packages 
will also reflect individual responsibilities and contain incentives to deliver LSL’s strategic objectives.

Decision making process for determination, review and implementation of Directors’ Remuneration Policy
The Remuneration Committee reviews the Policy and the operation of Policy to ensure it continues to support and reward the Executive 
Directors to achieve the business strategy, both operationally and over the longer term. It reviews the structure and quantum and takes into 
account the Code, market practice, institutional investor and investor representative body views generally and those of its own Shareholders. 
The Remuneration Committee also has regard to the remuneration arrangements, policies and practices of the workforce as a whole, which 
it reviews as part of its annual agenda.

The Policy is reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee to ensure that changes are not required prior to the triennial Shareholder 
vote. When the Committee determines that changes are required it will formulate proposals and consult with its Shareholders. Shareholder 
feedback is then taken into consideration in finalising the Policy changes.

Operation of the Policy is considered annually for the year ahead, including metrics for incentives, weightings and targets. The Remuneration 
Committee reviews operation for the prior year and considers whether, in light of the strategy, changes are required for the year ahead. 
Targets for the annual bonus and LTIP awards are also reviewed and consideration is given to whether these remain appropriate or need to 
be recalibrated. Shareholders views will be sought depending on the changes proposed.

Consideration of Shareholder views
Each year the Remuneration Committee considers Shareholder feedback received in relation to LSL’s Annual Report and Accounts, 
including the Directors’ Remuneration Report, at a meeting following the Company’s AGM. This feedback, plus any additional feedback 
received during any meetings or consultations with Shareholders during the year, is then considered as part of LSL’s review of the Policy 
and its annual implementation review. In addition, the Remuneration Committee engages directly with significant Shareholders and 
their representative bodies in respect of any proposed changes to the Policy and, as appropriate, changes to the implementation of the 
Policy. Details of votes cast for and against the resolution to approve the previous year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report and any matters 
discussed with Shareholders during the year are set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

For further details of the way in which LSL communicates with its Shareholders, please see the Shareholder Relations section of the 
Corporate Governance Report.

Wider workforce considerations
The Remuneration Committee considers the remuneration arrangements for the wider LSL workforce and related policies, to ensure the 
alignment of incentives and rewards with culture, and has taken these into account when setting the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and in 
determining the remuneration for the Executive Directors and senior managers, to ensure consistency of approach throughout the Group. 
Annual bonus, annual bonus Share investment and long term incentive awards provide alignment between the senior management and 
Shareholders. The Remuneration Committee also considers average base salary increases awarded to the overall employee population and 
the cascade of pay structures throughout the business. The remuneration policy for all employees is determined in line with best practice 
and aims to ensure that LSL is able to attract and retain the best people. This principle is followed in the development of LSL’s Policy.

Although employees were not directly consulted on the Policy, the Group HR Director attends Remuneration Committee meetings by 
invitation to provide additional perspective on Group HR policies and practices, including from an employee perspective. LSL has also 
appointed Darrell Evans as its designated Non Executive Director for workforce engagement, who is also a member of the Remuneration 
Committee and is also able to reflect the views of employees to the Committee. Further, the Annual Report on Remuneration details the 
engagement undertaken to explain the alignment of the Policy to the wider Group remuneration policy.

95

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewDirectors’ Remuneration Report

Policy detail by remuneration element

How this component supports 
LSL strategies

Operation

Maximum

Performance metrics 
and period

•  Reviewed annually, normally effective 

1 January.

•  Takes periodic comparison against 

companies with similar characteristics 
and sector comparators.

•  Reflects the value of the 
individual and their role.

•  Reflects skills and 

experience over time.

•  Provides an appropriate 

level of basic fixed income, 
avoiding excessive risk 
arising from over reliance on 
variable income.

• Not applicable.

•  There is no prescribed 
maximum annual basic 
salary increase.

•  The Remuneration 

Committee is guided 
by the general increase 
for the broader 
employee population 
but may decide to 
award a lower increase 
for Executive Directors 
or indeed exceed 
this to recognise, for 
example, an increase 
in the scale, scope or 
responsibility of the 
role and/or to take 
account of relevant 
market movements.

•  Current basic salary 
levels are set out in 
the Annual Report on 
Remuneration.

Element of 
remuneration 
arrangements

Basic salary

96

Element of 
remuneration 
arrangements

Annual 
bonus

How this component supports 
LSL strategies

Operation

Maximum

Performance metrics 
and period

•  Maximum opportunity: 
100% with the ability 
to increase to 125% of 
basic salary*.

*Maximum opportunity 
will not be increased 
above 100% of 
basic salary without 
significant Shareholder 
consultation. This 
has not occurred and 
therefore the maximum 
remains at 100% of 
salary.

•  Performance 

period of one year.

•  Performance 

metrics:

–  a maximum of 30% 
of the award will be 
determined by non-
financial measures 
and a minimum of 
70% by financial 
measures; and

–  not more than 20% 
of the total bonus 
will pay out at 
threshold.

•  Incentivises annual delivery 
of financial and strategic 
goals.

•  Maximum bonus only 
payable for achieving 
demanding targets.

•  Targets reviewed annually.

•  Bonus level is determined by the 

Remuneration Committee after the end 
of the relevant financial year, subject to 
performance against targets set at the 
start of the relevant financial year.

•  The Remuneration Committee has the 
discretion to adjust and to override 
formulaic outcomes for annual bonus 
payment due, if the Remuneration 
Committee considers it is not reflective 
of the underlying performance of 
LSL, taking into account amongst 
other things, the ‘quality of earnings’ 
that underlies the pay and vesting 
outcomes, which may put at risk 
future cash-flows, as well as investor 
experience and the employee reward 
outcome.

•  The Group Chief Executive Officer is 

required to purchase and hold Shares 
equivalent to 33% of any bonus earned, 
net of tax, for a period of two years. The 
other Executive Directors are required 
to purchase and hold Shares equivalent 
to 25% of any bonus earned net of 
tax, for a period of two years, which 
will in normal circumstances continue 
post cessation of employment. For 
all Executive Directors on cessation 
of employment, these Shares will not 
be forfeited for any reason, however 
clawback and the holding period will 
continue to apply.

•  Not pensionable.

•  Bonus awards are subject to clawback 
and malus applicable for six years from 
payment of the bonus, in circumstances 
of: material misstatement of financial 
results, corporate failure, failure 
of risk management, reputational 
damage, error, inaccurate or 
misleading information in determining 
a performance condition or any other 
matter determining the vesting of an 
award, breach of relevant regulations, 
an act or omission during vesting 
period to the significant detriment 
of customers, or an act or omission 
leading to gross misconduct. Recovery 
can be made through scaling back of 
existing awards, reduction of future 
awards including under the LTIP and 
requesting repayment as a cash sum.

97

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewDirectors’ Remuneration Report

How this component supports 
LSL strategies

Operation 

Maximum

Performance metrics 
and period

•  Aligned to key performance 

•  Awards of nil-cost or conditional 

•  Normal maximum 

•  Performance 

indicators of the Group 
that drive the strategies 
and performance of the 
businesses. 

limit of 125% of basic 
salary, with grants 
of up to 200% of 
basic salary being 
made in exceptional 
circumstances. 

period: normally 
three years.

•  A two year post-
vesting holding 
period applies to 
awards granted 
from 2018 
and in normal 
circumstances 
continues to apply 
post-cessation of 
employment.

•  At least 30% of 

the award will be 
determined by 
TSR performance, 
with the remainder 
by other financial 
metrics.

•  25% vests at 

threshold for all 
parts of the LTIP. 

Shares are made annually, with vesting 
dependent on the achievement of 
performance conditions over the 
subsequent three years.

•  The Remuneration Committee reviews 
the quantum of awards annually and 
monitors the continuing suitability of the 
performance measures.

•  The Remuneration Committee will have 
the discretion to adjust and to override 
formulaic outcomes of LTIP vesting if it 
considers that it is not reflective of the 
underlying performance of LSL, taking 
into account amongst other things the 
‘quality of earnings’ that underlies the 
vesting outcomes, which may put at 
risk future cash-flows, as well as the 
investor experience and the employee 
reward outcome.

•  Discretion for the Remuneration 

Committee to provide for dividend 
equivalents in Shares to accrue from 
the date of award to the vesting date 
or, if applicable, to the end of any post 
vesting holding period.

•  LTIP awards are subject to clawback 
and malus applicable for six years 
from vesting, in circumstances of: 
material misstatement of financial 
results, corporate failure, failure 
of risk management, reputational 
damage, error, inaccurate or 
misleading information in determining 
a performance condition or any other 
matter determining the vesting of an 
award, breach of relevant regulations, 
act or omission during vesting 
period to the significant detriment of 
customers, act or omission leading to 
gross misconduct. Recovery can be 
made through scaling back of existing 
awards, reduction of future awards 
including under the annual bonus 
and deferred annual bonus plan and 
requesting repayment as a cash sum.

Element of 
remuneration 
arrangements

LTIP awards 
(approved by 
Shareholders 
at the 2017 
AGM) 

98

Element of 
remuneration 
arrangements

All employee 
Share 
schemes: 
SAYE, SIP/
BAYE and 
CSOP

Executive 
Share 
ownership 
guidelines

How this component supports 
LSL strategies

Operation 

Maximum

Performance metrics 
and period

•  Encourages long term 
shareholding in LSL.

•  Invitations made by the Remuneration 
Committee under the approved SAYE, 
SIP/BAYE and CSOP.

• As per HMRC limits.

None.

•  To provide alignment 

•  The Group CEO is required to build 

•  Minimum of 200% of 

None.

between Executive Directors 
and Shareholders.

basic salary for Group 
Chief Executive Officer 
and 150% of basic 
salary for the other 
Executive Directors – 
no maximum.

and maintain a minimum shareholding 
equivalent to 200% of basic salary over 
a period of five years from the approval 
of the Policy.

•  The other Executive Directors are 
required to build and maintain a 
minimum shareholding equivalent to 
150% of basic salary over a period 
of five years from the approval of the 
Policy.

•  All Executive Directors are expected 

to retain all vested long term incentive 
awards (subject to any sales necessary 
to meet tax liability on vesting or 
exercise) and Shares purchased from 
annual bonus under the new Policy, 
until the guideline is met.

•  A post-employment shareholding policy 
applies as follows, with the Committee 
retaining the discretion to amend the 
policy in exceptional circumstances:

°  The two year holding period for 
annual bonus Shares continues post-
employment.

°  The two year post-vesting holding 
period for LTIP awards continues 
post-employment.

99

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewDirectors’ Remuneration Report

Element of 
remuneration 
arrangements

Benefits 

How this component supports 
LSL strategies

Operation 

Maximum

Performance metrics 
and period

•  Provides insured benefits 
to support the Executive 
Directors and their families 
during periods of ill health, 
or in the event of accident 
or death.

•  Access to car allowance to 

facilitate travel.

•  Includes car allowance, life assurance 
and private medical insurance. Other 
benefits may be provided where 
appropriate.

•  Any reasonable business related 

expenses (including tax thereon) can 
be reimbursed if determined to be a 
taxable benefit.

• At cost.

None.

Pension

•  Provides modest retirement 

•  Defined contribution.

•  New appointments 

None. 

benefits.

•  Opportunity for Executive 
Directors to contribute to 
their own retirement plan.

•  HMRC approved arrangement.

Chair and 
Non Executive 
Directors

•  To provide fees reflecting 

• Cash fee paid on a monthly basis.

the time commitments and 
responsibilities of each role, 
in line with those provided by 
similarly sized companies.

• Fees are normally reviewed annually.

•  Any reasonable business related 

expenses can be reimbursed (including 
tax thereon if determined to be a 
taxable benefit).

None.

will receive employer 
pension contributions 
in line with the 
contribution for 
the majority of the 
workforce at the time 
of appointment.

•  Existing Directors are 
offered a pension in 
accordance with auto 
enrolment minimums 
or a pension 
contribution equivalent 
to 5% of basic salary. 

•  There is no prescribed 
maximum annual fee 
increase, although 
there is a total fee cap 
of £750,000, which 
is contained in LSL’s 
Articles of Association.

•  Fee levels are 

determined and 
reviewed taking into 
account experience, 
time commitment, 
responsibility and 
scope of role, as well 
as the general increase 
for the broader 
employee population 
and market data for 
similar roles in other 
companies of a similar 
size and complexity 
to LSL. Current fee 
levels are set out in 
the Annual Report on 
Remuneration.

100

Notes to the Remuneration Policy summary:
1.   How LSL will operate the Policy in the year ahead is detailed in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

2.   LSL’s Policy for the remuneration of Executive Directors and senior managers as set out in the table above also applies to the wider LSL 

workforce, with the following differences:

•   a lower level of maximum annual bonus (or no bonus) opportunity may apply to employees or commission may be payable for fee-

earning roles;

•   participation in the LTIP scheme is limited to the Executive Directors and selected senior managers. All employees are eligible to 

participate in LSL’s employee Share schemes: SAYE, SIP/BAYE; and CSOP, upon invitation;

•   benefits (including benefits in kind and salary sacrifice arrangements) that are offered to other employees generally comprise paid 
holidays, life insurance cover and a wide variety of flexible benefits such as childcare vouchers, a health cash plan, and, for more 
senior employees, private medical insurance; and

•   LSL offers a stakeholder pension scheme with employee and employer contributions for new members, calculated at a level which 
is compliant with automatic enrolment minimums (increasing over time as required by legislation) and based on a band of qualifying 
earnings which may vary month by month as variable pay fluctuates. Senior employees are offered the opportunity to join the 
enhanced scheme after one years’ service; this enables a 5% match of basic salary. The Remuneration Committee may use its 
discretion to recommend a 5% match of basic salary on appointment and where the individual has reached his/her annual or lifetime 
allowances, a cash equivalent may be offered.

 In general, the differences above arise from the development of remuneration arrangements that are market competitive for the various 
categories of individuals, together with the fact that remuneration of the Executive Directors and senior managers typically has a greater 
emphasis on performance related pay.

3.   The choice of the performance metrics applicable to the annual bonus scheme reflect the Remuneration Committee’s belief that any 

incentive compensation should be appropriately challenging and tied to both the delivery of profit and non-financial measures.

4.   The TSR and adjusted EPS performance conditions applicable to the LTIP were selected by the Remuneration Committee on the 

basis that they reward the delivery of long term returns to Shareholders and the Group’s financial growth, and they are consistent with 
LSL’s objective of delivering superior levels of long term value to Shareholders. The TSR performance condition is monitored on the 
Remuneration Committee’s behalf by an independent adviser, whilst LSL’s EPS growth is derived from the audited Financial Statements. 
Alternative or additional measures may be selected by the Committee if it considered they are aligned to the Group’s strategy.

5.   LSL operates the LTIP scheme in accordance with the plan rules, the Listing Rules of the UKLA, and the Remuneration Committee 

terms of reference, which are consistent with market practice. This retains Remuneration Committee discretion over a number of areas 
relating to the operation and administration of the LTIP scheme. The Remuneration Committee has the discretion under the plan rules, 
in certain circumstances, to grant and/or settle an award in cash. In practice this will only be used in exceptional circumstances.

6.   The LTIP awards vest after three years and for grants made in 2018 and subsequent years, a two year post-vesting holding period 

applies.

7. 

 The employee Share schemes (SAYE, SIP/BAYE and CSOP) do not include any performance conditions.

8.   For the avoidance of doubt, authority is given to LSL to honour any commitments entered into with current or former Executive Directors 
(such as the payment of last year’s annual bonus or the vesting/exercise of Share awards granted in the past) that have been disclosed 
in this and previous Directors’ Remuneration Reports. Details of any payments to former Directors will be set out in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration as they arise.

101

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview  
  
  
  
  
Directors’ Remuneration Report

Reward scenarios (illustration of application of the Policy for 2021)
The chart below shows how the composition of the remuneration packages for each of the Executive Directors varies at different levels of 
performance under the Policy detailed above, both as a percentage of total remuneration opportunity and as a total value.

In line with the new Reporting Regulations, the graph also includes an indication of the maximum remuneration under a scenario of 50% 
Share price appreciation over the three year performance period of the LTIP award:

2,000

1,750

1,500

1,250

s
0
0
0

’

£

1,000

750

500

250

0
0

£1,783

47%

£1,499

38%

£1,209

48%

£1,017

38%

30%

25%

£671

29%

23%

£325

30%

25%

£330

£683

29%

23%

£1,232

48%

1,036

38%

30%

25%

£986

28%

23%

£473

100%

49%

32%

27%

100%

48%

32%

27%

100%

48%

32%

27%

Below Target

Target

Maximum

Maximum
with 50%
share price
appreciation

Below Target

Target

Maximum

Below Target

Target

Maximum

Maximum
with 50%
share price
appreciation

Maximum
with 50%
share price
appreciation

Group Chief Executive Officer

Group Chief Financial Officer

Executive Director – Estate Agency

Notes to the reward scenarios:
1.  The ‘below target’ performance scenario comprises the fixed elements of remuneration only, including:

a.  basic salary is as applicable from 1 January 2021;

   b.  pension is as per the Policy; and

c.  benefits use the value reported for the previous financial year.

2.   The target level of bonus is assumed to be 50% of the maximum bonus opportunity (100% of basic salary), and the on target level of 

LTIP vesting is assumed to be 50% of the face value, assuming a normal grant level (125% of basic salary). These values are included in 
addition to the components of fixed remuneration.

3.   The maximum remuneration assumes full bonus payout (100% of basic salary) and the full face value of the LTIP (125% of basic salary), 

in addition to fixed components of remuneration.

4.   No Share price growth has been factored into the calculations in the Below Target, Target and Maximum calculations.

5.   50% Share price growth over the three year performance period of the LTIP award has been used for the ‘Maximum with 50% share 

price appreciation’ scenario.

6.   The assumptions noted for ‘on target’ performance in the graph above are provided for illustration purposes only.

Approach to recruitment and promotions
The remuneration package for a new Executive Director on appointment will be set in accordance with LSL’s approved Policy at the time 
of appointment and take into account the skills and experience of the individual, the market rate for a candidate with those skills and 
experience and the importance of securing the relevant individual.

102

  
  
Basic salary will be provided at the level required to attract the most appropriate candidate and may be set initially at a below mid-market 
level, on the basis that it may progress towards the mid-market level once skills, expertise and performance have been proven and 
sustained. The annual bonus potential will be limited to 100% of basic salary (with the ability to increase to 125% of basic salary only when 
the policy limit is increased following significant Shareholder consultation). Grants under the LTIP will be limited to 125% of basic salary or 
200% of basic salary in exceptional circumstances. Depending on the timing of the appointment, the Remuneration Committee may deem 
it appropriate to set different annual bonus performance metrics to the existing Executive Directors for the first performance year after 
appointment. Further, in exceptional circumstances the Remuneration Committee may offer additional cash and/or share-based elements 
to replace deferred or incentive pay forfeited by an individual leaving a previous employer. It will seek to ensure, where possible, that 
these awards are consistent with any awards forfeited in terms of delivery mechanism, vesting periods, expected value and performance 
conditions.

For an internal candidate appointed as an Executive Director, any variable pay element awarded in respect of the prior role may be allowed 
to pay out according to its terms. In addition, any other ongoing remuneration obligations existing prior to appointment may continue, 
provided they are put to Shareholders for approval at the earliest opportunity.

For both external and internal candidate appointments, the Remuneration Committee may agree that the Group will meet certain relocation 
and/or incidental expenses as appropriate.

In exceptional circumstances, the Remuneration Committee may also agree, on the recruitment of a new Executive Director, a notice period 
in excess of nine months with the intention to reduce this to nine months over a specified period.

Service contracts for Executive Directors
The service contracts for each of the Executive Directors in place at the date of this Report are not fixed term and are terminable by either 
LSL or the Executive Director as detailed below:

Director

David Stewart

Group Chief Executive Officer

Commencement of service contract

Notice period (from Executive Director/LSL)

1 May 2020

Nine months

Adam Castleton

2 November 2015

Nine months

Group Chief Financial Officer

Helen Buck

2 February 2017

Nine months

Executive Director – Estate Agency

At the Remuneration Committee’s recommendation and at the Board’s discretion, an Executive Director’s service contract can be 
terminated early by payment of basic salary and benefits in lieu of the required notice period. A summary of the main contractual terms 
surrounding termination is set out below:

Provision

Notice period

Detailed Terms

Nine months.

Termination payment

Payment in lieu of notice, based on basic salary, fixed benefits and pension.

Remuneration entitlements

A bonus may be payable (pro-rated where relevant) and outstanding Share awards may vest (see 
below).

Change of control

No Executive Director's service contract contains additional provisions in respect of change of 
control.

The Remuneration Committee may pay reasonable outplacement and legal fees where appropriate, and may pay any statutory entitlements 
or settle or compromise claims or potential claims in connection with a termination of employment, where considered in the best interests of 
LSL.

Subject to the performance conditions being met, an annual bonus may be payable with respect to the period of the financial year served, 
although it will be pro-rated for time, based on performance and paid at the normal payment date.

Any share-based entitlements granted to an Executive Director under LSL’s share plans will be determined based on the relevant share plan 
rules. However, in certain prescribed circumstances under the LTIP scheme rules, such as death, injury, disability, redundancy, retirement or 
cessation by reason of the employing company/business ceasing to be a member of the Group, or other circumstances at the discretion of 
the Remuneration Committee, a ‘good leaver’ status may be applied.

103

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewDirectors’ Remuneration Report

LTIP awards for ‘good leavers’ will, except in exceptional circumstances:

• vest at the original vesting date;

• be determined by testing the performance conditions at the usual time;

• be pro-rated for the proportion of the vesting period that has elapsed; and

• be subject to the two year post-vesting holding period, where applicable.

Awards to Executive Directors who are not ‘good leavers’ lapse immediately on cessation.

Subject to Board approval and any conditions stipulated by the Board, Executive Directors may accept appropriate outside commercial Non 
Executive Director appointments, provided that the aggregate commitment is compatible with their duties as an LSL Executive Director.

Non Executive Directors
LSL’s policy is to appoint Non Executive Directors with a breadth of qualifications, skills and experience relevant to LSL’s businesses and 
strategy. The Board makes appointments based on the Nominations Committee’s recommendations and advice. For further details on the 
Nominations Committee’s role and responsibilities, and how it discharges its duties, see the Corporate Governance Report.

Non Executive Directors, including the Chair, have letters of appointment which set out their duties and responsibilities. The Non Executive 
Directors, including the Chair are not eligible to participate in incentive arrangements or receive pension provision. The following table shows 
details of the terms of appointment of LSL’s Non Executive Directors. Further details relating to the Non Executive Directors’ appointments 
can be found in the Corporate Governance Report.

Director

Date Original Term Commenced

Date Current Term Commenced

Expiry Date of Current Term

Gaby Appleton
Independent Non Executive Director

Simon Embley
Chair

Darrell Evans
Independent Non Executive Director

Bill Shannon
Deputy Chair and Senior 
Independent Director

1 September 2019

-

31 August 2022

1 January 2015

1 January 2021

31 December 2023

28 February 2019

-

27 February 2022

7 January 2014

7 January 2020

6 January 2023

As announced on 23 April 2021, Simon Embley has been appointed Chief Executive of Pivotal Growth (a new joint venture between LSL and 
Pollen Street Capital) and will step down from his role as Chair of the LSL Board following the publication of the Group’s 2020 Preliminary 
Results on 28 April 2021. He will stay on the LSL Board as a Non Executive Director. Bill Shannon, will become Chair of the LSL Board 
from 28 April 2021 and as part of the Board changes, Bill will take over as Chair of the Nominations Committee and remain as Chair of the 
Audit & Risk Committee with the intention of being replaced as Chair of this Committee during 2021. Bill will also step down as Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee from 28 April 2021 and Darrell Evans will assume responsibility of Chairing this Committee from that date. As part 
of these changes LSL will also look to appoint a new Senior Independent Director in 2021.

Annual Report on Remuneration

Implementation of the Policy for the year ending 31 December 2021
This section of the Directors’ Remuneration Report sets out how the Policy will be implemented for the financial year ending 31 December 
2021.

Basic salary
2021 basic salary increases for the Executive Directors are in line with the average increase of non-commission earning Group employees 
(1.5%) rounded to the nearest £250. The basic salary levels as at 1 January 2021 for the Executive Directors are set out below:

Director

Role

2021
(£)

% increase from 
1 January 2021

Helen Buck

Executive Director – Estate Agency

313,750

Adam Castleton

Group Chief Financial Officer

David Stewart

Group Chief Executive Officer

307,500

455,750

1.5%

1.5% 

1.5%

2020

(£)

309,000

303,000

449,000

104

Annual bonus for 2021
The Remuneration Committee will operate an annual bonus plan for Executive Directors during 2021 that is broadly similar to that operated 
in 2020. The maximum bonus continues to be capped at 100% of basic salary. There will be a sliding scale of performance targets based 
on LSL’s budgeted Group Underlying Operating Profit (after the payment of bonuses) for 70% of the potential bonus, with the remaining 30% 
of the potential bonus based on challenging non-financial performance measures.

The increased weighting of non-financial measures from 20% to 30% is in line with the Policy and reflects the Committee’s desire to focus 
the Executive Directors on delivering specific strategic objectives in 2021 and the importance of these objectives to the future growth of the 
business.

The non-financial measures for the 2021 bonus scheme will include objectives based on the Executive Directors’ delivery of key strategic 
initiatives in each of LSL’s three business segments: Financial Services, Surveying and Valuation Services, and Estate Agency. Full disclosure 
of these targets will be provided in the 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Report.

The Remuneration Committee is satisfied that the objectives set are challenging and demanding, reflect LSL’s ongoing business 
expectations and have a clear link to LSL’s strategy. The Group Underlying Operating Profit targets require LSL’s performance to be 
significantly better than budget for full payout.

As detailed under the Policy, the Group Chief Executive Officer is required to purchase Shares equivalent to 33% of any 2021 bonus earned, 
net of tax, and hold them for two years. The other Executive Directors are required to purchase Shares equivalent to 25% of any 2021 bonus 
earned, net of tax, and hold them for two years.

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) 2021 awards
After careful consideration, the Remuneration Committee has chosen to proceed with the 2021 LTIP grant in line with its usual grant cycle 
and therefore intends to grant awards in early May 2021. The Remuneration Committee has also carefully considered the Company’s share 
price movement and, due to the share price now being at broadly comparable levels to the average share price in 2019, has chosen not to 
scale back the 2021 LTIP awards. The Committee therefore intends to proceed with an award of 125% for each of the Executive Directors, in 
line with its Policy.

The Remuneration Committee has also considered carefully the appropriate performance metrics to apply to the 2021 LTIP awards. As a 
result of the continued difficulties in forecasting medium to long term trading conditions, the Committee has chosen to maintain the adjusted 
performance metrics of 50% based on EPS and 50% on TSR, in line with the 2020 LTIP grant. Furthermore, the awards to the Executive 
Directors are subject to a two year post-vesting holding period, which would also apply post-cessation of employment. The Remuneration 
Committee can adjust the outcomes, if vesting levels do not reflect the underlying financial performance of the Company.

The TSR peer group for the 2021 LTIP awards will continue to be the FTSE Small Cap index, excluding investment trusts. The Committee 
has concluded that as a constituent of this index, LSL’s relative performance against it continues to provide an appropriate measure of 
performance for future awards and alignment with Shareholders. Payment under this element of the LTIP award will only begin for median 
performance and above, with maximum payment under this element only being payable for upper quartile performance and above against 
the index, over the three year period of the awards.

The EPS range for the LTIP award will be confirmed at the time the awards are granted via an RNS announcement and will be published 
in full in the 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Report. The Remuneration Committee’s aim is to set an EPS target range that is realistic and 
achievable for threshold vesting, whilst providing stretching targets for maximum vesting that significantly exceed analysts’ expectations. 
The Remuneration Committee will review and set the EPS growth range as close as possible to the grant date, in order to best assess the 
prevailing market conditions at the time, particularly in light of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

Benefits
Taxable benefits for the Executive Directors will continue to include a car allowance, life assurance and private medical insurance. Benefits in 
kind are not pensionable and are not taken into account when determining basic salary for performance related remuneration.

Pension
All LSL’s Executive Directors are paid an employer pension contribution in line with or below that received by the majority of LSL’s wider 
workforce. Adam Castleton, Group Chief Financial Officer, chooses to participate in LSL’s auto enrolment pension scheme and receives 3% 
of banded earnings as a pension contribution from the Company. Helen Buck, Executive Director – Estate Agency, has elected not to join 
the pension scheme and receives no additional compensation in lieu of this. David Stewart, Group Chief Executive Officer, receives 3% of 
banded earnings in lieu of any employer pension contributions.

105

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewDirectors’ Remuneration Report

Non Executive Directors
2021 basic fee increases for the Non Executive Directors are in line with the average increase of non-commission earning Group employees 
(1.5%), rounded to the nearest £250. The annual fees for the Non Executive Directors are as follows:

Director

Note

2021 (£)

% increase 
from 1 January 
2021

2020 (£)

Gaby Appleton

Independent Non Executive Director

Simon Embley

Chair

Darrell Evans

Independent Non Executive Director

Bill Shannon

Deputy Chair and Senior Independent Director

1

2

3

44,750

1.7%

44,000

139,500

1.5%

137,500

46,750

1.6%

46,000

79,250

1.6%

78,000

Notes to summary of 2021 fees for the Non Executive Directors:
1.   Gaby Appleton’s fee is paid for her role as a Non Executive Director.

2.   Darrell Evans’ fee is paid for his role as a Non Executive Director (£44,750) and his additional responsibility as designated Non Executive 

Director in relation to workforce engagement (£2,000).

3.   Bill Shannon’s fee is paid for his role as a Non Executive Director (£44,750) and his additional responsibilities as Deputy Chair and Senior 
Independent Director (£22,500), Chair of the Audit Committee (£6,000) and Chair of the Remuneration Committee (£6,000). Bill was also 
Chair of the Nominations Committee until 30 April 2020. However, he ceased to perform the role from this date and was appointed as 
Chair of the Audit Committee from 1 May 2020. As the fee for Chair of both Committees is the same Bill’s fee was not changed during 
2020.

4.   The fees for Simon Embley, Darrell Evans and Bill Shannon will be reviewed and adjusted accordingly following Simon stepping down 
from his role as Chair of the LSL Board and becoming a Non Executive Director, Bill Shannon being appointed as Chair of the LSL 
Board and Darrell Evans assuming responsibility of Chair of Remuneration Committee from 28 April 2021. Their fees for 2021 will be 
stated in full in the 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Report.

106

Directors’ remuneration payable in 2020 - audited information

Directors’ remuneration
The remuneration of the Directors for 2020 was as follows:

 Notes

Year

Basic salary 
or fees7
£

Benefits8
£

Pension 
contributions9
£ 

Sub total – 
fixed pay
£

Annual 
bonus11
£

Share 
awards12
£

Sub total – 
variable pay
£ 

Grand total
£

Chairman

Simon Embley

Executive Directors

Helen Buck

Adam Castleton

Ian Crabb

David Stewart

Independent 
Non Executive Directors

Gaby Appleton

Kumsal Bayazit Besson

Darrell Evans

Bill Shannon

David Stewart

1

2

3

4

5

6

3

2020

2019

137,500

158,500

137,500

158,500

137,500

158,500

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

309,000

16,123

309,000

16,324

325,123

0

35,810 

35,810

360,933

325,324

188,235

188,235

513,559

303,000

16,423

1,314

320,737

0

35,103 

35,103

355,840

303,000

16,703

366

320,069

193,014

193,014

513,083

149,667

5,000

6,547

161,214

0

0

161,214

449,000

15,000

19,641

483,641

277,038

277,038

760,679

299,333

10,833

766

310,932

0

0

310,932

44,000

14,667

14,667

46,000

38,500

78,000

78,000

16,667

50,000

44,000

14,667

14,667

46,000

38,500

78,000

78,000

16,667

50,000

44,000 

14,667

14,667

46,000

38,500

78,000

78,000

16,667

50,000

Total

2020 1,383,167

48,380

8,626 1,440,173

0

70,913

1,511,086

2019 1,415,334

48,027

20,007 1,483,368

658,287

658,287

2,141,655

Notes to Directors’ Remuneration table:
1.   Simon Embley’s 2019 fee included £21,000 in relation to one-off consultancy services provided to the LSL Group in 2019, in addition to 

his responsibilities as Board Chair.

2.   Ian Crabb stepped down from the Board on 30 April 2020 and his remuneration as an Executive Director for the period 1 January 2020 
to 30 April 2020 is shown in the table above. Ian Crabb continued to receive remuneration during his nine month notice period, which 
expired on 31 January 2021. This additional remuneration is detailed under payments for loss of office later in the report.

3.   David Stewart was appointed as Group Chief Executive Officer on 1 May 2020. His remuneration for this role is shown in the Executive 

Directors section of the table. Prior to 1 May 2020, David was an independent Non Executive Director and his remuneration with respect 
to this role is shown in the Non Executive Directors section of the table.

4.   Gaby Appleton was appointed to the Board on 1 September 2019.

5.   Kumsal Bayazit Besson retired from the Board on 30 April 2019.

6.   Darrell Evans was appointed to the Board on 28 February 2019.

7. 

 Basic salaries and fees do not include the 33.3% voluntary reduction in fees and salaries, as this was subsequently repaid by the 
Company to all Directors in January 2021.

8.   Benefits comprise private medical cover and company car or car allowance.

107

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report

9.   Ian Crabb received a 5% of basic salary pension contribution, paid partly as a cash allowance to the extent he had reached his annual 

pension allowance. David Stewart receives 3% of banded earnings in lieu of pension. Adam Castleton elected to join the auto enrolment 
pension scheme in September 2019 and receives 3% of banded earnings as an employer contribution from that date.

11.  The Remuneration Committee chose not to award any bonuses to Executive Directors in 2020. LSL’s performance in 2019 resulted in 

the Executive Directors earning an annual bonus of between 60.9% and 63.7% of their basic salaries.

12.  The Adjusted EPS and TSR performance conditions for the 2017 LTIP were not met and the awards did not vest. Whilst the EPS 
performance conditions for the 2018 LTIP award were not met, the TSR performance conditions were partially met and therefore 
resulted in a partial (9.03%) vesting of award for Helen Buck and Adam Castleton. The expected value of vesting has been calculated 
using LSL’s closing share price over the last three months of the financial year to 31 December 2020 (228.7 pence). £3,006 and £2,924 
of this amount is attributable to share price appreciation for Helen Buck and Adam Castleton respectively. These figures will be restated 
in the 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Report to reflect the actual share price at vesting.

Annual bonus

Annual bonus payments 2020 – audited information
Set out in the table below is a summary of the bonus targets which were set at the beginning of the year, and performance for 2020:

Group Underlying Operating Profit

Estate Agency Underlying Operating Profit

Financial 
performance 
measures 

Total amount 
payable under 
formulaic 
calculation 
of financial 
element, as % 
of basic salary

Director

Weighting

Threshold

Maximum Achievement Weighting

Threshold Maximum Achievement

Helen 
Buck

Adam 
Castleton

David 
Stewart

20%

£35.696m £40.352m

60%

£16.320m £21.120m

£16.730m

41.4%

80%

£35.696m £40.352m

£41.541m

80%

£35.696m £40.352m

Specific to Helen Buck only

80%

80%

As detailed earlier in this Report, despite the financial targets associated with the 2020 bonus scheme being achieved, the Remuneration 
Committee has determined that due to: (a) the level of Government support received by the Group during the year; (b) the full year dividend 
for 2019 and total dividend for 2020 being suspended; and (c) a large number of Group employees being placed onto furlough during the 
year, it was appropriate not to award bonus payments to Executive Directors in respect of 2020.

The total payment of the financial element of the bonus awards, had the Committee not chosen to exercise this discretion, would have been 
41.4% of salary for Helen Buck and 80% of salary for Adam Castleton and David Stewart (pro rata based on his start date in role), as detailed 
in the table above.

The Committee has also not awarded the element of bonus relating to non-financial measures, representing up to a further 20% of salary, as 
detailed below.

108

 
Non-financial measures/strategic goals
At the beginning of the year, the Committee set the financial targets for the annual bonus, as detailed above, but delayed setting the non-
financial measures/strategic goals because the detail of these would depend on the outcome of the Countrywide plc transaction. At the time 
the decision was made to not proceed with the offer in March 2020, the Group’s focus was on responding to the COVID-19 pandemic and 
the period of uncertainty. At this time, it was acknowledged that it was highly unlikely that it would be appropriate to pay a bonus for 2020. 
Taking this into account and the key priorities of the business in light of the pandemic, a decision was taken to not formally set the Executive 
Directors’ non-financial measures for 2020.

Share awards vesting
Details of LTIP awards vesting in relation to the year ended 31 December 2020 are as follows:

2018 LTIP awards (nil cost options)
Based on performance over the three year period to 31 December 2020, the 2018 LTIP awards will vest at 9.03% of maximum on 29 March 
2021. Details of the performance measures, targets and performance are set out in the table below. The TSR performance is measured 
against a peer group comprising 21 companies that operate in similar or related sectors to LSL. For a full list of these companies, please 
refer to the 2018 Annual Report and Accounts.

Executive 
Director

Helen 
Buck
Executive 
Director 
– Estate 
Agency

Adam 
Castleton
Group 
Chief 
Financial 
Officer

Date of grant
(three year 
vesting)

29 March 
2018

Number of 
Shares under 
award

Face value at 
grant date1 
(125% of salary)

173,405

£380,625

29 March 
2018

169,988

£373,125

Earnings per Share 
(EPS) target

TSR target

25% of TSR 
part vesting 
for median 
ranking, 
increasing 
to 100% 
vesting for 
upper quartile 
or above 
ranking

25% of EPS 
part vesting 
for adjusted 
EPS growth 
of 7.5% p.a., 
increasing 
in a straight 
line to 100% 
vesting for 
adjusted EPS 
growth of 
13.0% p.a.

Actual adjusted 
EPS growth 
(70% of the 
award)2

Actual relative 
TSR (30% of the 
award)2

Expected 
vesting % in 
2021

Expected total 
vesting value £3

Between 
median 
and upper 
quartile
0.59% TSR 
against a 
median of 
-3.3% 

4.0% p.a.

9.03%

£35,810

9.03%

£35,103

Notes to 2018 LTIP awards:

1.   Based on the number of Shares granted multiplied by the three day average Share price (219.5 pence) immediately prior to the grant 

date.

2.   Three year performance period ending 31 December 2020.

3.   The expected value of vesting has been calculated using LSL’s average share price over the three months to 31 December 2020 

(228.7 pence). These figures will be restated in the 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Report, to reflect the actual share price at vesting.

109

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
Directors’ Remuneration Report

Share awards granted during 2020
As detailed in the Annual Statement section of this Report, the Committee chose to delay the annual grant of the LTIP awards in 2020 and 
to scale back the normal annual LTIP grant for Executive Directors from 125% of salary to 104% of salary, to reflect the relative fall in LSL’s 
share price during 2020 and to prevent Executives benefiting from windfall gains as a result of this delay. The Remuneration Committee also 
considered carefully the appropriate performance metrics to apply to the awards, and as a result of the difficulty in forecasting medium to 
long term trading conditions, has chosen to adjust the weighting of the performance metrics to be 50% based on EPS and 50% on relative 
TSR.

The TSR performance metric for the 2020 LTIP grant is determined by LSL’s performance against the FTSE Small Cap index, excluding 
investment trusts. Performance will be measured over the three year period from the date of grant.

The Committee also considered carefully the appropriate EPS range for the 2020 LTIP award and elected to set an absolute EPS pence 
range, as detailed in the table below. In setting this range, the Committee considered the Group’s internal forecasts under a range of 
scenarios, the forecast conditions in the housing market and the external market consensus for LSL’s EPS in the coming years. The relatively 
wide range reflects the uncertainty that exists in making forecasts at this time. However, the Committee believes the threshold level of 
vesting provides the Executives with a realistic target, whilst the upper end of this range requires significant outperformance. The Committee 
can adjust the award outcomes if vesting levels do not reflect the Company’s underlying financial performance and can reconsider the EPS 
range should the housing market perform significantly better than assumed in setting this range.

Details of LTIP (nil cost option) awards granted in 2020 are as follows:

Number of 
Shares under 
award

Face value at grant 
date1 (104% of 
basic salary)

152,665

£321,360

Date of grant
(three year vesting)

9 November 
2020

9 November 
2020

149,700

£315,119

9 November 
2020

221,833

£466,958

Executive Director

Helen Buck
Executive 
Director – Estate 
Agency

Adam 
Castleton
Group Chief 
Financial Officer

David Stewart
Group Chief 
Executive Officer

Relative TSR (50% 
of the award) 
against FTSE Small 
Cap, excluding 
investment trusts 

Threshold 
vesting: 
median TSR
maximum 
vesting: 
upper quartile 
TSR
straight line 
vesting in 
between.

Performance period

EPS: financial 
year ending 
31 December 
2022
TSR: three 
years to 
9 November 
2023

Percentage of 
award vesting 
at threshold 
performance 

Maximum 
percentage of 
face value that 
could vest 

Adjusted Basic 
Earnings Per Share 
(EPS) (50% of the 
award)

25%

100%

Threshold 
vesting: 
25.6 pence 
Adjusted 
Basic EPS in 
2022
maximum 
vesting: 
35.1 pence 
Adjusted 
Basic EPS in 
2022
straight line 
vesting in 
between.

Notes to 2020 LTIP awards:
1.  Face value is calculated using the three day average Share price (210.5 pence) prior to the grant date.

2.   The 2020 LTIP awards made to the Executive Directors are subject to a two year post-vesting holding period that would also apply 

post-cessation of employment.

External appointments
David Stewart, Group Chief Executive Officer, is Non Executive Chair of the Enra Group. Otherwise, none of the Executive Directors hold 
non executive directorships of any other companies, other than to represent the Group’s investment interests in other companies.

Payments to past Directors
No payments have been made to past Directors.

Payments for loss of office
On stepping down from the Board on 1 May 2020, Ian Crabb remained an employee of LSL until 30 January 2021, in line with his nine 
month notice period. From 1 May 2020 to 31 December 2020, Ian received his basic salary of £299,333, a car allowance of £10,000 and 
pension contributions totalling £13,094. These values are inclusive of the voluntary salary and benefit reduction for this period, which was 
subsequently repaid to Ian in January 2021 in line with other members of the LSL Board. Ian has not received any payment in lieu of notice 
and was not entitled to receive any bonus payment in respect of 2020.

110

Ian Crabb was entitled to exercise options in relation to 49,228 Shares which had vested under the 2013 LTIP awards and chose to exercise 
this award in January 2021. His 2018 (234,624 Shares) and 2019 (220,098 Shares) LTIP awards lapsed on cessation of his employment in 
January 2021.

Outstanding Share awards
Options granted to Executive Directors and to the Chair (when he was Group Chief Executive Officer) to acquire LSL Shares are as follows:

Director

Award type

Date of grant

Share price 
on grant

Exercise 
price

As at 
1 January 
2020

Awards 
granted 
during year

Awards 
lapsed 
during year

Awards 
exercised 
during year

Awards 
vested 
during year

As at 31 
December 
2020

LTIP

30 March 2017

209.50p

Nil

143,198

1 June 2017

232.75p

215.00p

2,511

29 March 2018

219.50p

Nil

173,405

1 June 2018

249.00p

245.00p

1,469

29 March 2019

255.00p

Nil

151,470

1 June 2019

227.00p

265.00p

2,037

9 November 2020

210.50p

Nil

-

152,665

30 March 2017

209.50p

Nil

140,334

1 June 2017

232.75p

215.00p

2,511

29 March 2018

219.50p

Nil

169,988

1 June 2018

249.00p

245.00p

1,469

29 March 2019

255.00p

Nil

148,529

-

-

-

-

-

9 November 2020

210.50p

Nil

-

149,700

1 June 2010

271.00p

280.00p

83,928

11 June 2010

240.00p

240.00p

12,500

2 April 2012

275.00p

Nil

58,333

-

-

-

9 November 2020

210.50p

Nil

-

221,833

-

-

-

-

-

-

143,198

2,511

-

-

-

-

- 

140,334

2,511

-

-

-

- 

83,928

12,500

-

- 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0

0

173,405

1,469

151,470

2,037

- 

- 

152,655

-

-

-

-

-

0

0

169,988

1,469

148,529

Exercise period

30 March 2020 to 
30 March 2027

1 June 2020 to 
30 November 2020

29 March 2021 to 
29 March 2028 

1 June 2021 to 
30 November 2021

29 March 2022 to 
29 March 2029 

1 June 2022 to 
30 November 2022

9 November 2023 to 
9 November 2030

30 March 2020 to 
30 March 2027

1 June 2020 to 
30 November 2020

29 March 2021 to 
29 March 2028 

1 June 2021 to 
30 November 2021

29 March 2022 to 
29 March 2029 

- 

149,700

9 November 2023 to 
9 November 2030

-

-

-

0

0

58,333 

1 June 2013 to 
1 June 2020

11 June 2013 to 
11 June 2020

2 April 2015 to 
2 April 2022

- 

221,833

9 November 2023 to 
9 November 2030

-

-

-

-

-

- 

-

-

-

- 

SAYE

LTIP

SAYE

LTIP

SAYE

LTIP

LTIP

SAYE

LTIP

SAYE

LTIP

LTIP

JSOP

CSOP

LTIP

LTIP

Helen Buck 
Executive 
Director 
– Estate 
Agency 

Adam 
Castleton 
Group 
Chief 
Financial 
Officer 

Simon 
Embley 
Chair

David 
Stewart 
Group 
Chief 
Executive 
Officer

Notes to outstanding Share awards:

1.   All of the above are scheme interests. Details of long term incentive awards granted in 2020 are presented in a separate paragraph, 

while details of previous outstanding awards are presented in the previous year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report and are included in 
Note 14 to the Group Financial Statements.

2.   The Share mid-market price ranged from 148.0 pence to 342.5 pence and averaged 223.0 pence during 2020. The Share price on 

31 December 2020 was 291.0 pence, compared to 265.0 pence on 2 January 2020.

3.   Simon Embley’s Share awards have been pro-rated to reflect his change of role to Non Executive Chair on 1 January 2015.

4.   Simon Embley’s JSOP award over 83,928 Shares, which was granted to him in 2013 when he was Group Chief Executive Officer, lapsed 
in June 2020. The interest in the Shares was acquired from Simon with a repayment of part of the monies paid by Simon to acquire the 
original interest. This payment totalled £1,678.56 and was repaid in August 2020.

5.   The LTIP awards granted to the Executive Directors in 2018, 2019 and 2020 are subject to the two year post-vesting holding period. This 

two year post-vesting holding period would continue to apply post-cessation of employment.

111

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewDirectors’ Remuneration Report

Directors’ interests in Shares
The interests of the Directors who served on the Board during the year are set out in the table below:

Shareholdings
(Number of Shares)

Share Awards
(Number of Shares) 

Director

31 December 
2020

31 December 
2019

Unvested
number of 
Shares

Vested but 
unexercised 
number of 
Shares

Total
(Number of 
Shares)

Shareholding 
guideline1 

31 December 
2020

(% of basic 
salary)

Executive 
Director 
shareholding2

(% of basic 
salary)

Gaby Appleton
Non Executive Director

Helen Buck3
Executive Director – Estate Agency

Adam Castleton4
Group Chief Financial Officer

Ian Crabb5
Former Group Chief Executive Officer

Simon Embley
Chair

Darrell Evans
Non Executive Director

Bill Shannon
Deputy Chair and Senior 
Independent Director

David Stewart6
Group Chief Executive Officer

-

-

-

3,378

2,145

481,036

4,374

3,139

469,686

-

-

-

-

-

N/A

3,378

150%

3.18%

4,374

150%

4.20%

82,054

81,759

460,739

49,228

131,282

6,777,291

6,777,291

-

-

25,329

25,329

-

-

-

-

-

221,833

-

-

-

154,761

6,932,052

-

-

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

25,329

-

200%

0.00%

Notes on Directors’ interest in Shares:
1.   Under the Policy, Executive Directors are required to build and maintain a shareholding equivalent to 200% of annual basic salary for 
the Group Chief Executive Officer and 150% of annual basic salary for the other Executive Directors, from the implementation date of 
the new policy. The Remuneration Committee recognises that due to the minimal vesting of long term incentive awards in recent years, 
there have been limited opportunities for Executive Directors to accumulate LSL Shares. The Committee is keen to increase Share 
ownership amongst the Executive Directors. Therefore under the Policy, the Group Chief Executive Officer will be required to purchase 
LSL Shares equivalent to 33% of any bonus earned from 2020 onwards, net of tax, and retain them for a minimum of two years or until 
the shareholding requirement is met. The other Executive Directors will be required to purchase LSL Shares equivalent to 25% of any 
bonus earned from 2020 onwards, net of tax, and retain them for a minimum of two years or until the shareholding requirement is met. 
Furthermore, all Executive Directors are expected to retain all vested long term incentive awards (subject to any sales necessary to meet 
tax liability on vesting or exercise) until the guideline is met.

2.   The shareholdings are calculated based on Shares owned and vested but unexercised awards, net of tax, as at 31 December 2020. 
Based on the Share price at 31 December 2020 of 291.0 pence per Share and the Executive Director’s basic salary at 31 December 
2020.

3.   Helen Buck was appointed as Executive Director – Estate Agency on 2 February 2017 and she has purchased Shares as a participant in 
LSL’s SIP/BAYE since 4 July 2017. Helen was also awarded 228 free Shares as part of LSL’s free share grant to all employees in October 
2020 and these form part of Helen’s SIP/BAYE shareholding.

4.   Adam Castleton was appointed to the Board on 2 November 2015 and he has purchased Shares as a participant in LSL’s SIP/BAYE 
since 1 June 2016. Adam was also awarded 228 free Shares as part of LSL’s free share grant to all employees in October 2020 and 
these form part of Adam’s SIP/BAYE shareholding.

5.   Ian Crabb’s entry indicates the number of Shares and share awards held on 1 May 2020 upon stepping down from the Board, rather 

than shareholding at 31 December 2020.

6.   David Stewart was not awarded free Shares as part of LSL’s free share grant, as he was not an employee of the Group on 31 March 

2020, the chosen date for determining employees’ eligibility for this award.

All of the interests detailed above are beneficial. Apart from the interests disclosed above, no Directors held interests at any time in the 
year in the Share capital of any other LSL company.

112

 
 
There have been no changes in the interests of any Director between 31 December 2020 and the date of this Report, other than the 
purchases of Shares by Adam Castleton (258 Shares) and Helen Buck (260 Shares) as participants of LSL’s SIP/BAYE scheme. These 
Shares were purchased by the Trust at the prevailing market rate.

No Director has, or has had, any direct or indirect interest in any transaction, contract or arrangement (excluding service agreements), which 
is or was unusual in its nature or conditions, or significant to the Group’s business, during the current or immediately preceding financial 
year.

Performance graph and table
The following graph shows the value, up to 31 December 2020, of £100 invested in LSL compared with the value of £100 invested in both 
the FTSE Small Cap (excluding investment trusts) Index and the FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts) Index on 31 December 2010. The 
FTSE 250 Index has been chosen for consistency with prior years and the FTSE Small Cap Index because LSL is a constituent of the FTSE 
Small Cap Index.

(cid:31)(cid:30)(cid:29)(cid:28)(cid:27)(cid:26)(cid:25)(cid:24)(cid:28)(cid:23)(cid:22)(cid:24)(cid:30)(cid:27)(cid:21)(cid:22)(cid:23)(cid:26)(cid:20)(cid:22)(cid:29)(cid:19)(cid:23)(cid:18)

(cid:11)
(cid:12)
(cid:13)
(cid:26)
(cid:24)
(cid:14)
(cid:16)
(cid:17)

(cid:15)

(cid:27)(cid:31)(cid:31)

(cid:28)(cid:30)(cid:31)

(cid:28)(cid:31)(cid:31)

(cid:29)(cid:30)(cid:31)

(cid:29)(cid:31)(cid:31)

(cid:30)(cid:31)

(cid:31)

(cid:27)(cid:29)(cid:26)(cid:25)(cid:24)(cid:23)(cid:26)(cid:28)(cid:31)(cid:29)(cid:31) (cid:27)(cid:29)(cid:26)(cid:25)(cid:24)(cid:23)(cid:26)(cid:28)(cid:31)(cid:29)(cid:29) (cid:27)(cid:29)(cid:26)(cid:25)(cid:24)(cid:23)(cid:26)(cid:28)(cid:31)(cid:29)(cid:28) (cid:27)(cid:29)(cid:26)(cid:25)(cid:24)(cid:23)(cid:26)(cid:28)(cid:31)(cid:29)(cid:27) (cid:27)(cid:29)(cid:26)(cid:25)(cid:24)(cid:23)(cid:26)(cid:28)(cid:31)(cid:29)(cid:22) (cid:27)(cid:29)(cid:26)(cid:25)(cid:24)(cid:23)(cid:26)(cid:28)(cid:31)(cid:29)(cid:30) (cid:27)(cid:29)(cid:26)(cid:25)(cid:24)(cid:23)(cid:26)(cid:28)(cid:31)(cid:29)(cid:21) (cid:27)(cid:29)(cid:26)(cid:25)(cid:24)(cid:23)(cid:26)(cid:28)(cid:31)(cid:29)(cid:20) (cid:27)(cid:29)(cid:26)(cid:25)(cid:24)(cid:23)(cid:26)(cid:28)(cid:31)(cid:29)(cid:19) (cid:27)(cid:29)(cid:26)(cid:25)(cid:24)(cid:23)(cid:26)(cid:28)(cid:31)(cid:29)(cid:18) (cid:27)(cid:29)(cid:26)(cid:25)(cid:24)(cid:23)(cid:26)(cid:28)(cid:31)(cid:28)(cid:31)

(cid:10)(cid:9)(cid:10)(cid:26)(cid:8)(cid:7)(cid:6)(cid:5)(cid:24)(cid:7)(cid:4)(cid:3)(cid:26)(cid:9)(cid:24)(cid:7)(cid:2)(cid:1)(cid:23)(cid:24)(cid:127)

(cid:129)(cid:141)(cid:9)(cid:143)(cid:26)(cid:28)(cid:30)(cid:31)(cid:26)(cid:144)(cid:157) (cid:24) (cid:26)(cid:13)(cid:24) (cid:23)(cid:15)(cid:14) (cid:1)(cid:157)€(cid:26)(cid:1)(cid:157)(cid:2)(cid:24)(cid:127)(cid:4)‚(cid:24)(cid:157)(cid:4)(cid:26)(cid:4)(cid:7)(cid:14)(cid:127)(cid:4)(cid:127)(cid:11)

(cid:129)(cid:141)(cid:9)(cid:143)(cid:26)(cid:9)‚(cid:16)(cid:15)(cid:15)(cid:26)ƒ(cid:16)(cid:5)(cid:26)(cid:144)(cid:157) (cid:24) (cid:26)(cid:13)(cid:24) (cid:23)(cid:15)(cid:14) (cid:1)(cid:157)€(cid:26)(cid:1)(cid:157)(cid:2)(cid:24)(cid:127)(cid:4)‚(cid:24)(cid:157)(cid:4)(cid:26)(cid:4)(cid:7)(cid:14)(cid:127)(cid:4)(cid:127)(cid:11)

113

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewDirectors’ Remuneration Report

Group Chief Executive Officer’s total remuneration
The total remuneration figures for the role of Group Chief Executive Officer during each of the last ten financial years are shown in the table 
below. The total remuneration figure includes the annual bonus based on that year’s performance and Share awards based on three year 
performance periods ending in or just after the relevant year. The annual bonus payout and Share vesting level as a percentage of the 
maximum opportunity are also shown for each of these years.

Simon Embley 
(to 9 September 2013)

Ian Crabb (from 9 September 2013 to 1 May 2020)

Year ending in

David 
Stewart 
(from 
1 May 
2020)

2011

2012

2013

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2020

Total 

£308,747 £525,018 £500,8621

£119,5221 £571,500

£852,869 £499,000 £835,120

£774,629

£760,679

161,2142

310,9322

remuneration

Annual bonus 

9.6%

LTIP vesting 

N/A

60%

55%

91.7%

0%

N/A

N/A

54%

N/A

93.3%

16%

66.81%

0%

97%

0%

79.8%

61.7%

0%

0%

0%

N/A

0%

N/A

Notes to Group Chief Executive Officer’s total remuneration:
1.   The total remuneration disclosed for 2013 is Simon Embley’s total remuneration as Group Chief Executive Officer up to 9 September 
2013, when he changed role to Deputy Chair, and Ian Crabb’s total remuneration from 9 September 2013, when he was appointed 
Group Chief Executive Officer, to 31 December 2013.

2.   The 2018 LTIP vested at 9.03% of maximum. However, the Group Chief Executive Officer’s award lapsed on his leaving the business.
3.   The total remuneration disclosed for 2020 is Ian Crabb’s total remuneration as Group Chief Executive Officer up to 30 April 2020, when 

he ceased to be Group Chief Executive Officer, and for David Stewart from 1 May 2020 to 31 December 2020.

Percentage change in Directors’ remuneration
In line with the requirements of the Revised Shareholders Rights Directive (2018 Regulations), the table below shows the annual percentage 
change in salary/fees, benefits and bonus for each of the current LSL Directors, compared to the average for the wider LSL workforce over 
the last three financial years.

% change in salary 
/ fees

2020 vs 2019

% change in taxable 
benefits (excluding 
pension)

% change in bonus 
(includes commission)

% change in salary 
/ fees

2019 vs 2018

% change in taxable 
benefits (excluding 
pension)

% change in bonus 
(includes commission)

Director

Chair

Simon Embley1

-13.2

Executive Directors2

Helen Buck

Adam Castleton

David Stewart3

Non Executive Directors

Gaby Appleton4

Darrell Evans4

Bill Shannon

David Stewart3

All employees

0.0

0.0

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0

0.0

0.0

-1.2

-1.7

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0

0.0

Median of LSL workforce5

2.1

67.8

0.0

19.6

-100.0

-100.0

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

5.2

1.5

1.5

N/A

N/A

N/A

7.3

7.1

4.8

0.0

-1.2

-0.3

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0

0.0

N/A

0.0

36.8

-17.8

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

30.0

Notes on percentage change in Directors’ remuneration:
1.   Simon Embley’s fee in 2019 included £21,000 in relation to one-off consultancy services provided to the Group, in addition to his fee as 
Non Executive Chair. His total fees reduced in 2020, as his Chair fee did not increase and he did not undertake any paid consultancy 
work for the Group.

2.   No bonus payments were made to Executive Directors for 2020, as detailed in the annual bonus section of the report on page 108.

114

3.   David Stewart was appointed as Group Chief Executive Officer on 1 May 2020. Prior to this date, David served as a Non Executive 
Director on the Board. As David was not an Executive Director prior to 2020, a percentage change figure has not been provided.

4.   Gaby Appleton and Darrell Evans were appointed to the Board part way through 2019 and therefore a percentage change from the prior 

year is not meaningful.

5.   The median Full Time Equivalent pay of all employees in the LSL Group and still in employment as at 31 December which year has been 
provided as an appropriate comparator. The total number of employees in this Group as at 31 December 2020 was 4,361. This excludes 
employees who joined the business during December 2020 but received their first pay in January 2021. The increase in average 
earnings of the LSL workforce in 2020 is largely attributable to the majority of the LSL workforce being commission based rather than 
bonus based, with the former continuing to be paid during 2020 based on individual performances and sales targets being achieved. 
Increases in average basic salaries amongst the wider workforce have been driven by changes in the workforce demographics and 
increases in national minimum wages at the most junior levels. The relatively high percentage change figure for employee benefits in 
2020 reflects an increase in the median from a relatively low absolute number in 2019 and an increase in employees selecting a flexible 
benefit as part of the reward package.

Group Chief Executive Officer to Employee Pay Ratio (The Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018)
The table below discloses the ratio between the Group Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration and the wider LSL workforce in 2020, 2019 
and 2018.

Financial year

Method

25th percentile

Median pay

75th percentile

2018

2019

2020

Option A

Option A

Option A

pay ratio

40.5 : 1

38.1 : 1

23.4 : 1

ratio1

27.9 : 1

26.1 : 1

15.8 : 1

pay ratio

16.2 : 1

14.9 : 1

9.1 : 1

The 2020 employee data used to calculate the ratios is set out in the table below:

Total pay and benefits of employees

Basic salary of employees

25th percentile

Median 

75th percentile

£20,176

£16,782

£29,789

£22,090

£52,103

£33,660

Notes on percentage change in Group Chief Executive Officer to Employee Pay Ratio:
1.   The Group Chief Executive Officer data used in calculating these ratios is the combined single figure total payable to Ian Crabb and 
David Stewart for their respective periods served as Group Chief Executive Officer during 2020 and totals £472,146, as stated on 
page 107.

LSL has chosen Option A (which compares the Company’s full time equivalent total remuneration for all UK employees against the 
Group Chief Executive Officer) as the most appropriate methodology to report the ratios, in line with the recommendation from the UK 
Government’s Department for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy, and a number of Shareholder representative and proxy-voting 
bodies.

The ratio above includes all UK-based employees who were employed in any part of the LSL Group as at 31 December 2020. The 
employee remuneration data includes the full time equivalent data in respect of basic pay, bonus, commission, taxable benefits, share-
based remuneration and pension benefits, so as to provide a comparable figure to the Group Chief Executive Officer’s single figure total 
remuneration.

In calculating the bonus and commission elements for employees, LSL has used the bonus and commission paid to employees during 
2020. In some instances, employees receive bonus or commission payments in arrears. However, due to a number of these elements 
(for example year end annual bonuses) not being finalised at the time of writing, this Report was written with these elements not being 
reapportioned to the relevant financial year. In line with the legislation, LSL discloses this variation in methodology. However, it considers that 
this approach provides a broadly similar outcome to the result if 2020 year end bonuses had been included.

As at 31 December 2020, LSL employed over 4,300 people in a wide variety of roles. The reward policies and practices for employees 
follow those set for the Executive Directors, as detailed on page 95 of this Report. The Remuneration Committee also has responsibility for 
setting the remuneration of the senior management teams within the LSL Group and reviews and monitors the Group’s wider remuneration 
policies and practices.

The Remuneration Committee notes the reduction in the ratio from 2019 and attributes this to the reduction in the Group Chief Executive 
Officer’s earnings, as he received no bonus payment this year, as well as the slight increase in the average earnings of the wider workforce. 
The higher average earnings of the LSL workforce is largely attributable to the majority of the LSL workforce being commission based rather 
than bonus based, with the former continuing to be paid during 2020 based on individual performance and sales targets being achieved. 

115

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewDirectors’ Remuneration Report

Increases in average basic salaries amongst the wider workforce have been driven by changes in the workforce demographics and 
increases in national minimum wages at the most junior levels. The Remuneration Committee believes the remuneration and ratio presented 
above is representative of the Group Chief Executive Officer’s responsibilities and contribution to the Group.

Relative importance of spend on pay
The following table shows LSL’s actual spend on pay for all employees, relative to dividends paid and profit earned:

Staff costs 1 

Dividends (excluding any special dividend) 

Profit after tax 

Adjusted profit after tax 2

1.  See Note 14 to the Group Financial Statements for calculation of staff costs
2.  See Note 11 to the Group Financial Statements

2020 
(£m)

162.5

-

16.5

32.8

2019 
(£m)

194.4

4.1

13.0

28.7

Change 
(%)

(16.4)

(100.0)

26.9

14.3

Statement of Shareholder voting
The Directors’ Annual Statement and Report on Remuneration for 2019 and the new Directors’ Remuneration Policy were presented to 
Shareholders at the 2020 AGM on 30 June 2020. The voting outcomes were as follows:

Votes cast in favour

Votes cast against

Total votes cast

Total votes withheld

Remuneration Committee

Annual Statement and Annual 
Report on Remuneration

Directors’ Remuneration Policy

80,981,903

97.90%

80,357,149

97.14%

1,737,813

2.10%

2,362,567

2.86%

82,719,716

100%

82,719,716

100%

2,000

-

2,000

-

Role and membership
Details of the Remuneration Committee’s composition and responsibilities are set out in the Corporate Governance Report on page 75 of 
this Report. During 2020, the Remuneration Committee was chaired by Bill Shannon and its other members were Gaby Appleton, Darrell 
Evans and David Stewart (until 1 May 2020). David Stewart stepped down from the Remuneration Committee on his appointment as Group 
Chief Executive Officer on 1 May 2020. David Stewart had no involvement in approving the remuneration for his appointment. The terms of 
reference of the Committee are available from the Company Secretary or LSL’s website (lslps.co.uk).

The work of the Remuneration Committee
Set out below are those areas of the Committee’s work that it is required to report under the Code and reporting regulation and which are 
not covered elsewhere in this Remuneration Report.

Engagement with stakeholders
During 2020, LSL engaged with Shareholders regarding the proposed new Remuneration Policy that was brought forward at the 2020 
AGM. This process involved correspondence with all of LSL’s largest Shareholders and a series of calls were undertaken to discuss the 
changes that were being proposed. Shareholder support for the Remuneration Policy at the 2020 AGM exceeded 97% and there were no 
material concerns for the Committee to consider from the AGM voting outcomes.

As set out in the Employee Engagement Arrangements and Corporate Governance sections of this Report, the Company has a number of 
different channels for engaging with its workforce. This includes through the designated Non Executive Director for workforce engagement, 
Darrell Evans, who is also a member of the Remuneration Committee and provides a route for the Remuneration Committee to engage with 
the wider workforce on remuneration matters.

116

 
Policy and operation of the Policy
In determining the Policy and its operation, the Remuneration Committee has considered the following six factors which are referred to in the 
Code:

•    Clarity – the Policy is well understood by LSL’s Management Team and has been clearly articulated to Shareholders through direct 
engagement and remuneration reporting. A key responsibility of the Group HR Director and the designated workforce engagement 
Non Executive Director is to engage with the wider employee base on all our “People Matters” (including remuneration). This 
engagement is conducted through a series of employee engagement forums and also via LSL’s staff survey, the results of which 
are reviewed annually by the Board.

•    Simplicity – the Remuneration Committee is mindful of the need to avoid overly complex remuneration structures. The 

Remuneration Committee’s focus is to ensure that the Policy and practices are simple and straightforward and that the objectives 
and deliverables are clear. LSL only operates two incentive plans, an annual bonus and long term incentive. Targets are based on 
business KPIs and measure performance against them, tracking and rewarding progress toward achieving LSL’s strategies and 
longer term sustainable growth.

•    Risk – the Policy is designed to ensure that reputational, behavioural and other risks are managed and will not be rewarded via 
(i) a balanced use of fixed and variable pay, with both short and long term incentive plans which employ a blend of financial, 
non-financial and shareholder return targets, (ii) the significant role played by equity in the incentive plans (together with executive 
shareholding guidelines in service and the post-service policy) and (iii) the inclusion of malus/clawback provisions.

•    Predictability – LSL’s incentive plans are subject to individual caps, with Share plans also subject to market standard dilution 

limits. The scenario charts on page 102 illustrate how the rewards potentially receivable by the Executive Directors vary based 
on performance delivered and share price growth. The Remuneration Committee also has the discretion to adjust any vesting 
outcomes if they are not considered appropriate.

•    Proportionality – there is a clear link between individual awards, delivery of strategy and our long term performance. In addition, the 
significant role played by incentive/ʻat-risk’ pay, together with the structure of the Executive Directors’ service contracts, ensures 
that poor performance is not rewarded.

•    Alignment to culture – the incentive schemes drive behaviours consistent with LSL’s purpose, values and strategy by using metrics 
in both the annual bonus and LTIP that underpin the delivery of LSL’s strategies. Employee personal success is directly linked to the 
success of the Group’s clients and business, through the short and long term incentive plans and targets which are operated. 

Determining Executive Director remuneration
The Remuneration Committee considers the appropriateness of the Executive Directors’ remuneration in the context of:

•    overall business performance;

•    environmental, governance and social matters;

•    wider workforce pay conditions, taking into account workforce policies and practices, as well as the ratio of Group Chief Executive 

Officer pay to all employee pay; and

•    external market data.

This ensures the Executive Directors’ remuneration is fair and appropriate for the role, the experience of the individual, their responsibilities 
and the performance delivered.

In addition, the Remuneration Committee has concluded that in reviewing 2020, it is comfortable that there was an appropriate link between 
reward and performance. The Remuneration Committee also considered whether there were any relevant environmental, social, and 
governance matters that it needed to take account of when reviewing the remuneration outcomes and concluded that there are no such 
factors needed to be taken into account.

The Remuneration Committee also concluded that it is comfortable that the Policy operated as intended in 2020 and that no changes to the 
Policy are needed as a result.

117

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewDirectors’ Remuneration Report

Remuneration Committee advisers
The Remuneration Committee took independent advice during the year from Korn Ferry on matters relating to Executive Director and 
senior manager remuneration. No other services are provided to the Group by Korn Ferry. Korn Ferry was selected and appointed by the 
Remuneration Committee and provided advice to the Remuneration Committee in relation to the assessment of TSR performance for 
the LTIP, benchmarking of the senior roles, advice in relation to the 2020 LTIP awards and the disclosures required in the Annual Report 
and Accounts. Its fees for 2020, which are based on an hourly rate, were £11,521 (ex VAT). Korn Ferry is a signatory to the Remuneration 
Consultants’ Code of Conduct and has confirmed to the Remuneration Committee that it adheres in all respects to the terms of this code. 
The Remuneration Committee considers its advice to be independent and objective.

The Directors’ Remuneration Report is approved by and signed on behalf of the Board of Directors

Bill Shannon 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
27 April 2021

118

Financial Statements

In this section
120   Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members 

of LSL Property Services plc

132   Group Income Statement
133   Group Statement of Comprehensive Income
134   Group Balance Sheet
135   Group Statement of Cash-Flows
136   Group Statement of Changes in Equity
137   Notes to the Group Financial Statements
189   Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in 

Respect to the Parent Company
190   Parent Company Balance Sheet
191   Parent Company Statement of Cash-Flows
192   Parent Company Statement of Changes in 

Equity

193   Notes to the Parent Company Financial 

Statements

119

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewIndependent Auditor’s Report

for the year ended 31 December 2020

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF LSL PROPERTY SERVICES PLC

Opinion
In our opinion:

• LSL Property Services plc’s group financial statements and parent company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true 

and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2020 and of the group’s profit for the year 
then ended;

• the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards in conformity with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and International Financial Reporting Standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) 
No.1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union;

• the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards in 

conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applied in accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006; and

• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

We have audited the financial statements of LSL Property Services plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for the year 
ended 31 December 2020 which comprise:

Group

Parent company

Group Income Statement for the year ended 31 December 2020

Parent Company Balance Sheet as at 31 December 2020

Group Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year ended 
31 December 2020 

Parent Company Statement of Cash-Flows for the year ended 
31 December 2020

Group Balance Sheet as at 31 December 2020

Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity for the year 
ended 31 December 2020 

Group Statement of Cash-Flows for the year ended 
31 December 2020

Related notes 1 to 19 to the financial statements including a 
summary of significant accounting policies

Group Statement of Changes in Equity for the year ended 
31 December 2020

Related notes 1 to 37 to the financial statements, including a 
summary of significant accounting policies

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and International Accounting Standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards to the group financial statements, International Financial 
Reporting Standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union and as regards the parent 
company financial statements, as applied in accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. 
We are independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the 
UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to going concern 
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation 
of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group and parent company’s ability to continue 
to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included the following procedures:

120120

How we evaluated management’s assessment 
• We obtained management’s going concern assessment, including the cash forecast and covenant calculations for the going concern 

period through to 30 April 2022 and tested these for arithmetical accuracy. Management has modelled a reasonable worst-case scenario 
in its cash forecasts and covenant calculations in order to incorporate unexpected changes to the forecasted liquidity of the group.

• We obtained agreements for the Revolving Credit Facility (‘RCF’) and reviewed the nature of the facility, repayment terms, covenants and 
attached conditions. We assessed its continued availability to the group through the going concern period and checked completeness of 
covenants identified by management.

• We challenged the appropriateness of the key assumptions in management’s forecasts including revenue growth, by comparing these to 

year to date performance, industry benchmarks and through consideration of historical forecasting accuracy.

• We challenged management’s assessment of a reasonable worst-case scenario, including comparing this to the impact of the restrictions 

related to the COVID-19 pandemic during periods of lockdown and performing further downside analysis.

• We performed reverse stress testing in order to identify and understand what factors and how severe the downside scenarios would have 
to be to result in the group utilising all liquidity or breaching the financial covenants during the going concern period. The reverse stress 
testing shows that before mitigation, EBITDA would have to fall in excess of an independently calculated worst case scenario before any 
covenant breach or liquidity shortfall. 

• We considered the quantum and timing of mitigating factors included in the cash forecasts and covenant calculations and whether these 
are within the control of the group. The most significant mitigating factor is the suspension of dividend payments which is not reflected in 
the cash forecasts and covenant calculations described above. 

• We assessed the plausibility of management’s downside scenarios by corroborating to third party data for indicators of contradictory 

evidence.

• We reviewed the group’s going concern disclosures included in the annual report in order to assess whether the disclosures were 

appropriate and in conformity with the reporting standards. 

Our key observations 
• The group has net bank debt of £1.6m as at 31 December 2020 and total borrowings of £13.6m. There is significant available liquidity via 
the RCF to enable the group to continue to meet its liabilities as they fall due through the going concern period. This facility was renewed 
in February 2021, with a maturity date of May 2024 and has a facility limit of £90m plus a £30m accordion.

• The group initially experienced high levels of disruption in Q2 2020 as a result of COVID-19. The estate agency business was forced to 

close temporarily during the nationwide lockdown in Q2 2020 and the business also utilised the furlough scheme. However, these short-
term impacts were reduced through the second half of 2020 and the group has returned to pre-COVID-19 performance. 

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually 
or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group and parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of twelve 
months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue. 

In relation to the group and parent company’s reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing 
material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered 
it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this 
report. However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern.

121121

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewIndependent Auditor’s Report continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

Overview of our audit approach 

Audit scope

• We performed an audit of the complete financial information of eight components and audit procedures 

on specific balances for a further three components.

• The components where we performed full or specific audit procedures accounted for 90% of profit 

before tax excluding exceptional costs, 94% of revenue and 99% of total assets.

Key audit matters

• Risk of inappropriate recognition of revenue (including lapse provisions)

• Risk of inappropriate valuation of professional indemnity (PI) provision

• Risk of inappropriate valuation of goodwill in relation to Marsh & Parsons, Your Move and Reeds Rains

• Risk of inappropriate valuation of contingent consideration liabilities

Audit Scope

• We performed an audit of the complete financial information of eight components and audit procedures 

on specific balances for a further three components.

• The components where we performed full or specific audit procedures accounted for 90% of profit 

before tax excluding exceptional costs, 94% of revenue and 99% of total assets.

Materiality

• Overall group materiality of £1.4m which represents 5% of Profit before tax excluding exceptional costs.

An overview of the scope of the parent company and group audits 

Tailoring the scope
Our assessment of audit risk, our evaluation of materiality and our allocation of performance materiality determine our audit scope for each 
company within the group. Taken together, this enables us to form an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We take into 
account size, risk profile, the organisation of the group and effectiveness of group-wide controls, changes in the business environment and 
other factors such as recent Internal audit results when assessing the level of work to be performed at each company.

In assessing the risk of material misstatement to the group financial statements, and to ensure we had adequate quantitative coverage of 
significant accounts in the financial statements, of the 20 trading components of the group, we selected 11 components covering entities 
within the UK, which represent the principal business units within the group.

Of the 11 components selected, we performed an audit of the complete financial information of 8 components (“full scope components”) 
which were selected based on their size or risk characteristics. For the remaining 3 components (“specific scope components”), we 
performed audit procedures on specific accounts within that component that we considered had the potential for the greatest impact on 
the significant accounts in the financial statements either because of the size of these accounts or their risk profile. 

The trading components where we performed audit procedures accounted for 90% (2019: 93%) of the group’s profit before tax excluding 
exceptional costs, 94% (2019: 94%) of the group’s revenue and 99% (2019: 98%) of the group’s total assets. For the current year, the 
full scope components contributed 79% (2019: 81%) of the group’s profit before tax excluding exceptional costs, 84% (2019: 84%) of the 
group’s revenue and 96% (2019: 94%) of the group’s total assets. The specific scope components contributed 11% (2019: 12%) of the 
group’s profit before tax excluding exceptional costs, 10% (2019: 10%) of the group’s revenue and 3% (2019: 4%) of the group’s total 
assets. The audit scope of these components may not have included testing of all significant accounts of the component but will have 
contributed to the coverage of significant accounts tested for the group. 

Of the remaining 9 components that together represent 10% of the group’s profit before tax excluding exceptional costs, none are 
individually greater than 6% of the group’s profit before tax excluding exceptional costs. For these components, we performed other 
procedures, including analytical review, review of internal audit reports, review of minutes of board meetings, testing of consolidation 
journals and intercompany eliminations and review of entity level controls to respond to any potential risks of material misstatement to the 
group financial statements.

122122

The charts below illustrate the coverage obtained from the work performed by our audit team.

Profit before tax excluding
exceptional costs

Revenue

79% Full scope
components

11% Specific
scope components

10% Other
procedures

Total assets

96% Full scope
components

3% Specific
scope components

1% Other
procedures

84% Full scope
components

10% Specific
scope components

6% Other
procedures

123123

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview  
Independent Auditor’s Report continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

Involvement with component teams 
All audit work performed for the purposes of the audit was undertaken by the group audit team.

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of 
the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. 
These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and 
directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a 
whole, and in our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Key observations communicated to 
the Audit & Risk Committee 
We have not identified any evidence of 
material misstatement in the revenue 
recognised in the year.

The methodology for calculating the 
lapse provisions was applied consistently 
across the relevant entities and we have 
no adverse findings to report in respect of 
the lapse provisions held at 31 December 
2020.

Risk 

Risk of inappropriate recognition of 
revenue (including valuation of lapse 
provisions)

Refer to the Audit and Risk Committee 
Report (page 79); Accounting policies 
(page 137); and Note 3 of the group 
financial statements.

The group has reported revenues of 
£266.7m (2019: £311.1m).

The risk was one of the most significant 
assessed risks of material misstatement 
due to the potential for bias or error in 
the timing of transactions. There is also 
judgement in the measurement of the 
value of commission income that will be 
clawed back.

We identified the following specific risk 
of fraud and error in respect of improper 
revenue recognition given the nature of the 
group’s services as follows:

• Inappropriate cut-off of revenue at period 

end; and 

• Inappropriate measurement of the 
reduction to revenue recorded for 
expected clawback of commissions on 
lapsed insurance policies.

There is no change in risk profile in the 
current year.

Our response to the risk
At each full and specific scope audit location 
with material revenue streams:

• We performed walkthroughs of each 

significant stream of revenue and confirmed 
the existence of key controls around the 
recognition of revenue and measurement of 
the lapse provisions;

• We performed cut-off testing for the period 
before and after the year end with reference 
to underlying contracts and evidence of 
Management’s assessment of the point of 
revenue recognition;

• We performed transactional testing and 
data analysis procedures to assess the 
recognition of revenue throughout the year. 
Where items did not follow the expected 
transaction flow, we investigated outliers by 
obtaining third party evidence.

For the lapse provision;

• we tested the underlying calculations for 
arithmetical accuracy and consistency 
across the group;

• We tested the integrity of the data 

underpinning management’s assumptions 
in the lapse provision model by testing 
a sample of historic lapses to third party 
evidence.

We also performed review procedures in nine 
locations which covered a further 6% of the 
group’s revenue. This consisted of analytical 
procedures over material movements in the 
Income Statement and Balance Sheet.

124124

Key observations communicated to 
the Audit & Risk Committee 
We conclude that the provision for 
professional indemnity liabilities is stated 
in accordance with IAS 37 and the 
estimate is within an acceptable range 
after considering the audit adjustments 
proposed.

Risk 

Risk of inappropriate valuation of 
professional indemnity (PI) provision

Refer to the Audit and Risk Committee 
Report (page 79); Accounting policies 
(page 137); and Note 25 of the group 
financial statements.

The Group Balance Sheet contains 
a £7.0m (2019: £8.2m) provision for 
professional indemnity liabilities.

The risk was one of the most significant 
assessed risks of material misstatement 
due to the significant judgement required 
to value the provision, and the sensitivity 
of the valuation to assumptions made by 
management.

In the current year £1.2m has been 
provided through underlying trading 
results. In addition, a release of part of 
the provision which was initially created 
through exceptional items has generated a 
£0.7m exceptional gain recognised in the 
Income Statement.

There is no change in the risk profile of 
the provision for professional indemnity 
liabilities in the current year.

Our response to the risk
We performed the following procedures 
providing full coverage over the professional 
indemnity provision:

• We performed walkthroughs of each material 
element of the provision and assessed the 
design effectiveness of key controls;

• We re-performed management’s 

calculations, tracing a sample of claims to 
source documentation. This included testing 
the completeness of the database used to 
track claims as well as the accuracy of the 
data included;

• We compared these calculations to our 
expectations which we build based on 
changes in the profile of claims and the 
settlements in the year, investigating and 
corroborating any variances above our 
testing threshold;

• We corroborated to third party evidence key 
assumptions in relation to the incidence of 
claims, the propensity for claims to result in 
financial loss and the resultant loss per claim 
used by management and assessed whether 
these were appropriate;

• We considered the current level of claims 

and the historical profile of claims to 
corroborate management’s assumptions 
relating to how the level of claims will change 
over time, thereby assessing if the provision 
held is within the acceptable range of 
possible outcomes; 

• We tested a sample of payments for 

settled claims to bank statements and 
compared the post year-end settlements to 
management’s estimates in order to assess 
management’s accuracy in estimating claim 
costs;

• We inquired with legal counsel for a sample 
of claims, to understand the current legal 
assessment of each case;

• We assessed the appropriateness of the 
classification of the provision movements 
within the Income Statement;

• We considered the impact of COVID-19 and 
the effect of the increase in remote valuations 
on the valuation of the provision;

• We reviewed the disclosures in respect of 

the nature and movements of the provision 
included within the financial statements for 
completeness and compliance with IAS 37. 
In addition, we reviewed the disclosure 
required by IAS 1 of the sensitivity of the 
carrying amount of the provision to changes 
in key estimates.

125125

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewKey observations communicated to 
the Audit & Risk Committee 
We agree with management’s conclusion 
that no impairment of goodwill is required 
in the current year. 

The sensitivity disclosures in Note 16 of 
the group financial statements adequately 
reflects that a reasonably possible change 
in certain key assumptions could lead to 
a different conclusion in respect of the 
recoverability of goodwill in respect of 
Marsh and Parsons.

Independent Auditor’s Report continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

Risk 

Risk of inappropriate valuation 
of goodwill in relation to Marsh & 
Parsons, Your Move and Reeds Rains

Refer to the Audit and Risk Committee 
Report (page 79); Accounting policies 
(page 137); and Note 16 of the group 
financial statements.

The carrying value of goodwill on the 
Group Balance Sheet is £159.9m (2019: 
£159.9m). Of this amount £40.3m relates 
to Marsh & Parsons, £41.9m relates to 
Your Move and £16.9m relates to Reeds 
Rains.

The valuation of goodwill for these three 
cash generating units (‘CGUs’) was one 
of the most significant assessed risks of 
material misstatement due to the high level 
of estimation uncertainty inherent in the 
impairment review, particularly in assessing 
the future performance of the CGUs and 
the appropriate discount rate to apply in 
calculating the ‘value in use’ of the CGUs.

The level of estimation and judgement 
required has been further enhanced in 
the current year due to the impact of the 
COVID-19 pandemic and the high levels 
of macroeconomic uncertainty that could 
have a direct impact on future cash-flows 
as well as specific assumptions such as 
discount rates and terminal growth rates.

In 2019 certain estate agency CGUs 
had positive, but a relatively low level of 
headroom and there is a risk that this 
headroom was further eroded in 2020 
due to changes in the economic outlook. 
As such, this risk has been allocated 
to entities with a lower percentage 
of headroom in 2020, being Marsh & 
Parsons, Your Move and Reeds Rains. 

Our response to the risk
We challenged management’s assumptions 
used in its models for assessing the 
recoverability of the carrying value of 
goodwill. We did this by focusing on the 
appropriateness of the CGU identification, 
the methodology applied to estimate the 
value in use, discount rates and forecast 
cash-flows. Specifically:

• We evaluated whether the CGUs 

identified are the lowest level at which 
management monitors goodwill 
consistent with the requirements of 
IAS 36;

• We assessed the methodology applied 

in the value in use calculations as 
compared to the requirements of IAS 36 
and tested the mathematical accuracy of 
management’s model; 

• We confirmed that the base cash-

flow forecasts prior to group overlay 
adjustments are consistent with 
information approved by the Board. We 
assessed the appropriateness of the use 
of these forecasts in light of the historical 
accuracy of management’s forecasts and 
current economic conditions;

• We challenged management on the 

group overlay adjustments made to the 
Board-approved forecasts;

• We obtained an understanding of, and 
assessed the basis for, key underlying 
assumptions for the three-year forecast 
which forms the basis of the calculations;

• We engaged our internal valuation 

specialists to assess the appropriateness 
of the discount rates applied within 
the model for each CGU, including 
comparison to economic and industry 
data where appropriate;

• We considered the appropriateness of 

the long-term growth rate applied within 
the model by comparing the growth rate 
to external sources;

• We challenged whether reasonably 

possible changes in assumptions could 
lead to a different conclusion in respect of 
the carrying value of goodwill;

• We performed sensitivity analyses by 
stress testing key assumptions in the 
model with downside scenarios to 
understand the parameters that, should 
they arise, could lead to a different 
conclusion in respect of the carrying value 
of goodwill.

126126

Key observations communicated to 
the Audit & Risk Committee 

We conclude that the contingent 
consideration liabilities are appropriately 
valued. The unwinding of the discount is 
appropriately calculated and presented 
within the Group Income Statement.

Risk 

Risk of inappropriate valuation of 
contingent consideration liabilities 

Refer to the Audit and Risk Committee 
Report (page 79); Accounting policies 
(page 137); and Note 24 of the group 
financial statements (page 171).

The Group Balance Sheet contains 
a £5.4m (2019: £5.8m) provision for 
contingent consideration that arose from 
acquisitions in previous periods.

The risk was one of the most significant 
assessed risks of material misstatement 
due to estimation uncertainty, particularly 
in relation to expected exit dates and 
estimations of future cash-flows.

There is no change in the risk profile of 
contingent consideration in the current 
year.

Our response to the risk
• We performed reverse stress testing 

analysis to determine the sensitivity of 
the cashflows to the compound annual 
growth rate;

• We considered the adequacy of 

the disclosure in the group financial 
statements in respect of the key 
assumptions where a reasonably possible 
change could give rise to an impairment.

We have performed the following procedures 
across two full scope locations that have 
contingent consideration balances that are 
above our testing threshold:

• We assessed the cash-flow forecasts 

used in the measurement of the liability, 
corroborating key assumptions to internal 
and external information where available;

• We confirmed that the cash-flow forecasts 
used in the measurement of the liability are 
consistent with information approved by the 
Board and evaluated the appropriateness 
of the use of these forecasts in light of 
the historical accuracy of management’s 
forecasting;

• We assessed the mathematical accuracy 

of management’s model and the 
methodology applied in the calculations 
through comparison to the Sales Purchase 
Agreements;

• We traced settlement payments made in the 
year to bank statements, in order to confirm 
that the relevant earn-out obligations had 
been extinguished;

• We assessed the appropriateness of the 

discount rate used in calculating the liability, 
by considering the risks associated to the 
liability.

In the prior year, our auditor’s report included a key audit matter in relation to inappropriate valuation of goodwill for all CGUs. In the current 
year, this risk has been updated to reflect only those CGUs with the lowest headroom and therefore at most risk of impairment.

Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on the audit 
and in forming our audit opinion. 

Materiality
The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of the users of the financial statements. Materiality provides a basis for determining the nature and extent of our audit 
procedures.

127127

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewIndependent Auditor’s Report continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

We determined materiality for the group to be £1.4 million (2019: £1.5 million), which is 5% (2019: 5%) of Profit before tax excluding 
exceptional costs. We believe that Profit before tax excluding exceptional costs provides us with the most relevant performance measure to 
the stakeholders of the entity. 

We determined materiality for the Parent Company to be £1.1 million (2019: £1.0 million), which is 1% (2019: 1%) of equity. 

• Total Profit before tax of £20.9m

Starting basis 

• Adjustments for exceptional costs (£7.1m)

Adjustments

• Totals £28.0m (profit before tax excluding exceptional costs)
• Materiality of £1.4m (5% of profit before tax excluding
exceptional costs)

Materiality

During the course of our audit, we reassessed initial materiality with the only change in the final materiality from our original assessment at 
planning being to reflect the actual reported performance of the group in the year. This resulted in a materiality of £1.4m compared with our 
initial assessment at the planning stage of £1.3m. This has not significantly impacted the extent of our planned audit procedures.

Performance materiality
The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level. It is set at an amount to reduce to an appropriately low level the 
probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality.

On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment of the group’s overall control environment, our judgement was 
that performance materiality was 50% (2019: 50%) of our planning materiality, namely £0.7m (2019: £0.8m). We have set performance 
materiality at this percentage due to the nature of the business being a decentralised group in addition to uncertainty in the market. 

Audit work at component locations for the purpose of obtaining audit coverage over significant financial statement accounts is undertaken 
based on a percentage of total performance materiality. The performance materiality set for each component is based on the relative scale 
and risk of the component to the group as a whole and our assessment of the risk of misstatement at that component. In the current year, 
the range of performance materiality allocated to components was £0.1m to £0.4m (2019: £0.1m to £0.4m). 

Reporting threshold
An amount below which identified misstatements are considered as being clearly trivial.

We agreed with the Audit & Risk Committee that we would report to them all uncorrected audit differences in excess of £0.1m (2019: 
£0.1m), which is set at 5% of planning materiality, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on 
qualitative grounds. 

We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the quantitative measures of materiality discussed above and in light of other 
relevant qualitative considerations in forming our opinion.

Other information 
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report [set out on pages 2-119], other than the financial statements 
and our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report. 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this 
report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the 
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify 
such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether there is a material misstatement 
in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of the 
other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

128128

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

• the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is 

consistent with the financial statements; and 

• the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and its environment obtained in the course of the 
audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in 
our opinion:

• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us; or

• the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns; or

• certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit

Corporate Governance Statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the 
Corporate Governance Statement relating to the group and company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code specified for our review.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate Governance 
Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit:

• Directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material uncertainties 

identified [set out on page 58];

• Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the company’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period is 

appropriate [set out on page 42];

• Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable [set out on page 62];

• Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks [set out on page 62];

• The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems [set out on 

pages 35 to 42]; and;

• The section describing the work of the Audit & Risk Committee [set out on pages 79 to 91]

Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement [set out on page 57], the directors are responsible for the preparation of 
the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group and parent company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

129129

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewIndependent Auditor’s Report continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud 
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect irregularities, including fraud. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is 
higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or 
intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including 
fraud is detailed below.

However, the primary responsibility for the prevention and detection of fraud rests with both those charged with governance of the 
company and management. 

• We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are applicable to the group and determined that the most 

significant are those that relate to the reporting framework (IFRS, the Companies Act 2006 and UK Corporate Governance Code) and the 
relevant tax compliance regulations in the UK. 

• We understood how LSL Property Services plc is complying with those frameworks by making enquiries of management, internal audit, 

those responsible for legal and compliance procedures and the Company Secretary. We corroborated our enquiries through our review of 
board minutes and papers provided to the Audit and Risk Committee and attendance at all meetings of the Audit and Risk Committee.

• We assessed the susceptibility of the group’s financial statements to material misstatement, including how fraud might occur by meeting 

with management from various parts of the business to understand where it considered there was a susceptibility to fraud. We also 
considered performance targets and their propensity to influence efforts made by management to manage earnings. We considered the 
programmes and controls that the group has established to address risks identified, or that otherwise prevent, deter and detect fraud; 
and how senior management monitors those programmes and controls. Where the risk was considered to be higher, we performed audit 
procedures to address each identified fraud risk or other risk of material misstatement. These procedures included those on revenue 
recognition detailed above and testing manual journals and were designed to provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements 
were free from material fraud and error.

• Based on this understanding we designed our audit procedures to identify non-compliance with such laws and regulations. Our 
procedures involved journal entry testing, with a focus on manual consolidation journals, and journals indicating large or unusual 
transactions based on our understanding of the business; enquiries of Legal Counsel, group management, internal audit, subsidiary 
management at all full and specific scope components; and focused testing, as referred to in the key audit matters section above. In 
addition, we completed procedures to conclude on the compliance of the disclosures in the Annual Report and Accounts with the 
requirements of the relevant accounting standards, UK legislation and the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at 
https://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Other matters we are required to address 
• Following the recommendation from the Audit & Risk Committee, we were appointed by the company on 30 June 2020 to audit the 

financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2020. 

• The period of total uninterrupted engagement including previous renewals and reappointments is 20 years, covering the years ending 

31 December 2001 to 31 December 2020. LSL Property Services plc listed on the London Stock Exchange in 2006.

• The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or the parent company and we remain 

independent of the group and the parent company in conducting the audit. 

• The audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the Audit & Risk Committee

130130

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our 
audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an 
auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other 
than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Mark Morritt (Senior statutory auditor) 
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor 
Leeds

27 April 2021

131131

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewGroup Income Statement

for the year ended 31 December 2020

Continuing Operations:

Revenue 

Operating expenditure:

Employee and subcontractor costs

Establishment costs

Depreciation on property, plant and equipment

Other operating costs

Other operating income

Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment

Income from joint ventures and associates

Share-based payments

Amortisation of intangible assets

Exceptional gains

Exceptional costs

Contingent consideration

Group operating profit

Finance costs

Finance income

Net financial costs

Profit before tax

Taxation charge

Profit for the year 

Earnings per Share expressed in pence per Share:

Basic 

Diluted

The Notes on pages 137 to 188 form part of these Financial Statements.

132132

Note

2020
£'000

2019
£'000

3

266,742

311,073

14

17

3

19

14

16

8

8

24

5

6

7

15

11

11

(162,455)

(194,207)

(9,528)

(13,929)

(46,938)

(10,367)

(14,842)

(56,098)

(232,850)

(275,514)

783

15

493

(18)

(5,395)

674

887

148

441

(312)

(5,786)

2,487

(7,076)

(15,730)

544

23,912

(3,134)

144

(2,990)

20,922

(4,596)

2,054

19,748

(3,744)

10

(3,734)

16,014

(3,045)

16,326

12,969

15.9

15.7

12.6

12.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Statement of Comprehensive Income

for the year ended 31 December 2020

Profit for the year

 Items not to be reclassified to profit and loss in subsequent periods:

Revaluation of financial assets not recycled through Income Statement 

Total other comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax

Note

18

2020
£'000

2019
£'000

16,326

12,969

–

–

–

(3,558)

(3,558)

(3,558)

Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

16,326

9,411

The Notes on pages 137 to 188 form part of these Financial Statements.

133133

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Balance Sheet

as at 31 December 2020 

Company no 05114014

Note

2020
£'000

2019
£'000

16
16
17
18
19
20

21
20

22

24
23

25

24
15
25

159,863
27,894
42,741
9,561
11,406
433
251,898

28,438
253
184
11,443

40,318
292,216

(12,466)
(72,936)
–
(2,998)
(88,400)

159,863
30,906
49,570
9,326
12,958
686
263,309

34,391
253
–
 – 

34,644
297,953

(11,113)
(60,007)
(1,209)
(3,575)
(75,904)

(40,060)
(1,822)
(4,180)
(46,062)
(134,462)

(73,951)
(1,805)
(5,077)
(80,833)
(156,737)

157,754

141,216

27
28
28
2, 28
28

210
5,629
3,942
(5,012)
(13,584)
166,569
157,754

208
5,629
4,429
(5,224)
(13,584)
149,758
141,216

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Financial assets
Investments in joint ventures and associates
Contract assets
Total non-current assets

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Contract assets
Current tax assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets
Total assets

Current liabilities
Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Provisions for liabilities 
Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities
Deferred tax liability
Provisions for liabilities 
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium account
Share-based payment reserve
Shares held by EBT
Fair value reserve
Retained earnings
Total equity

§

The Notes on pages 137 to 188 form part of these Financial Statements.

The Financial Statements were approved by and signed on behalf of the Board by:

§ 

David Stewart 
Group Chief Executive Officer 
27 April 2021

134134

Adam Castleton 
Group Chief Financial Officer 
27 April 2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Statement of Cash-Flows

for the year ended 31 December 2020

Profit before tax

Adjustments for:

Exceptional operating items and contingent consideration

Depreciation of tangible assets

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Share-based payments 

Profit on disposal of fixed assets 

Profit from joint ventures 

Finance income

Finance costs 

Operating cash-flows before movements in working capital

Movements in working capital

Decrease in trade and other receivables

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables 

Decrease in provisions

Cash generated from operations

Interest paid

Income taxes paid

Exceptional costs paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash-flows used in investing activities

Acquisitions of subsidiaries and other businesses

Payment of contingent consideration

Investment in financial assets

Cash received on sale of financial assets

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 

Net cash expended on investing activities

Cash-flows used in financing activities

(Repayment)/drawdown of loans

Payment of deferred consideration

Payment of lease liabilities 

Receipt of lease income

Proceeds from exercise of share options

Dividends paid

Net cash expended in financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

The Notes on pages 137 to 188 form part of these Financial Statements.

Note

16

14

9

19

7

6

30

18

18

16, 17

17

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

20,922

16,014

5,857

13,929

5,395

18

(15)

(493)

(144)

3,134

48,603

8,553

13,606

(1,474)

20,685

69,288

(2,581)

(6,093)

(7,311)

53,303

(293)

(169)

(418)

–

(4,050)

138

11,189

14,842

5,786

312

(148)

(441)

(10)

3,744

51,288

5,462

(6,181)

(3,908)

(4,627)

46,661

(3,289)

(5,355)

(8,799)

29,218

(2,711)

(7,890)

(2,783)

1,765

(4,892)

367

(4,792)

(16,144)

13

(28,883)

(80)

(8,304)

23

176

–

(37,068)

11,443

11,443

12

7,383

(2,009)

(9,761)

76

26

(11,194)

(15,479)

(2,405)

–

135135

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Statement of Changes in Equity

for the year ended 31 December 2020

At 1 January 2020

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Issued share capital in the year

Exercise of options

Share-based payments

Tax on share-based payments

At 31 December 2020

Share 
premium 
account
£’000

Share- 
based 
payment 
reserve
£’000

Shares held 
by EBT
£’000

Fair value 
reserve
£’000

Retained 
earnings
£’000

Total
 equity
£’000

5,629

4,429

(5,224)  

(13,584)   149,758 141,216

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(80)  

(423)  

16

–

–

–

212

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

16,326

16,326

16,326

16,326

–

44

441

–

2

176

18

16

Share
 capital
£’000

208

–

–

2

–

–

–

210

5,629

3,942

(5,012)  

(13,584)   166,569 157,754

During the year ended 31 December 2020, the Trust acquired 167,083 LSL Shares. During the period, 60,565 share options were 
exercised relating to LSL’s various share option schemes resulting in the Shares being sold by the Trust. LSL received £176,000 on 
exercise of these options.

The Notes on pages 137 to 188 form part of these Financial Statements.

for the year ended 31 December 2019

At 1 January 2019

Adjustment on initial application of IFRS 16

Share 
premium 
account
£’000

Share- 
based 
payment 
reserve
£’000

Shares held 
by EBT
£’000

Fair value 
reserve
£’000

Retained 
earnings
£’000

Total
 equity
£’000

5,629

4,129

(5,261)  

(11,727)   149,615 142,593

–

–

–

–

68

68

Share
 capital
£’000

208

–

Revised opening balance at 1 January 2019

208

5,629

4,129

(5,261)  

(11,727)   149,683 142,661

Revaluation of financial assets

Disposal of financial assets

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

Exercise of options

Share-based payments

Dividend payment

At 31 December 2019

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(12)  

312

–

–

–

–

–

37

–

–

(3,558)  

–

(3,558)  

1,701

(1,701)  

–

–

12,969

12,969

(1,857)  

11,268

9,411

–

–

–

1

–

26

312

(11,194)  

(11,194)  

208

5,629

4,429

(5,224)  

(13,584)   149,758 141,216

During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Trust acquired nil LSL Shares. During the period, 10,672 share options were exercised 
relating to LSL’s various share option schemes resulting in the Shares being sold by the Trust. LSL received £26,000 on exercise of these 
options.

The Notes on pages 137 to 188 form part of these Financial Statements.

136136

Notes to the Group Financial Statements

for the year ended 31 December 2020

1. Authorisation of Financial Statements and statement of compliance with IFRS

The Group Financial Statements of LSL and its subsidiaries for the year ended 31 December 2020 were authorised for issue by the Board 
of Directors on 27 April 2021 and the balance sheet was signed on the Board’s behalf by David Stewart, Group Chief Executive Officer and 
Adam Castleton, Group Chief Financial Officer. LSL is a listed company, listed in London, incorporated and domiciled in England and the 
Group operates a network of financial services, surveying and valuation services and estate agency businesses.

The Group’s Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by 
the European Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

2. Accounting policies

Basis of preparation of financial information
The consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and International Financial Reporting Standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 
1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.

The Group Financial Statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and on a historical cost basis, except for certain debt and 
equity financial assets that have been measured at fair value.

The Directors have considered the Group’s current and future prospects, risks and uncertainties set out in the risk management objectives 
and policies, and its availability of financing, and are satisfied that the Group can continue to pay its liabilities as they fall due for the period 
to 30 April 2022. For this reason, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis of preparation for these Financial Statements. 
Further detailed information is provided in the going concern statement in the Directors’ Report.

The accounting policies which follow set out those significant policies which apply in preparing the Financial Statements for the year ended 
31 December 2020. The policies have been applied consistently to all years presented. The Group’s Financial Statements are presented in 
pound sterling and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand pounds (£’000) except when otherwise indicated.

Judgements and estimates
The preparation of financial information in conformity with IFRS as adopted by European Union, requires the Management Team to make 
judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reporting amounts of assets and liabilities, income and 
expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgements about carrying values of assets and 
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the 
period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision 
affects both current and future periods.

Judgements
Areas of judgement that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated Financial Statements are:

Deferred tax
The Group recognises deferred tax assets on all applicable temporary differences where it is probable that future taxable profits will be 
available for utilisation. This requires the Management Team to make judgements and assumptions regarding the amount of deferred tax 
that can be recognised based on the magnitude and likelihood of future taxable profits. Deferred tax liabilities are provided for in full.

Exceptional items
The Group presents as exceptional items on the face of the Income Statement those material items of income and expense which, because 
of the nature and expected infrequency of the events giving rise to them, merit separate presentation to allow Shareholders to understand 
better the elements of financial performance in the year, so as to facilitate comparison with prior periods and to assess better trends in 
financial performance.

137

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewNotes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

2. Accounting policies (continued)

Estimates
The key assumptions affected by future uncertainty that have significant risks of causing material adjustment to the carrying value of assets 
and liabilities within the next financial year are:

Lapse provision
Certain subsidiaries sell life assurance products which are cancellable without a notice period, and if cancelled within a set period require 
that a portion of the commission earned must be repaid. The lapse provision is recognised as a reduction in revenue which is based on 
historic lapses which have occurred. Details of the assumptions applied to lapse provisions are disclosed in Note 23 to these Financial 
Statements.

Professional Indemnity (PI) claims
Details of the assumptions applied to PI claims areas are disclosed in Notes 8 and 25 to these Financial Statements. A sensitivity calculation 
which illustrates the impact of different assumptions on the required PI Costs provision is included in Note 25.

Valuation of financial assets
The Group owns non-controlling interests in four unlisted entities Yopa, Vibrant Energy Matters, Global Property Ventures Limited and NBC 
Property Master, in addition to a convertible loan note, which is held in Mortgage Gym. In accordance with the accounting standards, these 
investments are held at fair value and significant judgement is required in assessing this. The Group uses valuation techniques that are 
appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data is available to measure fair value, maximising the use of relevant observable 
inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value of equity financial assets that are not traded in the open market are 
valued in accordance with Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and Management Team use all relevant and up to date information (including 
cash-flow forecasts and financial statements) to arrive at their judgement. Where appropriate a range of potential outcomes is considered 
in reaching a conclusion. Further details of the methodology used are disclosed in Note 18 to these Financial Statements. A sensitivity 
calculation which shows the impact of changes in assumption is shown in Note 32.

Impairment of intangible assets
The Group determines whether indefinite life intangible assets (including goodwill) are impaired on an annual basis and this requires an 
estimation of the value in use of the cash generating units to which the intangible assets are allocated. This involves estimation of future 
cash-flows and choosing a suitable discount rate (see Note 16 to these Financial Statements).

Contingent consideration
The Group has acquired a number of businesses over recent years. With regard to a number of these businesses, the Group has put 
and call options to purchase the remaining interest in these businesses at some point in the future. In accordance with the accounting 
standards, estimates have been made with regard to the future profitability of these acquisitions and a provision for the cost of acquiring 
these interests has been recognised. The provisions are disclosed in Note 24 to these Financial Statements. A sensitivity calculation which 
shows the impact of changes in assumption is shown in Note 32 to these Financial Statements.

Income tax
The Group will pay income taxes based on the tax computations of the subsidiary entities. While the outcome of these tax computations 
cannot be determined with certainty until the completion of subsidiary accounts, the Management Team’s estimates of income taxes 
are used to determine the tax charges and provisions carried by the Group. The estimated tax charges are calculated having taken 
consideration of the tax impact of significant transactions within the Group during the respective accounting period, as well as having an 
existing knowledge of the tax profile of the Group’s recurring trading activities.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated Financial Statements comprise the Financial Statements of the Company and its subsidiaries as at 31 December 2020.

138

2. Accounting policies (continued)

Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of their acquisition, being the date on which the Group obtains control, and continue to be 
consolidated until the date such control ceases. Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its 
involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. Specifically, the Group controls an 
entity if, and only if, the Group has:

• power over the entity (i.e. existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the entity);

• exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the entity; and

• the ability to use its power over the entity to affect its returns.

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a loss of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction.

Interest in joint ventures and associates
An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and 
operating policy decisions of the investee, but is not control or joint control over those policies.

A joint venture is a type of joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of 
the joint venture. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the 
relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.

The considerations made in determining significant influence or joint control are similar to those necessary to determine control over 
subsidiaries. The Group’s investment in its associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method.

Under the equity method, the investment in a joint venture or associate is initially recognised at cost. The carrying amount of the investment 
is adjusted to recognise changes in the Group’s share of net assets of the joint venture or associate since the acquisition date. Goodwill 
relating to the joint venture or associate is included in the carrying amount of the investment and is not tested for impairment individually.

The Income Statement reflects the Group’s share of the results of operations of the joint venture or associate. In addition, when there has 
been a change recognised directly in the equity of the joint venture or associate, the Group recognises its share of any changes, when 
applicable, in the Statement of Changes in Equity. Unrealised gains and losses resulting from transactions between the Group and the joint 
venture or associate are eliminated to the extent of the interest in the joint venture or associate.

The aggregate of the Group’s share of profit or loss of a joint venture or associate is shown on the face of the Income Statement within 
Group operating profit, and represents profit or loss after tax and non-controlling interests in the subsidiaries of the joint venture or 
associate.

The Financial Statements of the associate or joint venture are prepared for the same reporting period as the Group. When necessary, 
adjustments are made to bring the accounting policies in line with those of the Group.

After application of the equity method, the Group determines whether it is necessary to recognise an impairment loss on its investment in 
its joint ventures or associates. At each reporting date, the Group determines whether there is objective evidence that the investment in the 
joint venture or associate is impaired. If there is such evidence, the Group calculates the amount of impairment as the difference between 
the recoverable amount of the joint venture or associate and its carrying value.

Upon loss of joint control and significant influence over the joint venture or associate, the Group measures and recognises any retained 
investment at its fair value. Any difference between the carrying amount of the joint venture or associate upon loss of significant influence or 
joint control and the fair value of the retained investment and proceeds from disposal is recognised in profit or loss.

Business combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the 
consideration transferred, measured at acquisition date fair value and the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. The choice 
of measurement of non-controlling interest, either at fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets, is 
determined on a transaction by transaction basis. Acquisition costs incurred are expensed and included in administrative expenses.

When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and designation in 
accordance with the contractual terms, economic circumstances and pertinent conditions at the acquisition date.

139

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewNotes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

2. Accounting policies (continued)

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Contingent 
consideration classified as equity is not remeasured and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. Contingent consideration 
classified as an asset or liability that is a financial instrument and within the scope of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, is measured at fair value 
with the changes in fair value recognised in the Income Statement in accordance with IFRS 9. Other contingent consideration that is not 
within the scope of IFRS 9 is measured at fair value at each reporting date with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

Where a put and call option is transacted over a non-controlling interest independently of a business combination, the present value of the 
exercise price of the put and call option is recorded as a liability with a debit to equity. Subsequent movements in the assessment of the 
exercise price are taken to profit and loss. If the put option lapses, the liability is derecognised with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

If the aggregate of the acquisition date fair value of the consideration transferred and the amount recognised for the non-controlling interest 
(and where the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in 
the acquiree) is lower than the fair value of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities and the fair value of any pre-existing interest held in 
the business acquired, the difference is recognised in the Income Statement.

Segment reporting
An operating segment is a distinguishable segment of an entity that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and 
incur expenses and whose operating results are reviewed regularly by the Directors. The Board reviews the Group’s operations and 
financial position as Financial Services, Surveying and Valuation Services and Estate Agency, and therefore considers that it has three 
operating segments. The information presented to the Directors directly reflects the Group Underlying Operating Profit as defined in the 
alternate performance measures in Note 5 to these Financial Statements and they review the performance of the Group by reference to the 
results of the operating segments against budget.

Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of a cost of a business combination over the Group’s interest in the fair value of identifiable assets under 
IFRS 3 Business Combinations.

Goodwill is capitalised as an intangible asset, with any impairment in carrying value being charged to the Group Income Statement. For the 
purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s 
cash generating units that are expected to benefit from the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are 
assigned to those units.

Other intangible assets
Intangible assets other than goodwill acquired by the Group comprise brand names, lettings contracts and in-house software and are 
measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Internally generated intangibles, excluding capitalised development 
costs, are not capitalised and the related expenditure is reflected in profit or loss in the period in which the expenditure is incurred. Gains or 
losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying 
amount of the asset and are recognised in the Income Statement when the asset is derecognised.

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite.

Brand names are not amortised as the Directors are of the opinion that they each have an indefinite useful life. This is based on the 
expectation of the Directors that there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which each of the assets are expected to generate net 
cash inflows to the businesses and the Directors are confident that trademark registration renewals will be filed at the appropriate time and 
sufficient investment will be made in terms of marketing and communication to maintain the value inherent in the brands, without incurring 
significant cost. All brands recognised have been in existence for a number of years and are not considered to be at risk of obsolescence 
from technical, technological nor commercial change. Whilst operating in competitive markets they have demonstrated that they can 
continue to operate in the face of such competition and that there is expected to remain an underlying market demand for the services 
offered. The lives of these brands are not dependent on the useful lives of other assets of the entity.

140

2. Accounting policies (continued)

Lettings contracts and in-house software are amortised over their useful economic life. The useful economic life, amortisation method and 
impairment assessments are performed annually. The expected useful life of lettings contracts and in-house software is as follows:

Lettings contracts

In-house software

Order book

Franchise agreements

– five years

– between three and five years

– 12 months

– ten years

Impairment
The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, 
or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Group makes an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s 
recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or cash generating unit’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined 
for an individual asset unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups 
of assets. Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down 
to its recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash-flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax 
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Impairment losses 
of continuing operations are recognised in the Income Statement in those expense categories consistent with the function of the impaired 
asset.

For assets excluding goodwill, an assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously 
recognised impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the Group estimates the asset’s or 
cash generating unit’s recoverable amount.

Non-GAAP measures/Alternative Performance Measures (APM)
In the analysis of the Group’s financial performance, LSL reports a number of APMs that are designed to assist with the understanding of 
the underlying performance of the Group. The Group seeks to present a measure of underlying performance which is not impacted by the 
inconsistency in profile of exceptional gains and exceptional costs, contingent consideration, amortisation of intangible assets and share-
based payments. These measures are not defined under IFRS and, as a result, do not comply with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice 
(known as non-GAAP measures) and may not be directly comparable with other companies’ non-GAAP measures. They are not designed 
to be a substitute for any of the IFRS measures of performance. The principal APMs used within the consolidated Financial Statements and 
the location of the reconciliations to equivalent IFRS measures are:

• Group Underlying Operating Profit (reconciled in Note 5 to these Financial Statements)

• Adjusted Basic EPS (reconciled in Note 11 to these Financial Statements)

• Adjusted Diluted EPS (reconciled in Note 11 to these Financial Statements)

• Group Adjusted EBITDA (reconciled in Note 5 to these Financial Statements)

The amortisation of intangible assets fluctuates due to irregular investments and unknown timing of acquisitions. These costs are not 
representative of the underlying costs of the business, and are therefore excluded from adjusted earnings. 

The Directors consider that these adjusted measures give a better and more consistent indication of the Group’s underlying performance; 
these measures form part of management’s internal financial review and are contained within the monthly management information reports 
reviewed by the Board.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Depreciation is provided to write off 
cost less the estimated residual value of property, plant and equipment by equal annual instalments over their estimated useful economic 
lives as follows:

Office equipment, fixtures and fittings

– over three to seven years

Computer equipment

Motor vehicles

– over three to four years

– over three to four years

Leasehold improvements

– over the shorter of the lease term or ten years

Freehold and long leasehold property

– over 50 years or the lease term whichever is shorter

141

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewNotes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

2. Accounting policies (continued)

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use 
or disposal. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset) is included in the Income Statement when the asset is derecognised. These assets’ residual values, useful 
lives and methods of depreciation are reviewed at each financial year end, and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate.

Dividends
Equity dividends are recognised when they become legally payable. In the case of interim dividends to Shareholders, this is when paid. In 
the case of final dividends, this is when approved by Shareholders at each AGM.

Income taxes
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities, based on 
tax rates and laws that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. The Management Team periodically evaluates 
positions taken in the tax returns with respect to the situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and 
establishes provisions where appropriate.

Deferred income tax is recognised on all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying 
amounts in the Financial Statements, with the following exceptions:

• where the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business 

combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss;

• in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, where the timing of the reversal of the temporary 

differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

• deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the 

deductible temporary differences, carried forward tax credits or tax losses can be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured on an undiscounted basis at the tax rates that are expected to apply when the 
related asset is realised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilised. Unrecognised deferred tax 
assets are reassessed at each reporting period and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will 
allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset, only if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current 
tax liabilities, the deferred income taxes relate to the same taxation authority and that authority permits the Group to make a single net 
payment. Income tax is charged or credited directly to OCI or equity, if it relates to items that are charged or credited in the current or prior 
periods to OCI or equity respectively. Otherwise, income tax is recognised in the Income Statement.

Share-based payment transactions

Equity-settled transactions
The equity share option programmes allow Group employees to acquire LSL Shares. The fair value of the options granted is recognised 
as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in equity in the case of equity-settled schemes. The fair value is measured at 
grant date and spread over the period during which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the options. The fair value of the 
options granted is measured using the Black Scholes model, taking into account the terms and conditions (including market and non-
vesting conditions) upon which the options were granted. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number 
of equity instruments expected to vest at each balance sheet date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over the vesting 
period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for 
equity-settled transactions where vesting is conditional upon a market or non-vesting condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective 
of whether or not the market or non-market vested condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or service conditions are 
satisfied.

The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of diluted earnings per share (further 
details are given in Note 11 to these Financial Statements).

142

2. Accounting policies (continued)

Shares held by EBT
The Group has an employee share scheme (ESOT) for the granting of LSL Shares to Executive Directors and selected senior employees 
and an employee share incentive plan (Trust). Shares in LSL held by the ESOT and the Trusts are treated as treasury shares and presented 
in the balance sheet as a deduction from equity. No gain or loss is recognised in the Income Statement on the purchase, sale, issue or 
cancellation of the Group’s own equity instruments. The finance costs and administration costs relating to the ESOT and the Trusts are 
charged to the Income Statement. Dividends earned on shares held in the ESOT and the Trusts have been waived. The ESOT and Trust 
Shares are ignored for the purposes of calculating the Group’s EPS.

Leases
Leases are defined as a contract which gives the right to use an asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. As a lessee, the 
Group recognises three classes of leases on this basis:

• Property leases.

• Motor vehicle leases.

• Other leases.

Property leases and motor vehicle leases have been recognised on the balance sheet, in financial liabilities, by recognising the future 
cash-flows of the lease obligation, discounted using the incremental borrowing rate of the Group, adjusted for factors such as swap rates 
available and the credit risk of the entity entering into the lease.

Corresponding right of use assets have been recognised in the Group balance sheet under property, plant and equipment and have been 
measured as being equal to the discounted lease liability plus any lease payments made at or before the inception of the lease and initial 
direct costs, less any lease incentives received. Cash-flows from these leases have been recognised by including the principal portion of the 
lease payments in cash-flows from financing activities and the interest portion of the lease payment recognised through operating activities.

Other leases are leases for low value items (less than $5,000) or leases whose contract term is less than 12 months. The practical expedient 
not to recognise right of use assets and lease liabilities for these leases has been utilised by the Group. A charge for these leases has been 
recognised through the Income Statement as an operating expense. The cash-flows relating to low value and short-term leases have been 
recognised in net cash-flows from operating activities.

No leases where the Group is a lessee, or a lessor contain variable lease payments. During the year, the Group utilised the practical 
expedient to recognise COVID-19 related rent concessions as variable lease payments through the Income Statement without the 
requirement to reassess the lease liabilities (further details are given in Note 26 to these Financial Statements).

For sub-leases where the Group is an intermediate lessor, the Group has assessed whether the sub-lease is an operating lease or finance 
lease in respect to the right of use asset generated by the head lease. It has performed this assessment on a lease-by-lease basis. The 
Group has both finance leases and operating leases based on this assessment, and a sub-lease asset are recognised in financial assets 
(further details are given in Note 26 to these Financial Statements).

Pensions
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme for employees of all Group companies. The assets of the scheme are invested 
and managed independently of the finances of the Group. The pension cost charge represents contributions payable in the year.

Provisions
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, and 
it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect is material, provisions are determined 
by discounting the expected future cash-flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, 
when appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Group’s balance sheet when the Group becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument. When financial assets are recognised initially, they are measured at fair value, being the transaction price plus, 
in the case of financial assets not at fair value through profit or loss, directly attributable transaction costs. Financial assets are derecognised 
when the Group no longer has the rights to cash-flows, the risks and rewards of ownership or control of the asset. Financial liabilities are 
derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged, cancelled or expires.

143

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewNotes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

2. Accounting policies (continued)

The subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification.

The Group’s accounting policy for each category of financial instruments is as follows:

Financial assets designated at fair value through OCI (equity instruments)
Upon initial recognition, the Group can elect to classify irrevocably its equity investments as equity instruments designated at fair value 
through OCI when they meet the definition of equity under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and are not held for trading. The classification is 
determined on an instrument-by-instrument basis.

Gains and losses on these financial assets are never recycled to profit or loss. Dividends are recognised as other income in the statement 
of profit or loss when the right of payment has been established, except when the Group benefits from such proceeds as a recovery of part 
of the cost of the financial asset, in which case, such gains are recorded in OCI. Equity instruments designated at fair value through OCI are 
not subject to impairment assessment.

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss
Gains and losses arising from the changes in the fair value of equity investments are recognised through the profit and loss.

Cash and short term deposits
Cash and short term deposits in the balance sheet and cash-flow statement comprise cash at bank and in hand and short term deposits 
with an original maturity period of three months or less.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables do not carry any interest and are stated at their original invoiced value as reduced by appropriate allowances for 
estimated irrecoverable amounts.

The expected credit loss model under IFRS 9 is applied to trade and other receivables. The chosen method of recognising the expected 
credit loss across the Group is the simplified approach allowing a provision matrix to be used, which is based on the expected life of trade 
receivables and historic default rates. Default being defined as when impaired debts are assessed as uncollectable.

The carrying amount of the receivable is reduced through use of an allowance account. Impaired debts are derecognised when they are 
assessed as uncollectable.

Trade payables
Trade payables are stated in the balance sheet at their original invoice value.

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, interest-
bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Gains and losses arising 
on repurchase, settlement or otherwise cancellation of liabilities are recognised respectively in finance income and finance costs.

Finance costs comprise interest payable on borrowings calculated at the effective interest rate method and recognised on an accruals 
basis.

Borrowing costs are recognised as an expense when incurred.

Revenue recognition
Revenue is recognised under IFRS 15. The standard is based on a single model that distinguishes between promises to a customer that 
are satisfied at a point in time and those that are satisfied over time. Revenue is recognised when control of a good or service transfers to a 
customer. IFRS 15 focuses on control with risk and rewards as an indicator of control.

Financial Services income
Revenue from mortgage procuration fees is recognised by reference to the completion date of the mortgage/remortgage on the housing 
transaction. Revenue from policy sales is recognised at a point in time by reference to the date that the policy is accepted by the insurer. 
The lapse provision is recognised as a reduction in revenue which is based on historic lapses which have occurred. Lapse provisions are 
recorded within trade and other payables.

144

2. Accounting policies (continued)

Rendering of services
Revenue from the exchange fees in the Residential Sales business is recognised by reference to the legal exchange date of the housing 
transaction. Revenue from the supply of Surveying and Valuation Services are recognised upon the completion of the professional survey 
or valuation by the surveyor, and therefore at a point in time. Revenue from Lettings, Asset Management and Conveyancing Services is 
recognised on completion of the service being provided, and therefore at a point in time. Management Services relating to Lettings and 
Asset Management are recognised over time using the time basis approach. The costs incurred from obtaining a contract and payable to 
the customer are capitalised and held under contract assets in the Group balance sheet and amortised into revenue over the contract term.

Interest income
Revenue is recognised at a point in time as interest accrues (using the effective interest method - that is the rate that exactly discounts 
estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument to the net carrying amount of the financial asset).

Rental income
Rental income including the effect of lease incentives from sub-let properties is recognised either at a point in time on a straight line basis 
over the lease term for operating leases or by recognising in the balance sheet a lease receivable equal to the investment in the lease for 
finance leases. Sub-leases are assessed as finance leases or operating leases in reference to the right of use asset the lease generates.

Dividends
Revenue is recognised when the Group’s right to receive the payment is established.

Exceptional items
An exceptional item is considered to be non-recurring and unusual in nature. These items are presented within their relevant Income 
Statement category but highlighted separately on the face of the Income Statement. Items that management consider fall into this category 
are also disclosed within a Note to the Financial Statements (see Note 8 to the Group Financial Statements).

Due to the nature and expected infrequency of these items, separate presentation helps provide a better indication of the Group’s 
underlying business performance. This allows Shareholders to understand better the elements of financial performance in the year, so as to 
facilitate comparison with prior periods and to assess better trends in financial performance.

Government grants
Government grants are recognised at their fair value where there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received, and all attaching 
conditions will be complied with. When the grant relates to an expense item, it is recognised in operating costs within the Income Statement 
over the period necessary to match on a systematic basis to the costs that it is intended to compensate.

Government grants have been recognised in relation to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. These comprise amounts receivable under the 
Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme (CJRS) and amounts receivable under the Retail, Hospitality and Leisure Grant (RHLG) Fund.

CJRS comprises grants receivable in relation to the costs incurred by the Group for furloughed employees and is recognised in the Income 
Statement, within operating costs, in the same period as the related costs and when there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be 
received.

RHLG comprises grants receivable in relation to retail properties used for estate agency and lettings agency and is recognised in the 
Income Statement, within operating costs, in the same period as the related costs and when there is reasonable assurance that the grant 
will be received.

New standards and interpretations not applied
The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) has issued no new standards that are not yet effective that are expected to impact 
the Financial Statements of the Group.

145

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewNotes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

3. Disaggregation of revenue

Set out below is the disaggregation of the Group’s revenue from contracts with customers:

Year ended 31 December 2020

Financial 
Services 
£’000

Surveying 
and Valuation 
Services
 £’000

Residential 
Sales 
exchange
£’000

Lettings
£’000

Asset 
Management 
£’000

Other
£’000

Total
 £’000

Timing of revenue recognition

Services transferred at a point in time

70,845

77,125

48,821

Services transferred over time

–

–

–

Total revenue from contracts with customers

70,845

77,125

48,821

29,211

29,390

58,601

2,602

1,156

3,758

7,592

236,196

–

30,546

7,592

266,742

Year ended 31 December 2019

Financial 
Services 
£’000

Surveying 
and Valuation 
Services
 £’000

Residential 
Sales 
exchange
£’000

Lettings
£’000

Asset 
Management 
£’000

Other
£’000

Total
 £’000

Timing of revenue recognition

Services transferred at a point in time

83,353

86,358

57,676

Services transferred over time

–

–

–

Total revenue from contracts with customers

83,353

86,358

57,676

37,782

29,535

67,317

4,311

11,098

280,578

960

–

30,495

5,271

11,098

311,073

Revenue from services

Operating revenue

Rental income

Other operating income

Total revenue

2020
£’000

266,742

266,742

783

783

2019
£’000

311,073

311,073

887

887

267,525

311,960

4. Segment analysis of revenue and operating profit

For the year ended 31 December 2020 LSL has reported three operating segments: Financial Services; Surveying and Valuation Services; 
and Estate Agency:

• The Financial Services segment arranges mortgages for a number of lenders and arranges pure protection and general insurance policies 

for a panel of insurance companies. Embrace Financial Services and First2Protect, subsidiaries within the Financial Services Division, 
make a commercially agreed introducers fee to the Estate Agency Division.

• The Surveying and Valuation Services segment provides valuations and professional surveying services of residential properties to various 

lenders and individual customers.

• The Estate Agency segment provides services related to the sale and letting of residential properties. It operates a network of high street 
branches. As part of this process, the Estate Agency Division also provides marketing and arranges conveyancing services. In addition, it 
provides repossession and asset management services to a range of lenders. Embrace Financial Services and First2Protect, subsidiaries 
within the Financial Services Division, make a commercially agreed introducers fee to the Estate Agency Division.

Operating segments
Each reportable segment has various products and services and the revenue from these products and services are disclosed on pages 15 
to 27 under the Business Review section of the Strategic Report.

146

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4. Segment analysis of revenue and operating profit (continued)

The Management Team monitors the operating results of its business units separately for the purpose of making decisions about resource 
allocation and performance assessment. Segment performance is evaluated based on operating profit or loss which in certain respects, 
as explained in the table below, is measured differently from operating profit or loss in the Group Financial Statements. Head office costs, 
Group financing (including finance costs and finance incomes) and income taxes are managed on a Group basis and are not allocated to 
operating segments.

Reportable segments
The following table presents revenue and profit information regarding the Group’s reportable segments for the financial year ended 31 
December 2020 and financial year ended 31 December 2019 respectively.

147

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewNotes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

4. Segment analysis of revenue and operating profit (continued)

Year ended 31 December 2020

Income Statement information

Revenue from external customers

Introducers fee

Total revenue

Segmental result:

Financial 
Services
£’000

70,845

(9,889)

60,956

Surveying
and Valuation 
Services
£’000

Estate Agency 
£’000

Unallocated
£’000

Total
£’000

77,125

118,772

–

9,889

77,125

128,661

–

–

–

266,742

–

266,742

 – Group Underlying Operating Profit pre COVID-19 costs

13,451

17,871

15,554

(5,335)

41,541

 – Group Underlying Operating Profit post COVID-19 
costs

 – Operating Profit

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Taxation

Profit for the year 

Balance sheet information

Segment assets – intangible

Segment assets – other

Total segment assets 

Total segment liabilities 

Net assets/(liabilities)

Other segment items

Capital expenditure including intangible assets

Depreciation

Amortisation of intangible assets

Exceptional gains

Exceptional costs

Share of results in joint ventures and associate

PI Costs provision

Onerous leases provision

Share-based payment

12,287

10,679

16,193

14,680

12,071

3,802

(5,368)

(5,249)

35,183

23,912

144

(3,134)

20,922

(4,596)

16,326

17,109

7,935

25,044

11,280

13,571

24,851

159,367

68,993

228,360

–

13,961

13,961

187,756

104,460

292,216

(26,010)

(27,398)

(63,640)

(17,414)

(134,462)

(966)

(2,547)

164,720

(3,453)

157,754

(694)

(757)

(1,507)

–

(1,992)

(821)

–

–

(100)

(154)

(2,173)

(459)

674

(1,992)

–

(7,042)

–

97

(3,202)

(10,999)

(3,429)

–

(319)

1,314

–

(136)

(135)

–

–

–

–

(2,773)

–

–

–

120

(4,050)

(13,929)

(5,395)

674

(7,076)

493

(7,042)

(136)

(18)

The joint venture interests of the Group are recorded in the Estate Agency segment, with the associate interest recorded in the Financial 
Services segment.

Unallocated net liabilities comprise plant and equipment £13,000, other assets £2,505,000, cash £11,443,000, accruals and other 
payables £(2,592,000), current and deferred tax liabilities £(1,822,000) and revolving credit facility overdraft £(13,000,000). Unallocated 
result comprises costs relating to the Parent Company.

148

 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4. Segment analysis of revenue and operating profit (continued)

Year ended 31 December 2019

Financial Services
£’000

Surveying
and Valuation 
Services
£’000

Estate Agency
£’000

Unallocated
£’000

Total
£’000

Income Statement information

Revenue from external customers

Introducers fee

Total revenue

Segmental result:

 – Group Underlying Operating Profit

 – Operating Profit

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Taxation

Profit for the year 

Balance sheet information

Segment assets – intangible

Segment assets – other

Total segment assets 

Total segment liabilities 

Net assets/(liabilities)

Other segment items

Capital expenditure including intangible assets

Depreciation

Amortisation of intangible assets

Exceptional gains

Exceptional costs

Share of results in joint ventures and associate

PI Costs provision

Onerous leases provision

Share-based payment

83,353

(13,552)

69,801

11,642

10,022

86,358

–

86,358

16,343

17,450

141,362

13,552

154,914

–

–

–

311,073

–

311,073

14,453

(2,206)

(5,403)

(5,518)

37,035

19,748

10

(3,744)

16,014

(3,045)

12,969

190,769

107,184

297,953

(156,737)

141,216

(4,892)

(14,842)

(5,786)

2,487

–

1,350

1,350

(47,051)

(45,701)

–

–

–

–

18,088

9,078

27,166

11,739

14,822

26,561

(25,895)

(25,020)

1,271

1,541

(1,303)

(268)

(1,432)

–

(59)

(920)

–

–

(128)

(198)

(427)

(459)

2,487

(943)

–

(8,212)

–

22

160,942

81,934

242,876

(58,771)

184,105

(3,391)

(14,147)

(3,895)

–

(14,218)

1,361

–

(440)

(91)

(510)

(15,730)

–

–

–

(115)

441

(8,212)

(440)

(312)

The joint venture interests of the Group are recorded in the Estate Agency segment, with the associate interest recorded in the Financial 
Services segment.

Unallocated net liabilities comprise plant and equipment £50,000, other assets £1,300,000, lease liabilities £(34,000), 12% loan notes 
£(66,000), bank overdraft £(883,000), accruals £(1,916,000), deferred and current tax liabilities £(3,152,000), and revolving credit facility 
overdraft £(41,000,000). Unallocated result comprises costs relating to the Parent Company.

149

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

5. APMs (Adjusted performance measures)

In addition to the various performance measures defined under IFRS, the Group reports a number of alternative performance measures 
that are designed to assist with the understanding of the underlying performance of the Group. The Group seeks to present a measure 
of underlying performance which is not impacted by the inconsistency in profile of exceptional gains and exceptional costs, contingent 
consideration, amortisation of intangible assets and share-based payments. Share-based payments are excluded from the underlying 
performance due to the fluctuations that can impact the charge, such as lapses and the level of annual grants.

Costs relating to COVID-19 have been separately identified and excluded from Group Underlying Operating Profit as the Directors consider 
that these adjusted measures shown above give a better and more consistent indication of the Group’s underlying performance. The most 
significant areas of these costs are employee related, which includes a £1.3m holiday accrual arising as a result of furloughed staff and 
the update to Government regulation on carrying over annual leave. Redundancy costs of £0.8m were incurred as a result of the enforced 
Government lockdown. Property and other asset costs (depreciation) were incurred during the period of enforced closure of branches 
following the Government lockdown, with any property grants received in the same period reported in this line to ensure even-handedness 
in reporting. Similarly, establishment costs include rent, rates and other office costs incurred during the enforced Government lockdown. 
Other costs relate primarily to protective equipment to ensure the safety and welfare of employees and customers and IT set up costs to 
enable home working. Group Underlying Operating Profit includes £15.7m of amounts receivable relating to the Coronavirus Job Retention 
Scheme.

The four adjusted measures reported by the Group are:

• Group Underlying Operating Profit.

• Adjusted Basic EPS.

• Adjusted Diluted EPS.

• Group Adjusted EBITDA.

The Directors consider that these adjusted measures shown above give a better and more consistent indication of the Group’s underlying 
performance. These measures form part of the Management Team’s internal financial review and are contained within the monthly 
management information reports reviewed by the Board.

The calculations of Adjusted Basic and adjusted diluted EPS are given in Note 11 to the consolidated Group Financial Statements and a 
reconciliation of Group Underlying Operating Profit is shown below:

Group operating profit

Share-based payments

Amortisation of intangible assets

Exceptional gains

Exceptional costs

Contingent consideration (credit)/charge

Group Underlying Operating Profit post COVID-19 costs

COVID-19 related costs:

  COVID-19 related employee costs

  COVID-19 related establishment costs

  COVID-19 related depreciations costs

  COVID-19 related other costs

Total COVID-19 related costs

Note

4

8

8

24

2020
£’000

23,912

18

5,395

(674)

7,076

(544)

35,183

2,564

1,417

1,625

752

6,358

2019
£’000

19,748

312

5,786

(2,487)

15,730

(2,054)

37,035

–

–

–

–

–

Group Underlying Operating Profit pre COVID-19 costs

41,541

37,035

150

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5. APMs (Adjusted performance measures) (continued)

Group Underlying Operating Profit post COVID-19 costs

Depreciation on property, plant and equipment

Group Adjusted EBITDA

  COVID-19 related employee costs

  COVID-19 related establishment costs

  COVID-19 related other costs

Note

17

2020
£’000

35,183

13,929

49,112

2,564

1,417

752

4,733

2019
£’000

37,035

14,842

51,877

–

–

–

–

Group Adjusted EBITDA pre COVID-19 costs

53,845

51,877

6. Finance costs

Interest on borrowings and RCF

Unwinding of discount on lease liabilities 

Unwinding of discount on contingent consideration 

Unwinding of discount on professional indemnity provision 

Unwinding of discount on deferred consideration

7. Finance income

Finance income on sub-lease assets

Loan note interest

8. Exceptional items

Exceptional costs:

Aborted merger deal costs

Branch/centre closure and restructuring costs including redundancy costs

Impairment of investment in associate

Other

Transition costs relating to surveying contracts

Exceptional gains:

Exceptional gain in relation to historic PI Costs

2020
£’000

1,203

1,594

335

2

–

2019
£’000

1,570

1,719

410

30

15

3,134

3,744

2020
£’000

1

143

144

2020
£’000

2,350

2,312

1,992

422

-

7,076

2019
£’000

10

–

10

2019
£’000

569

14,645

–

–

516

15,730

(674)

(674)

(2,487)

(2,487)

Exceptional costs
There were £7.08m of exceptional costs in the year (2019: £15.73m), of which £2.35m of non-recurring and material costs (2019: £0.57m) 
relating to aborted merger deal costs in relation to the discussions for a potential all-share combination between LSL and Countrywide plc, 
which did not result in an offer by LSL.

151

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

8. Exceptional items (continued)

There were £2.31m (December 2019: £14.65m) of non-recurring and material exceptional costs relating to the planned Estate Agency 
branch/centre closures and restructuring costs and the Surveying transformation costs. No further costs are expected in relation to this.

In February 2021 LSL’s associate, Mortgage Gym entered administration. The Group has recognised an impairment of £1.99m in the share 
of associate net assets as a non-recurring exceptional cost.

In 2020 there were £0.42m of non-recurring exceptional costs in relation to head office restructuring. No further head office restructuring 
costs are expected in 2021.

Exceptional gains
The Group continued to make positive progress in settling historic PI claims and there has been a release of £0.67m (2019: £2.49m) for the 
provision for professional indemnity (PI) claims.

9. Profit before tax

Profit before tax is stated after charging:

Auditor’s remuneration (see Note 10 to the Group Financial Statements)

Short term leases

Low value leases

Depreciation – owned assets

Depreciation – leased assets

(Gain) on sale of owned property, plant and equipment

10. Auditor’s remuneration

The remuneration of the auditors is further analysed as follows:

Audit of the Financial Statements

Audit of subsidiaries

Audit of transition to IFRS 16

Total audit

Audit related assurance services (interim results review fee)

Other assurance services

2020
£’000

616

1,468

538

4,407

9,522

(15)

2020
£’000

98

480

-

578

38

-

616

2019
£’000

495

3,474

128

4,747

10,095

(148)

2019
£’000

85

370

15

470

18

7

495

The 2020 audit fee was reviewed and increased during the period. The fee increase is consistent with fee increases seen across the audit 
market which are the result of audit firms reviewing their fee arrangements as a consequence of the level of work needed to focus on 
quality.

152

 
 
11. Earnings Per Share (EPS)

Basic EPS amounts are calculated by dividing net profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Parent Company by the 
weighted average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted EPS amounts are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Parent Company by the weighted 
average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares that would be 
issued on the conversion of all the dilutive potential Ordinary Shares into Ordinary Shares.

Basic EPS

Profit after tax
£'000

Weighted 
average number 
of Shares

16,326 102,939,680

2020
Per Share 
amount
pence

15.9

Effect of dilutive share options

947,704

Profit after tax
£'000

Weighted  
average number  

of Shares

12,969 102,669,719

425,152

2019

Per Share  
amount
pence

12.6

Diluted EPS 

16,326 103,887,384

15.7

12,969 103,094,871

12.6

There have been no other transactions involving Ordinary Shares or potential Ordinary Shares between the reporting date and the date of 
completion of these Financial Statements.

The Directors consider that the adjusted earnings shown below give a better and more consistent indication of the Group’s underlying 
performance:

Group Underlying Operating Profit

Net finance costs (excluding exceptional and contingent consideration items and discounting on lease 
liabilities)

Normalised taxation (tax rate 19% 2019:19%)

Adjusted profit after tax

Adjusted Basic and diluted EPS

Adjusted profit  

after tax
£'000

Weighted 
average number 
of Shares

32,788 102,939,680

947,704

2020
Per Share 
amount 
pence

31.9

Adjusted profit  

after tax
£'000

Weighted  
average number 
 of Shares

28,702 102,669,719

425,152

32,788 103,887,384

31.6

28,702 103,094,871

27.8

Adjusted Basic EPS 

Effect of dilutive share options

Adjusted diluted EPS 

12. Dividends paid and proposed

Declared and paid during the year:

2018 Final: 6.9 pence per Share

2019 Interim: 4.0 pence per Share

Dividends on Ordinary Shares proposed (not recognised as a liability as at 31 December):

Equity dividends on Ordinary Shares:

Dividend: nil pence per Share (2019: nil)

2020
£'000

2019
£'000

41,541

37,035

(1,062)

(7,691)

32,788

(1,600)

(6,733)

28,702

2019

Per Share  
amount 
pence

28.0

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

–

–

–

7,086

4,108

11,194

–

153

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

13. Cash-flow from financing activities

Long term liabilities

Short term liabilities

At 1 January 2020
£'000

68,801

10,394

79,195

Cash-flow
£'000

(28,000)

(10,862)

(38,862)

Acquisitions
£'000

–

122

122

Lease liability 
movements
£'000

(5,988)

11,018

5,030

Unwind
£'000

1,594

–

1,594

At 31 December 
2020
£'000

36,407

10,672

47,080

Long term liabilities
Long term liabilities includes the bank loan totalling £13.00m (2019: £41.00m) and lease liabilities totalling £23.40m (2019: £27.80m). The 
bank loan is secured via cross guarantees issued from the subsidiaries disclosed in Note 24 to the Group Financial Statements.

Short term liabilities
Short term liabilities includes deferred consideration £0.12m (2019: £0.08m), lease liabilities £10.55m (2019: £9.43m) and overdraft £nil 
(2019: £0.88m)

14. Directors and employees

Remuneration of Directors

Directors' remuneration (short term benefits)1

Contributions to money purchase pensions schemes (post-employment benefits)

Share-based payments charge on current incentive schemes

2020
£’000

1,524

9

147

1,680

2019
£’000

2,122

20

374

2,516

Note:

1 

 Included within this amount is accrued bonuses of nil (2019: £658,000). The number of Directors who were members of Group money purchase pension schemes during the year totalled two 
(2019: two). The Directors did not exercise any share options in the current or prior year.

Employee numbers and costs
The Group employs staff in its branches and head offices. Aggregate payroll costs of these employees were:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs

Total employee costs

Subcontractor costs

Total employee and subcontractor costs1

Share-based payment expense (see below)

Note:

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

140,526

168,072

14,878

6,231

17,859

6,961

161,635

192,892

820

1,315

162,455

194,207

18

312

1 

 The total employee and subcontractor costs include employees redundancy costs of £0.9m. In 2019 employee redundancy costs of £4.3m were excluded and shown under exceptional costs as 
they formed part of the planned reshaping of the Estate Agency Division (see Note 8 to the Group Financial Statements).

Included within total employee costs is £15.7m receivable under the Government’s Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme.

The average monthly FTE staff numbers (including Directors) during the year were:

Financial Services

Surveying and Valuation Services

Estate Agency

154

2020

887

871

2,260

4,018

2019

938

929

2,401

4,268

 
 
 
 
14. Directors and employees (continued)

Share-based payments
The Remuneration Policy on pages 95 – 101 of the Directors’ Remuneration Report details the policies in relation to share-based payments, 
which includes details on the Remuneration Committee’s discretion to adjust the LTIP vesting outcomes if it considers that it is not reflective 
of the underlying performance of LSL.

Long term incentive plan
The Group operates a LTIP (an equity-settled share-based remuneration scheme) for certain employees. Under the LTIP, the options vest if 
the individual remains an employee of the Group after a three year period, unless the individual has left under certain ‘good leaver’ terms in 
which case the options may vest earlier and providing the performance conditions are met.

LTIP 2020 vesting conditions
50% of the options vest based on the TSR of LSL as compared to a comparator group of FTSE Small Cap, excluding investment trusts, 
over the three year performance period (9 November 2020 – 9 November 2023):

• if the Group is in the top 25% percentile, all of these options will vest;

• if the Group is at the median 25% will vest;

• straight line vesting between median and top 25% percentile; and

• below the median, no options vest.

50% of the options are based on LSL’s Adjusted Basic EPS performance in financial year ending 31 December 2022:

• if 2022 Adjusted Basic EPS is equal to or over (≥) 31.5 pence – 100% vest;

• if 2022 Adjusted Basic EPS is equal to 25.6 pence – 25% vest;

• straight line vesting between 25.6 pence and 31.5 pence; and

• if 2022 Adjusted Basic EPS is below 25.6 pence – no options vest.

LTIP 2019 vesting conditions
30% of the options vest based on the TSR of LSL as compared to a comparator group of 21 companies in similar or related sectors over 
the three year performance period:

• if the Group is in the top 25% percentile, all of these options will vest;

• if the Group is at the median 25% will vest;

• straight line vesting between median and top 25% percentile; and

• below the median – no options vest.

70% of the options are based on the Adjusted EPS performance over the three financial years starting with the financial year in which the 
LTIP award is granted:

• if growth is equal to or over (≥) 12.0 p.a. – 100% vest;

• if growth is 5.0% p.a. – 25% vest;

• straight line vesting between 5.0% p.a. and 12.0% p.a.; and

• if growth is below 5.0% p.a. – no options vest.

155

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewNotes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

14. Directors and employees (continued)

LTIP 2018 vesting conditions
30% of the options vest based on the TSR of LSL as compared to a comparator group of 22 companies in similar or related sectors over 
the three year performance period:

• if the Group is in the top 25% percentile, all of these options will vest;

• if the Group is at the median 25% will vest;

• straight line vesting between median and top 25% percentile; and

• below the median – no options vest.

70% of the options are based on the Adjusted EPS performance over the three financial years starting with the financial year in which the 
LTIP award is granted:

• if growth is equal to or over (≥) 13.0 p.a. – 100% vest;

• if growth is 7.5% p.a. – 25% vest;

• straight line vesting between 7.5% p.a. and 13.0% p.a.; and

• if growth is below 7.5% p.a. – no options vest.

Outstanding at 1 January

Granted during the year

Exercised during the year

Lapsed during the year

Outstanding at 31 December

2020

Weighted 
average exercise 
price
£

–

–

–

–

–

Weighted  
average exercise 
price
£

–

–

–

–

–

Number

1,995,087

1,210,792

(2,700)

(627,353)

2,575,826

2019

Number

1,924,654

887,980

–

(817,547)

1,995,087

There were 116,560 options exercisable at the end of the year (2019: 119,260). The weighted average remaining contractual life is 1.68 
years (2019: 1.62 years). The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year was £1.92 (2019: £2.43). The weighted 
average share price of options at the date of their exercise was £2.74 (2019: £nil).

Joint share ownership plan (JSOP)
Awards under the JSOP participated in increases in the value of Shares in the Company above the share price at the date of grant. Awards 
comprised an interest in jointly owned Shares (i.e. Ordinary Shares held in co-ownership with the Trust) and a stock appreciation right. A 
key feature of the JSOP was that individuals were required to purchase their interest in the jointly owned Shares and had thereby put their 
personal capital at risk.

There were nil options (2019: 129,464) exercisable at the end of the year which relate to the 2010 scheme which vested in 2013. Given that 
the scheme has vested, the weighted average remaining contractual life was nil (2019: nil), participants could exercise their options up until 
2020 and have therefore nil years (2019: one year) remaining until their option lapsed. No options were exercised or lapsed during the year 
(2019: nil).

156

14. Directors and employees (continued)

Company stock option plan (CSOP)
The Group operates a CSOP (an equity-settled share-based remuneration scheme) for certain employees. Under the CSOP the options 
vest if the individual remains an employee of the Group after a three year period, unless the individual has left under certain ‘good leaver’ 
terms in which case the options may vest earlier.

Outstanding at 1 January

Granted during the year

Exercised during the year

Lapsed during the year

Outstanding at 31 December

2020

Weighted 
average exercise 
price
£

2019

Weighted  
average exercise 
price
£

Number

Number

3.59

1,016,407

2.29

1,166,326

–

2.77

3.22

3.67

–

(49,830)

(86,374)

880,203

–

–

3.37

3.59

–

–

(149,919)

1,016,407

There were 880,203 options exercisable at the end of the year (2019: 1,016,407). The average market value at the date of exercise was 
£3.11 (2019: £nil).

The vested schemes have a remaining exercise period of between one and five years (2019: one and six years).

SAYE (Save As You Earn) scheme
The Group has offered options under the SAYE scheme in each of 2011 to 2014 and 2016 to 2019 years. All these offers were open to all 
qualifying employees and provide for an exercise price equal to the daily average market price on the date of grant. The options will vest if 
the employee remains in service for the full duration of the option scheme (three years). There are no cash settlement alternatives.

Outstanding at 1 January

Granted during the year

Exercised

Lapsed during the year due to employees withdrawal

Outstanding at 31 December

2020

Weighted 
average exercise 
price
£

2019

Weighted  
average exercise 
price
£

Number

2.39

1,374,554

–

2.24

2.56

2.47

–

(8,035)

(454,475)

912,044

2.39

2.65

2.28

2.40

2.39

Number

1,067,119

652,797

(10,672)

(334,690)

1,374,554

The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year was £nil (2019: £1.46) and the weighted average remaining contractual 
life was 0.67 years (2019: 1.26 years). The average market value at the date of exercise was £2.85 (2019: £2.65).

There were nil (2019: nil) options exercisable at the end of the year.

BAYE (Buy As You Earn) scheme
The matching shares element of the SIP/BAYE was introduced and provides participants with one matching share for every five partnership 
shares purchased. The matching shares are allocated from Ordinary Shares held by the Trust for the benefit of SIP/BAYE participants. The 
maximum saving under the scheme would be automatically capped at £150 per month (as per HMRC limits).

Outstanding at 1 January

Granted during the year

Exercised

Lapsed during the year due to employees withdrawal

2020

Weighted 
average exercise 
price
£

2.5

–

–

–

2019

Weighted  
average exercise 
price
£

2.5

–

–

–

Number

78,000

–

–

–

Number

78,000

–

–

–

Outstanding at 31 December

2.5

78,000

2.5

78,000

157

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewNotes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

14. Directors and employees (continued)

There were nil options exercisable at the end of the year.

All employee share award
The Group launched its first free share award under its SIP Plan in 2020. The award was £500 per full time employee and a pro-rated 
award for all part time employees. This award offer was made to LSL Group employees who had joined the Group on or before 31 March 
2020 and were still employed and not serving notice at the time the grant was made on 1 October 2020. The awards will normally become 
available for employees once they have been held in the SIP plan for three years or more. The weighted average fair value at grant was 
£2.19. There were nil options exercisable at the end of the year.

Outstanding at 1 January

Granted during the year

Exercised

Lapsed during the year due to employees withdrawal

Outstanding at 31 December

2020

Weighted  
average exercise 
price
£

–

–

–

–

–

2019

Weighted  
average exercise 
price
£

–

–

–

–

–

Number

–

832,914

–

–

832,914

Number

–

–

–

–

–

Equity-settled transactions
The assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of equity-settled options were as follows:

Option pricing model used

Weighted average Share price at grant date (£)

Exercise price (£)

Expected life of options (years)

Expected volatility (%)

Expected dividend yield (%)

Risk free interest rate (%)

The total cost recognised for equity-settled transactions is as follows:

Share-based payment expense during the year

A credit of £165,000 (2019: charge of £115,000) relates to employees of the Company.

LTIP 
2020

LTIP
2019

Black Scholes Black Scholes

2.11

2.74

–

3

100

3.20

0.63

2020
£’000

18

–

3

100

3.97

0.76

2019
£’000

312

The volatility assumption, measured at the standard deviation of expected share price returns, is based on statistical analysis of historical 
share price. The dividend yield assumption is based on the fact that the Shares awarded are not eligible to receive dividends until the end of 
the vesting period.

158

15. Taxation

(a)  Tax on profit on ordinary activities
The major components of income tax charge in the Group Income Statements are:

UK corporation tax – current year

 – adjustment in respect of prior years

Deferred tax:

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Changes in tax rates

Adjustment in respect of prior year

Total deferred tax (credit)

Total tax charge in the Income Statement

2020
£’000

5,111

(409)

4,702

(597)

243

248

(106)

4,596

2019
£’000

3,993

(56)

3,937

(657)

69

(304)

(892)

3,045

Corporation tax is recognised at the headline UK corporation tax rate of 19% (2019: 19%).

Accordingly, this rate is applicable in the measurements of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at 31 December 2020. Deferred tax has 
been provided at 19% being the rate at which temporary differences are expected to reverse.

In March 2021, the 2021 Budget included an announcement to increase the standard rate of corporation tax from 19% to 25% from 
1 April 2023. It is expected this will be substantively enacted during summer 2021. Since the rate increase was not substantively enacted 
at the balance sheet date, deferred tax has been provided at 19%. The maximum impact on deferred tax balances of the rate increase is 
estimated to be £575,000.

The effective rate of tax for the year was 22.0% (2019: 19.0%). The effective tax rate for 2020 is higher than the headline UK tax rate for a 
number of reasons including the depreciation of assets which do not qualify for capital allowances, the impairment of investments in JVs 
and associates, and the upward revaluation of deferred tax liabilities.

Deferred tax credited directly to other comprehensive income is £nil (2019: £0.1m). Income tax credited directly to the share-based 
payment reserve is £nil (2019: £nil).

(b)  Factors affecting tax charge for the year
The tax assessed in the profit and loss account is higher than (2019: equal to) the standard UK corporation tax rate, because of the 
following factors:

Profit on ordinary activities before tax 

Tax calculated at UK standard rate of corporation tax of 19% (2019: 19%) 

Non-deductible expenditure/(non-taxable income) from joint ventures and associates

Other disallowable expenses

Impact of movement in contingent consideration charged/(credited) to the Income Statement

Share-based payment relief

Brought forward losses not previously recognised

Impact of rate change on deferred tax

Prior period adjustments – current tax

Prior period adjustment – deferred tax

Total taxation charge

2020
£’000

20,922

3,975

(53)

769

(40)

24

(161)

243

(409)

248

4,596

2019
£’000

16,014

3,043

52

644

(313)

(37)

(53)

69

(56)

(304)

3,045

159

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

15. Taxation (continued)

A major component of the disallowable expenditure is a permanent disallowance of depreciation on assets that do not qualify for capital 
allowances. This is a recurring adjustment and the tax impact in the year is £264,000 (2019: £321,000). Another significant adjustment is 
the impact of exceptional expenditure, which is not deductible for tax purposes. The impact of this non-deductible expenditure is £412,000 
(2019: £508,000).

(c)  Factors that may affect future tax charges (unrecognised)

Unrecognised deferred tax asset relating to:

Losses

2020
£’000

2,393

2,393

2019
£’000

2,382

2,382

The deferred tax assets may be recoverable in the future and this is dependent on subsidiary companies generating taxable profits sufficient 
to allow the utilisation of these amounts. These deferred tax assets cannot be offset against profits elsewhere in the Group as they relate to 
losses brought forward which can only be offset against taxable profits arising from the same trade in which the losses arose. There is no 
time limit for utilisation of the above tax losses and other temporary differences.

(d)  Deferred tax
An analysis of the movements in deferred tax is as follows:

Net deferred tax liability at 1 January 

Deferred tax liability arising on acquisitions and business combinations

Deferred tax liability recognised directly in other comprehensive income

Deferred tax (credit) in Income Statement for the year (Note 15a to these Financial Statements)

Deferred tax movement through opening reserves

Net deferred tax liability at 31 December 

Analysed as:

Accelerated capital allowances

Deferred tax liability on separately identifiable intangible assets on business combinations

Deferred tax on financial assets

Deferred tax on share options

Other short term temporary differences

Trading losses recognised

Deferred tax credit/(expense) in Income Statement relates to the following:

Intangible assets recognised on business combinations

Accelerated capital allowance

Deferred tax on share options

Other temporary differences

Trading losses recognised

2020
£’000

1,805

104

19

(106)

–

2019
£’000

2,189

588

(94)

(892)

14

1,822

1,805

2020
£’000

(1,460)

4,033

25

(241)

(287)

(248)

2019
£’000

(1,624)

4,174

23

(257)

(255)

(256)

1,822

1,805

2020
£’000

244

(164)

–

34

(8)

106

2019
£’000

777

198

85

94

(262)

892

At the end of either year there was no unrecognised deferred tax liability for taxes that would be payable on the unremitted earnings of the 
Group’s subsidiaries.

160

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
16. Intangible assets

Goodwill

Cost

At 1 January 2019

Arising on acquisitions

At 31 December 2019

Arising on acquisitions

At 31 December 2020

Net book value

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2019

There has been no impairment in respect of the carrying amount of goodwill held on the balance sheet.

The carrying amount of goodwill by cash generating unit is given below:

Financial Services

  Group First

  RSC New Homes

  First Complete

  Advance Mortgage Funding

  Personal Touch Financial Services

Surveying and Valuation segment company

  e.surv

Estate Agency segment companies
  Your Move

  Marsh & Parsons

  LSLi

  Reeds Rains 

  Templeton LPA 

  Others 

Total

£’000

159,723

140

159,863

–

159,863

159,863

159,863

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

13,913

13,913

7,128

3,998

2,604

348

7,128

3,998

2,604

348

27,991

27,991

9,569

9,569

41,897

40,307

22,512

16,903

336

348

122,303

159,863

41,897

40,307

22,512

16,903

336

348

122,303

159,863

161

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

16. Intangible assets (continued)

Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles with indefinite useful lives
Goodwill acquired through business combinations and brands has been allocated for impairment testing purposes to statutory companies 
or Groups of statutory companies which are managed as one cash generating unit as follows:

• Financial Services companies

• Group First.

• RSC New Homes.

• First Complete.

• Advance Mortgage Funding which includes BDS.

• Personal Touch Financial Services.

• Surveying and Valuation Services company

• e.surv.

• Estate Agency companies

• Your Move (including its share of cash-flows from LSL Corporate Client Department).

• Marsh & Parsons.

• LSLi, which includes Intercounty, Frosts, JNP, Goodfellows, Davis Tate, Lauristons, Lawlors, Hawes & Co and Thomas Morris.

• Reeds Rains.

• Templeton LPA.

• St Trinity.

Recoverable amount of companies
The recoverable amount of the Financial Services, Surveying and Valuation Services and Estate Agency companies has been determined 
based on a value in use calculation using cash-flow projections based on financial budgets approved by the Board and in the three year 
plan. The discount rate applied to cash-flow projections is 11.7% (2019: 9.5%) and cash-flows beyond the three year plan are extrapolated 
using a 2.0% growth rate (2019: 1.8%).

Key assumptions used in value in use calculations
The calculation of value in use for each of the Financial Services, Surveying and Valuation Services and Estate Agency companies is most 
sensitive to the following assumptions:

• Discount rates.

• Performance in the market.

Discount rates
Reflects the Management Team’s estimate of the post-tax Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC) of the Group and this is grossed up 
to arrive at a pre-tax discount rate (using a tax rate of 19.0%) of 11.7% (2019: 9.5%); external advice has been sought for certain elements 
of the source data. This is the benchmark used by the Management Team to assess operating performance and to evaluate future 
acquisition proposals.

Performance in the market
Reflects how the Management Team believes the business will perform over the three year period and is used to calculate the value in use 
of the CGUs.

There has been no impairment in respect of the carrying amount of goodwill or brand (an indefinite useful life asset) held on the balance 
sheet.

162

16. Intangible assets (continued)

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions
The Management Team has undertaken sensitivity analysis to determine the effect of changes in assumptions on the 2020 impairment 
reviews. Marsh & Parsons has headroom of £12.8m and in this instance a reasonable possible change in either the financial budgets in the 
three year plan or the discount rate applied could lead to impairment. A reduction in each of the three years of cash-flow forecast by 15%, 
or an increase to the discount factor applied from 11.68% to 13.39% would lead to an impairment.

Other intangible assets

Cost

At 1 January 2019

Additions

Arising on acquisition

At 31 December 2019

Additions

Arising on acquisition

Disposals

At 31 December 2020

Amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2019

Amortisation

At 31 December 2019

Amortisation

Disposals

At 31 December 2020

Net book value

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2019

Note:

1  Other relates to in-house software and Estate Agency franchise agreements.

Brand
names
£'000

Lettings
contracts
£'000

Order book
£'000

Other1
£'000

Total
£'000

19,265

17,771

–

–

19,265

–

–

–

–

3,459

21,230

–

540

–

19,265

21,770

191

–

191

–

–

11,718

3,166

14,884

2,808

–

191

17,692

19,074

19,074

4,078

6,346

228

–

–

228

–

–

(228)

–

228

–

228

–

(228)

–

–

–

13,823

1,273

–

15,096

1,843

–

–

51,087

1,273

3,459

55,819

1,843

540

(228)

16,939

57,974

6,990

2,620

9,610

2,587

–

12,197

4,742

5,486

19,127

5,786

24,913

5,395

(228)

30,080

27,894

30,906

163

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

16. Intangible assets (continued)

The carrying amount of brand by operating unit is as follows:

Financial Services

  Group First

  Advance Mortgage Funding

  RSC New Homes

Surveying and Valuation Services company

  e.surv

Estate Agency companies

  Marsh & Parsons

  Your Move

  Reeds Rains 

  LSLi

Total

2020
£’000

396

180

43

619

2019
£’000

396

180

43

619

1,305

1,305

11,724

11,724

2,510

1,241

1,675

17,150

19,074

2,510

1,241

1,675

17,150

19,074

The brand value relates to the following:
• Your Move, a network of residential sales and lettings agencies and e.surv, a surveying and valuation company which were both acquired 

by the Group in July 2004;

• Reeds Rains, a network of residential sales and lettings agencies which was acquired in October 2005;

• Intercounty, a network of residential sales and lettings agencies which was acquired in February 2007;

• Frosts, a network of residential sales and lettings agencies which was acquired in July 2007;

• JNP, a network of residential sales and lettings agencies which was acquired in September 2007;

• Goodfellows, a network of residential sales and lettings agencies which was acquired in May 2010;

• Advance Mortgage Funding and BDS intermediary networks which were acquired in December 2010;

• Marsh & Parsons, a network of residential sales and lettings agencies which was acquired in November 2011;

• Davis Tate, a network of residential sales and lettings agencies which was acquired in February 2012;

• Lauristons, a network of residential sales and lettings agencies which was acquired in July 2012;

• Walker Fraser Steele, a surveying business which was acquired in June 2013;

• Lawlors, a network of residential sales and lettings agencies which was acquired in September 2013;

• Hawes & Co, a network of residential sales and lettings agencies which was acquired in March 2014;

• Thomas Morris, a network of residential sales and lettings agencies which was acquired in February 2015;

• Group First, a financial services group which was acquired in February 2016; and

• RSC New Homes, a financial services company which was acquired in March 2018.

The businesses are run as separate reporting units within the Group. There have been no fundamental changes to the manner in which the 
businesses have been run since their acquisition and therefore the results of the businesses are considered to be derived from the brand 
names nationally.

164

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17. Property, plant and equipment

Land and  
buildings
£'000

Leasehold
improvements
£'000

Cost

At 1 January 2019

Initial recognition of IFRS 16

Revised opening balance

Additions

Disposals

At 31 December 2019

Additions

Disposals

At 31 December 2020

Depreciation and impairment

At 1 January 2019

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 December 2019

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 December 2020

Net book value

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2019

Owned assets

IFRS 16 leased assets

2,367

37,220

39,587

4,149

(4,346)

39,390

3,549

(958)

41,981

358

6,730

(303)

6,785

6,682

(592)

12,875

29,106

32,605

1,561

27,545

29,106

8,998

–

8,998

715

(77)

9,636

367

(311)

9,692

4,187

947

(23)

5,111

909

(311)

5,709

3,983

4,525

3,983

–

3,983

Motor
vehicles
£'000

15

6,530

6,545

2,394

(547)

8,392

1,811

(1,056)

9,147

14

3,418

(398)

3,034

2,886

(1,000)

4,920

4,227

5,358

10

4,217

4,227

Fixtures, fittings 
and computer 
equipment
£'000

31,646

–

31,646

2,880

(4,877)

29,649

1,842

(1,748)

29,743

21,601

3,747

(2,781)

22,567

3,452

(1,701)

24,318

5,425

7,082

5,425

–

5,425

Total
£'000

43,026

43,750

86,776

10,138

(9,847)

87,067

7,569

(4,073)

90,563

26,160

14,842

(3,505)

37,497

13,929

(3,604)

47,822

42,741

49,570

10,979

31,762

42,741

In 2020 assets with a book value of £469,000 were disposed in the year. This includes a leasehold property with a book value totalling 
£115,000 which was sold for net proceeds of £130,000 resulting in a profit on disposal of £15,000.

In 2019 assets with a book value of £6,342,000 were disposed in the year. This includes a leasehold property with a book value totalling 
£41,000 which was sold for net proceeds of £189,000 resulting in a profit on disposal of £148,000.

165

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

18. Financial assets

Convertible loan noted carried at fair value

Secured convertible loan notes (Global Property Ventures)

Secured convertible loan notes (Mortgage Gym) – 5%

Investment in equity instruments – at fair value

Unquoted shares at fair value

IFRS 16 lessor financial assets

Opening balance

Initial recognition of IFRS 16

Revised opening balance

Additions

Additional sub-leases

Disposals

Fair value adjustment recorded through OCI

Deferred tax on fair value adjustment

Closing balance

2020
£’000

10

2,240

6,961

350

9,561

9,326

–

9,326

418

–

(183)

–

–

9,561

2019
£’000

–

2,000

6,952

374

9,326

11,566

329

11,895

2,783

114

(1,835)

(3,558)

(73)

9,326

Convertible loan notes at fair value
LSL subscribed for £2,000,000 of Convertible Secured Preference Loan Notes with Mortgage Gym in 2019. In July 2020, £160,000 
of these loan notes were converted to equity. In 2020, LSL subscribed for a further £400,000 Convertible Secured Preference Loan 
Notes with Mortgage Gym. Interest on the Convertible Secured Preference Loan Notes is 5% per annum. The final repayment date of 
the Convertible Secured Preference Loan Notes is 5 June 2024. Repayment may take place before this date. The Convertible Secured 
Preference Loan Notes are secured by way of a debenture. In February 2021, Mortgage Gym entered administration. The fair value of the 
Convertible Secured Preference Loan Notes at 31 December 2020 has been assessed as £2,240,000, consistent with the carrying value at 
that time as recovery of the full value of the loan notes will occur upon the completion of sale of the trade and assets of Mortgage Gym.

LSL subscribed for £10,000 of Convertible Loan Notes with Global Property Ventures Limited in 2020.

Investment in equity instruments
The financial assets include unlisted equity instruments which are carried at fair value. Fair value is judgemental given the assumptions 
required and have been valued using Level 3 valuation techniques (see Note 32 to the Financial Statements).

Vibrant Energy Matters Limited (VEM)
The carrying value of the Group’s investment in VEM at 31 December 2020 has been assessed as £287,000 (December 2019: £287,000). 
The fair value of the Group’s investment in VEM has been assessed by using Level 3 techniques.

NBC Property Master Limited
The carrying value of the Group’s investment at 31 December 2020 has been assessed as £78,000 (December 2019: £78,000).

Global Property Ventures Limited
The carrying value of the Group’s investment in Global Property Ventures Limited at 31 December 2020 has been assessed as £101,000 
(December 2019: £93,000). During the year, the Group subscribed to additional shares in Global Property Ventures at a value of 
10.88 pence per share.

Yopa Property Limited
The carrying value of the Group’s investment in Yopa at 31 December 2020 is £6,495,000 (December 2019: £6,495,000). The fair value of 
the Group’s investment in Yopa has been assessed by using Level 3 techniques.

166

 
 
 
 
 
19. Investments in joint ventures and associates

Investment in joint ventures and associates

Investment in joint ventures

Opening balance

Equity accounted profit

Closing balance

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

11,406

12,958

10,305

1,101

11,406

9,657

648

10,305

The Group holds a 33.33% (2019: 33.33%) interest in TM Group (UK) Limited (TM Group), a joint venture whose principal activity is to 
provide searches. The principal place of business of TM Group is the United Kingdom.

The Group also has a 50% (2019: 50%) interest in LMS, a joint venture whose principal activity is to provide conveyancing panel 
management services. The principal place of business of LMS is the United Kingdom.

The summarised financial information of TM Group, which is accounted for using the equity method, is presented below:

TM Group balance sheet:

Non-current assets

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets

LSL share of net assets

TM Group results:

Revenue

Depreciation

Operating expenses

Operating profit 

Finance income

Profit before tax 

Taxation

Profit after tax

LSL share of profit after tax

Shareholder service charge

Income from TM Group

2020
£’000

7,462

5,441

7,545

2019
£’000

7,844

2,156

1,167

(13,353)

(6,660)

(96)

6,999

2,333

2020
£’000

–

4,507

1,502

2019
£’000

66,677

(477)

68,843

(530)

(63,123)

(68,330)

3,077

6

3,083

(586)

2,497

832

213

1,045

(17)

5

(12)

2

(10)

(3)

713

710

167

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

19. Investments in joint ventures and associates (continued)

The summarised financial information of LMS, which is accounted for using the equity method, is presented below:

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

LMS balance sheet:

Non-current assets

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets

LSL share of net assets

LMS results:

Revenue

Depreciation

Operating expenses

Operating profit 

Finance income

Profit before tax 

Taxation

Profit after tax

LSL share of profit after tax

16,467

1,621

3,957

(3,628)

(272)

18,145

9,073

2020
£’000

19,732

(1,515)

(17,556)

661

2

663

(126)

537

269

Non-current assets include £5,008,000 (2019: £5,008,000) in respect of goodwill arising on the acquisition of shares in LMS.

16,191

2,810

2,327

(3,721)

–

17,607

8,803

2019
£’000

24,467

(747)

(22,118)

1,602

5

1,607

(306)

1,301

651

2019
£’000

2,653

3,573

–

(920)

–

2020
£’000

–

2,653

160

(821)

(1,992)

–

2,653

Investment in associate 

Opening balance

Acquisitions

Equity accounted loss

Fair value impairment

Closing balance

The Group has a 45.20% (2019: 34.69%) holding in Mortgage Gym, a digital mortgage business. The principal place of business of 
Mortgage Gym is the United Kingdom. Mortgage Gym entered administration in February 2021. An impairment of £1,992,000 has been 
recognised in the year in exceptional costs (Note 8), reducing LSL’s share of net assets to nil.

168

 
 
 
 
19. Investments in joint ventures and associates (continued)

The summarised financial information of Mortgage Gym, which is accounted for using the equity method, is presented below:

Mortgage Gym balance sheet:

Non-current assets

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets

LSL share of net assets

Mortgage Gym results:

Revenue

Depreciation

Operating expenses

Operating (loss)

Finance costs

Loss before tax

Taxation

Loss after tax

LSL share of loss after tax

20. Contract assets

Non-current contract asset

Current contract asset

2020
£’000

497

253

115

2019
£’000

9,138

325

386

(3,999)

(2,199)

–

(3,134)

–

2020
£’000

603

(269)

(2,066)

(1,732)

(102)

(1,834)

348

(1,486)

(821)

2020
£’000

433

253

686

–

7,650

2,653

2019
£’000

306

(93)

(3,487)

(3,274)

–

(3,274)

622

(2,652)

(920)

2019
£’000

686

253

939

In accordance with IFRS 15, items relating to the reimbursement of costs associated with the award of a material surveying contract with 
Lloyds Bank plc has been recognised as a contract asset. This reimbursement will be amortised over the term of the contract. The amount 
of amortisation recognised in the Income Statement in 2020 is £253,000 (2019: £253,000).

169

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

21. Trade and other receivables

Current

Trade receivables

Prepayments 

Other debtors

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

12,507

15,143

788

28,438

19,624

14,021

746

34,391

Trade receivables are non-interest-bearing and are generally on 4-30 day terms depending on the services to which they relate.

As at 31 December 2020, trade receivables with a nominal value of £4,040,000 (2019: £3,868,000) were impaired and fully provided for.

Set out below is the movement in the allowance for expected credit losses of trade receivables:

At 1 January

Provision for expected credit losses

Amounts written off

At 31 December

2020
£’000

3,868

192

(20)

4,040

2019
£’000

3,020

977

(129)

3,868

The chosen method of recognising the expected credit loss across the Group is the simplified approach allowing a provision matrix to be 
used, which is based on the expected life of trade receivables, historic default rates and forward looking information.

As at 31 December, an analysis of trade receivables by credit risk rating grades is as follows:

2020

2019

Total
£’000

12,507

19,624

Neither past due 
nor impaired
£’000

6,453

9,688

<30 days
£’000

1,977

7,374

30-60 days
£’000

740

1,010

60-90
days
£’000

288

308

90-120
days
£’000

317

380

The expected credit loss rate applied by ageing bracket has been disclosed below:

2020

2019

Total

Neither past due 
nor impaired

0.50%

1.00%

<30 days

0.70%

3.60%

30-60 days

2.50%

7.40%

60-90
days

2.30%

12.30%

90-120
days

4.00%

18.90%

>120 days
£’000

2,732

864

>120 days

23.30%

39.40%

In 2020 the expected credit loss rate applied to each ageing bracket has reduced due to reductions in the average historic default rates 
included in the provision matrix, which is based on defaults recognised within each business unit.

22. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank overnight deposit rates.

2020
£’000

11,443

2019
£’000

–

170

 
 
 
 
 
23. Trade and other payables

Current

Trade payables

Other taxes and social security payable

Other payables

Accruals

Lapse provision

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

11,733

24,971

2,291

29,412

4,529

72,936

11,585

10,896

2,019

30,224

5,283

60,007

Included within other taxes and social security payable is £9.4m of VAT, which has been deferred and will be payable in instalments 
between April 2021 and February 2022 as allowed by HMRC under the VAT deferral new payment scheme in response to the COVID-19 
pandemic. Also included in other taxes and social security payable is £4.3m of PAYE/NIC and Insurance Premium Tax. A Time to Pay 
arrangement was reached with HMRC, the full balance was settled on 1 February 2021.

Lapse provision
Certain subsidiaries sell life assurance products which are cancellable without a notice period, and if cancelled within a set period require 
that a portion of the commission earned must be repaid. The lapse provision is recognised as a reduction in revenue which is based on 
historic lapses which have occurred. The provision is management’s best estimate of future clawed back commission on life assurance 
policies, taking into account historic lapse rates in each subsidiary.

24. Financial liabilities

Current

Overdraft

2% and 12% unsecured loan notes

IFRS 16 lessee financial liabilities 

Deferred consideration

Contingent consideration

Non-current

Bank loans – RCF 

IFRS 16 lessee financial liabilities

Contingent consideration

2020
£’000

–

–

10,550

122

1,794

12,466

13,000

23,407

3,653

40,060

2019
£’000

883

65

9,431

80

654

11,113

41,000

27,801

5,150

73,951

Bank loans – RCF and overdraft
A £100.0m loan facility which was due to expire in May 2020 was extended in January 2018 and now expires in May 2022. Loan refinance 
costs were incurred in June 2013 which have been capitalised and are being amortised over the life of the original loan facility.

The bank loan totalling £13.0m (2019: £41.0m) and overdraft totalling £nil (2019: £0.9m) are secured via cross guarantees issued from the 
following businesses: LSL Property Services plc, your-move.co.uk Limited, Reeds Rains Limited, e.surv Limited, Lending Solutions Holdings 
Limited, First Complete Limited, New Daffodil Limited, St Trinity Limited, LSL Corporate Client Services Limited, Advance Mortgage Funding 
Limited, Marsh & Parsons Limited, Marsh & Parsons (Holdings) Limited, BDS Mortgage Group Limited, LSLi Limited, Davis Tate Limited, 
Lauristons Limited, David Frosts Estate Agents Limited, ICIEA Limited, GFEA Limited, JNP Estate Agents Limited, Vitalhandy Enterprises 
Limited, Mortgages First Limited, Insurance First Brokers Limited, Group First Limited, Personal Touch Financial Services Limited, Personal 
Touch Administration Services Limited, Embrace Financial Services Limited.

171

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

24. Financial liabilities (continued)

The utilisation of the RCF may vary each month as long as this does not exceed the maximum £100.0m facility (2019: £100.0m). The 
Group’s overdraft is also secured on the same facility, and the combined overdraft and RCF cannot exceed £100.0m (2019: £100.0m). The 
banking facility is repayable when funds permit on or by May 2022.

Interest and fees payable on the RCF amounted to £1.2m (2019: £1.6m). The interest rate applicable to the facility is LIBOR plus a margin 
rate; the margin rate is linked to the leverage ratio of the Group and the margin rate is reviewed at six monthly intervals.

Deferred consideration

LSLi

Contingent consideration

RSC New Homes

Group First

LSLi contingent consideration

Other

Current contingent consideration

Non-current contingent consideration

Total contingent consideration

Opening balance

Cash paid

Acquisition

Amounts recorded through Income Statement

Closing balance

2020
£’000

122

122

2020
£’000

3,653

1,470

302

22

5,447

1,794

3,653

5,447

5,804

(171)

23

(209)

5,447

2019
£’000

80

80

2019
£’000

3,632

1,518

393

261

5,804

654

5,150

5,804

15,038

(7,890)

300

(1,644)

5,804

RSC
£3,653,000 (2019: £3,632,000) of contingent consideration relates to RSC New Homes. The movement relates to the assessment of the 
fair value of the contingent consideration which has been calculated using earnings multiples of between five and six times EBITA (plus 
excess cash in the business) and has been capped at a maximum of £7,500,000.

Group First
£1,470,000 (2019: £1,518,000) of contingent consideration relates to Group First. The movement relates to the assessment of the fair value 
of remaining contingent consideration. The remaining consideration has been calculated using earnings multiples of between five and six 
times EBITA (plus excess cash in the business) and has been capped at a maximum of £25.0m.

LSLi
£302,000 (2019: £393,000) of contingent consideration relates to payments to former shareholders in relation to the acquisition of LSLi and 
certain of its subsidiaries between 2012 and 2016. The full balance outstanding at 31 December 2020 was paid in January 2021.

During 2020 £171,000 (2019: £7,890,000) of contingent consideration was paid to former shareholders.

172

 
 
 
 
 
 
24. Financial liabilities (continued)

The table below shows the allocation of the contingent consideration income charge between the various categories:

Arrangement under IFRS 3

Unwinding of discount on contingent consideration

(Credit)/charge

2020
£’000

(544)

335

(209)

2019
£’000

(2,054)

410

(1,644)

The contingent consideration charged to the Income Statement in the year, excluding the unwinding of discount relates to both new and 
previous acquisitions and relates to the acquisition of: LSLi charge of £4,000 (2019: charge of £14,000); Mortgage First credit of £146,000 
(2019: charge of £641,000); RSC New Homes credit of £216,000 (2019: charge of £1,408,000); WFS credit of £167,000 (2019: £nil).

25. Provisions for liabilities

Balance at 1 January

Amount utilised

Amount released

Unwinding of discount

Provided in financial year 

Balance at 31 December

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

PI claim  

provision
£'000

8,212

(1,707)

(679)

2

1,214

7,042

2,926

4,116

7,042

2020

Onerous
leases
£'000

440

–

(304)

–

–

136

72

64

136

PI claim  
provision
£'000

12,430

(2,257)

(2,489)

30

498

8,212

3,380

4,832

8,212

2019

Onerous
leases
£'000

130

(897)

–

–

1,207

440

195

245

440

Total
£'000

8,652

(1,707)

(983)

2

1,214

7,178

2,998

4,180

7,178

Total
£'000

12,560

(3,154)

(2,489)

30

1,705

8,652

3,575

5,077

8,652

PI Costs (professional indemnity claims) provision
The PI Costs provision is to cover the costs of claims relating to valuation services for clients which are not covered by PI insurance. The PI 
Costs provision includes amounts for claims already received from clients, claims yet to be received and any other amounts which may be 
payable as a result of legal disputes associated with provision of valuation services.

The provision is the Directors’ best estimate of the likely outcome of such claims, taking account of the incidence of such claims and 
the size of the loss that may be borne by the claimant, after taking account of actions that can be taken to mitigate losses. The PI Costs 
provision will be utilised as individual claims are settled and the settlement amount may vary from the amount provided depending on 
the outcome of each claim. It is not possible to estimate the timing of payment of all claims and therefore a significant proportion of the 
provision has been classified as non-current.

As at 31 December 2020 the total provision for PI Costs was £7.0m. The Directors have considered the sensitivity analysis on the key risks 
and uncertainties discussed above.

Cost per claim
A substantial element of the PI Costs provision relates to specific claims where disputes are ongoing. These specific cases have been 
separately assessed and specific provisions have been made. The average cost per claim has been used to calculate the IBNR. Should the 
costs to settle and resolve these claims and future claims increase by 10%, an additional £0.5m would be required.

Rate of claim
The IBNR assumes that the rate of claim for the high risk lending period in particular reduces over time. Should the rate of reduction be 
lower than anticipated and the duration extended, further costs may arise. An increase of 30% in notifications in excess of that assumed in 
the IBNR calculations would increase the required provision by £0.4m.

Notifications
The Group has received a number of notifications which have not deteriorated into claims or loss. Should the rate of deterioration increase 
by 50%, an additional provision of less than £0.2m would be required.

173

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

26. Leases

At the year ended 31 December 2020, the Group has the following in regards to leases in the Group balance sheet.

Right of use assets

1 January

Additions

Disposals

Depreciation

31 December

£’000
Property

30,887

3,549

(249)

(6,643)

27,544

2020

£’000
Vehicles

5,339

1,811

(53)

(2,879)

4,218

£’000
Total

36,226

5,360

(302)

(9,522)

31,762

£’000
Property

37,220

4,149

(3,798)

(6,684)

30,887

2019

£’000
Vehicles

6,530

2,370

(150)

(3,411)

5,339

These are included in the carrying amounts of PPE on the face of the Group balance sheet, and have been included in Note 17.

Lease liabilities

1 January 

Additions

Interest expense

Disposals

Repayment of lease liabilities

31 December

2020
£’000

37,232

5,445

1,594

(415)

(9,899)

33,957

£’000
Total

43,750

6,519

(3,948)

(10,095)

36,226

2019
£’000

43,224

6,529

1,719

(2,759)

(11,481)

37,232

The Group added £5,445,000 of new lease liabilities in the year. The weighted average discount rate appplied across the Group for these 
additions was 3.91% (2019: 4.03%).

Maturity of these lease liabilities is analysed as follows:

Current lease liabilities

Non-current lease liabilities

31 December 2020

£’000
Property

7,707

21,430

29,137

£’000
Vehicles

2,843

1,977

4,820

£’000
Total

10,550

23,407

33,957

These are included in non-current and current financial liabilities on the face of the Group balance sheet, and have been included in Note 
24. Maturity analysis of the future cash-flows of lease liabilities has been included in Note 32.

174

26. Leases (continued)

The following shows how lease expenses have been included in the Income Statement, broken down between amounts charged to 
operating profit and amounts charged to finance costs:

Depreciation of right of use assets

Property

Vehicles

Short term and low value lease expense (Note 9)

Sub-lease income

Charge to operating profit

Interest expense related to lease liabilities

Interest income related to sub-lease

Charge to profit before taxation

Cash outflow relating to operating activities

Cash outflow relating to financing activities

Total cash outflow relating to leases

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

(6,643)

(2,879)

(2,006)

25

(11,503)

(1,594)

–

(1,594)

(3,624)

(8,280)

(6,684)

(3,411)

(3,602)

68

(13,629)

(1,719)

10

(1,709)

(5,321)

(9,761)

(11,904)

(15,082)

During the year, the Group applied the COVID-19 practical expedient to recognise all rent concessions that were directly as a result of the 
COVID-19 pandemic as variable lease payments through the Income Statement. In the year £234,955 was recognised as a reduction to 
outstanding lease liabilities through the Income Statement.

At 31 December 2020 the Group had not entered into any leases to which it was committed but had not yet commenced.

27. Share capital

Authorised:

Ordinary Shares of 0.2 pence each

Issued and fully paid:

At 1 January 

Issued in the year

At 31 December

28. Reserves

2020

2019

Shares

£’000

Shares

£’000

500,000,000

1,000 500,000,000

1,000

104,158,950

1,000,000

105,158,950

208 104,158,950

2

-

210 104,158,950

208

-

208

Share premium
The amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value less any costs attributable to the issue of new shares.

Share-based payment reserve
The share-based payment reserve is used to record the value of equity-settled share-based payment provided to the employees, as part of 
their remuneration. Note 14 gives further details of these plans.

Shares held by EBT
Treasury shares represent the cost of LSL Shares purchased in the market and held by the Trust to satisfy future exercise of options under 
the Group’s employee share options schemes. At 31 December 2020 the Trust held 1,589,974 (2019: 1,430,494) LSL Shares at an 
average cost of £3.14 (2019: £3.51). The market value of the LSL Shares at 31 December 2020 was £4,626,824 (2019: £3,862,334). The 
nominal value of each Share is 0.2 pence.

Fair value reserve
The fair value reserve is used to record the changes in fair value of equity financial assets that the Group has elected to recognise through 
OCI. Note 18 to these Financial Statements gives further details of the movement in the current year.

175

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

29. Pension costs and commitments

The Group operates defined contribution pension schemes for certain Executive Directors and certain employees. The assets of the 
schemes are held separately from those of the Group in independently administered funds.

The total contributions to the defined contribution schemes in the year were £6,231,000 (2019: £6,962,000). At 31 December 2020 there 
were outstanding pension contributions of £776,585 (2019: £881,222) included in trade and other payables.

30. Acquisitions during the year

Year ended 31 December 2020
The Group acquired the following businesses during the year:

Lettings books
During the period the Group acquired two lettings books for a total consideration of £438,000. The fair value of the identifiable assets and 
liabilities of these businesses as at the date of acquisition have been provisionally determined as below:

Intangible assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Total identifiable net liabilities acquired

Purchase consideration

Goodwill

Purchase consideration discharged by:

Cash

Deferred consideration

Contingent consideration 

Analysis of cash-flow on acquisition

Purchase consideration discharged in cash (included in cash-flows from investing activities)

Net cash outflow on acquisition

Fair value 
recognised on 
acquisition
£'000

540

(102)

438

438

–

£’000

293

122

23

438

£'000

293

293

176

 
 
 
30. Acquisitions during the year (continued)

Year ended 31 December 2019
The Group acquired the following businesses during the year.

Lettings books
During the prior period the Group acquired seven lettings books for a total consideration of £3,011,000. The fair value of the identifiable 
assets and liabilities of these businesses as at the date of acquisition have been determined as below:

Intangible assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Total identifiable net liabilities acquired

Purchase consideration

Goodwill

Purchase consideration discharged by:

Cash

Contingent consideration 

Analysis of cash-flow on acquisition

Purchase consideration discharged in cash (included in cash-flows from investing activities)

Net cash outflow on acquisition

31. Client monies

Fair value 
recognised on 
acquisition
£'000

3,459

(588)

2,871

3,011

140

£’000

2,711

300

3,011

£'000

2,711

2,711

As at 31 December 2020, monies held by subsidiaries in separate bank accounts on behalf of clients amounted to £97.3m (2019: 
£102.9m). Neither this amount, nor the matching liabilities to the clients concerned are included in the Group balance sheet.

Client funds are protected by the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS) under which the Government guarantees amounts up 
to £85,000. This guarantee applies to each individual client, not the total of deposits held by LSL.

32. Financial instruments – risk management

The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise bank loans and other loans. The main purpose of these financial instruments is to raise 
finance for the Group’s operations and to fund acquisitions. The Group has various financial assets and liabilities such as trade receivables, 
cash and short term deposits and trade payables, which arise directly from its operations.

The Group is exposed through its operations to the following financial risks:

• interest rate risk;

• liquidity risk; and

• credit risk.

Policy for managing these risks is set up by the Board following recommendations from the Group Chief Financial Officer. Certain risks are 
managed centrally, while others are managed locally following communications from the centre. The policy for each of the above risks is 
described in more detail below.

Interest rate risk
The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s long term debt obligations with floating 
interest rates.

177

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

32. Financial instruments – risk management (continued)

The majority of external Group borrowings are variable interest rate based and this policy is managed centrally. The subsidiaries are not 
permitted to borrow from external sources directly without approval from the Group Finance team.

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates on loans and borrowings. With all other 
variables held constant, the Group’s profit before tax is affected through the impact on floating rate borrowings as follows. There is no 
material impact on the Group’s equity.

2020

2019

Increase/
decrease in  
basis point

Effect on profit 
before tax
£’000

+100

-100

+100

-100

(130)

130

(410)

410

Liquidity risk
The Group aims to mitigate liquidity risk by managing cash generation by its operations, dividend policy and acquisition strategy. 
Acquisitions are carefully selected with authorisation limits operating up to Board level and cash payback periods applied as part of the 
investment appraisal process. In this way the Group aims to maintain a good credit rating to facilitate fundraising. The Group is also very 
cash generative as demonstrated by the cash from operations. The Group has net current liabilities due to the operating model where 
debtors are collected earlier than payments to creditors, allowing the cash to be used elsewhere in the business such as to reduce the 
amount drawn down on the RCF and to make acquisitions. However, the requirement to pay creditors is managed through future cash 
generation and, if required, from the RCF.

The Group monitors its risk of a shortage of funds using a recurring liquidity planning tool and daily cash-flow reporting. This includes 
consideration of the maturity of both its financial investments and financial assets (e.g. accounts receivable, and other financial assets) 
and projected cash-flows from operations. The Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility for 
potential acquisitions through the use of its banking facilities.

Cash at the bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank overnight deposit rates. Short term deposits are made for varying 
periods of between one day and three days depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest at the 
respective short term deposit rates. The fair value of cash and cash equivalents is £11.4m (2019: £0.0m). At 31 December 2020, the Group 
had available £87.0m of undrawn committed borrowing facilities in respect of which all conditions precedent had been met (2019: £51.3m).

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities at 31 December 2020 based on contractual undiscounted 
payments:

Year ended 31 December 2020

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
(including overdraft)

Trade payables

Other payables

Contingent consideration

Deferred consideration

Lease liabilities

On demand
£'000

Less than 3 months
£'000

3 to 12 months
£'000

1 to 5 years
£'000

> 5 years
£'000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

108

11,733

33,939

324

46

3,205

49,355 

329

13,181

–

–

1,470

76

7,345

9,220

–

–

4,287

–

19,725

37,193

–

–

–

–

–

9,241

9,241

Total
£'000

13,618

11,733

33,939

6,081

122

39,516

105,009

178

 
32. Financial instruments – risk management (continued)

Year ended 31 December 2019

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
(including overdraft)

Trade payables

Other payables

Contingent consideration

Deferred consideration

Lease liabilities

On demand
£'000

Less than 3 months
£'000

3 to 12 months
£'000

1 to 5 years
£'000

> 5 years
£'000

Total
£'000

883

–

–

–

–

–

883

276

11,584

35,507

219

–

2,602

50,188

843

42,585

–

–

435

80

7,807

9,165

–

–

5,150

–

21,753

69,488

–

–

–

–

–

9,885

9,885

44,587

11,584

35,507

5,804

80

42,047

139,609

The liquidity risk of each Group entity is managed centrally by the Group Treasury function. The Group’s cash requirement is monitored 
closely. All surplus cash is held centrally to offset against the Group’s borrowings and reduce the interest payable. The type of cash 
instrument used and its maturity date will depend on the Group’s forecast cash requirements. The Group has a RCF with a syndicate of 
major banking corporations to manage longer term borrowing requirements.

Capital management
The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains appropriate capital structure to support its business 
objectives, including any regulatory requirements, and maximise Shareholder value. Capital includes share capital and other equity 
attributable to the equity holders of the parent.

In the medium to long term, the Group will strive to maintain a reasonable leverage (i.e. balance between debt and equity) to help achieve 
the Group’s business objectives of growth (through acquisitions and organic growth) and meet its dividend policy. In the short term, the 
Group does not have a set leverage ratio to be achieved but the Directors monitor the ratio of net debt to operating profit to ensure that the 
debt funding is not excessively high.

The Group has a current ratio of Net Bank Debt to EBITDA of 0.03 (2019: 0.8), based on Net Bank Debt of £1.6m (2019: £41.9m) and 
operating profit before exceptional costs, amortisation and share-based payment charge of £41.5m (2019: £37.0m). The business is cash 
generative with a low capital expenditure requirement. The Group is committed to its stated dividend policy of 30% of Group Underlying 
Operating Profit after finance charges and normalised taxation. The Board has reviewed the policy in line with the risks and capital 
management decisions facing the Group.

Credit risk
There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group. The Group is exposed to a credit risk in respect of revenue 
transactions (i.e. turnover from customers). It is Group policy, implemented locally, to obtain appropriate details of new customers before 
entering into contracts. The majority of the Estate Agency customers use the Group’s services as part of a house sale transaction and 
consequently the debt is paid from the proceeds realised from the sale of the house by the vendor’s solicitor before the balance of funds is 
transferred to the vendor. This minimises the risk of the debt not being collected.

Risk of exposure to non-return of cash on deposit is managed by placing funds with lenders who form part of the Group’s agreed banking 
facility syndicate, which comprises several leading UK banks.

The majority of the Surveying and Valuation Services customers and those of the Asset Management business are large financial institutions 
and as such the credit risk is not expected to be significant. The maximum credit risk exposure relating to financial assets is represented by 
the carrying value as at the balance sheet date.

Financial instruments are grouped on a subsidiary basis to apply the expected credit loss model.

The chosen method of recognising the expected credit loss across the Group is the simplified approach allowing a provision matrix to be 
used, which is based on the expected credit life of trade receivables, historic default rates and forward looking information. Trade receivable 
balances are written off when the probability of recovery is assessed as being remote.

179

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

32. Financial instruments – risk management (continued)

Interest rate risk profile of financial assets and liabilities
LSL’s treasury policy is described above. The disclosures below exclude short term receivables and payables which are primarily of a 
trading nature and expected to be settled within normal commercial terms.

The interest rate profile of the financial assets and liabilities of the Group as at 31 December 2020 are as follows:

Floating rate

Cash and cash equivalents

RCF

Within 1 year
£’000

1-2 years
£’000

2-3 years
£’000

3-4 years
£’000

Total
£’000

11,443

–

–

(13,000)

–

–

–

–

11,443

(13,000)

The effective interest rate and the actual interest rate charged on the loans in 2020 are as follows:

RCF

The interest rate profile of the financial assets and liabilities of the Group as at 31 December 2019 are as follows:

Effective rate 

Actual rate

3.9%

1.0%

Floating rate

Cash and cash equivalents

Loan notes

RCF

Within 1 year
£’000

1-2 years
£’000

2-3 years
£’000

3-4 years
£’000

(883)

(66)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(41,000)

–

–

–

Total
£’000

(883)

(66)

(41,000) 

The effective interest rate and the actual interest rate charged on the loans in 2019 are as follows:

RCF

Effective rate 

Actual rate

3.0%

2.0%

The effective interest rate on the RCF during the year is higher than the actual rate due to commitment fees payable on undrawn amounts.

Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities
There are no differences between the carrying amounts and fair values of all of the Group’s financial instruments that are carried in the 
Financial Statements.

Fair value hierarchy
The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of the financial instruments by valuation technique:

• Level 1:  quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

• Level 2: 

 other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or 
indirectly; and

• Level 3: 

 techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market 
data.

180

32. Financial instruments – risk management (continued)

The following table provides the fair value measurement hierarchy of the Group’s assets and liabilities:

2020

Assets measured at fair value

Financial assets

Liabilities measured at fair value

Contingent consideration

2019

Assets measured at fair value

Financial assets

Liabilities measured at fair value

Contingent consideration

Total
£’000

Level 1
£’000

Level 2
£’000

9,561

5,447

Total 
£’000

9,326

5,804

–

–

–

–

Level 1
£’000

Level 2
£’000

–

–

–

–

Level 3
£’000

9,561

5,447

Level 3
£’000

9,326

5,804

The fair value of equity financial assets that are not traded in the open market is £6.9m (2019: £6.9m) are valued using Level 3 techniques 
in accordance with the fair value hierarchy and the Management Team use all relevant and up to date information (including cash-flow 
forecasts and financial statements) to arrive at their judgement. Where appropriate a range of potential outcomes is considered in reaching 
a conclusion. If this was to drop by 10%, the implied valuation is likely to also drop by around 10%, £0.7m.

The contingent consideration relates to amounts payable in the future on acquisitions. The amounts payable are based on the amounts 
agreed in the contracts and based on the future profitability of each entity acquired. In valuing each provision, estimates have been made 
as to when the options are likely to be exercised and the future profitability of the entity at this date. Further details of these provisions are 
shown in Note 24.

If the future profitability of the entities were to decline by 10%, the size of the contingent consideration would decrease by approximately 
£0.2m.

33. Analysis of Net Bank Debt

Net Bank Debt is defined as follows:

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings (including loan notes, overdraft, IFRS 16 leases, contingent and 
deferred consideration)

– Current

– Non-current

Less: unsecured loan notes

Less: cash and short term deposits

Less: IFRS 16 lessee financial liabilities

Less: deferred and contingent consideration

Net Bank Debt (excluding loan notes)

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

12,466

40,060

52,526

–

(11,443)

(33,957)

(5,569)

1,557

11,113

73,951

85,064

(65)

–

(37,232)

(5,884)

41,883

181

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

34. Related party transactions

As disclosed in Note 19 to these Financial Statements LSL has two joint ventures, LMS and TM Group and an associate Mortgage Gym.

Transactions with LMS and its subsidiaries

Sales

Transactions with TM Group and its subsidiaries

Sales

Purchases

Creditor at 31 December 2020

Transactions with Mortgage Gym

Purchases

Creditor at 31 December 2020

35. Capital commitments

Capital expenditure contracted for but not provided

2020
£’000

–

2020
£’000

1,048

(931)

(80)

2020
£’000

(456)

–

2020
£’000

–

2019
£’000

–

2019
£’000

910

(754)

(80)

2019
£’000

(375)

–

2019
£’000

–

182

36. Subsidiary and joint venture companies

The Group owns directly or indirectly the following issued and fully paid ordinary and preference share capital of its subsidiary undertakings, 
all of which are incorporated in Great Britain, with the exception of Albany Insurance Company (Guernsey) Limited, which is incorporated in 
Guernsey, and whose operations are conducted mainly in the United Kingdom. The results for all of the subsidiaries have been consolidated 
within these Financial Statements:

Name of subsidiary company

Registered 
office address

LSL holding

LSL Shareholder

Lending Solutions Holdings Limited 1

Direct

LSL Property Services plc

Lending Solutions Limited

LSL-Three Limited^ 

Financial Services 

Embrace Financial Services Ltd

First2Protect Limited

Group First Ltd

Insurance First Brokers Ltd

Mortgages First Ltd

Reeds Rains Financial Services 
Limited

RSC New Homes Limited

RSC Protect Limited

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

Advance Mortgage Funding Limited  1

BDS Mortgage Group Limited

First Complete Limited

Linear Financial Services Limited

Linear Financial Services Holdings 
Limited

Linear Mortgage Network Holdings 
Limited

Linear Mortgage Network Limited

Personal Touch Administration 
Services Limited

Personal Touch Financial Services 
Limited

Qualis Wealth Limited

Surveying and Valuation Services

Albany Insurance Company 
(Guernsey) Limited

e.surv Limited

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

9

5

Proportion of 
nominal value of 
shares held

100%

100%

Nature of business

Holding Company

Non Trading

Indirect

Lending Solutions Holdings 
Limited

Direct 

LSL Property Services plc

100%

Non Trading 

Direct

LSL Property Services plc

Indirect

your-move.co.uk Limited

Indirect

your-move.co.uk Limited

Indirect

Group First Ltd

Indirect

Group First Ltd

Indirect

Reeds Rains Limited

100%

100%

95%

100%

100%

100%

Indirect

your-move.co.uk Limited

60%

Direct

Direct

RSC New Homes Limited 

LSL Property Services plc

100%

100%

Financial Services

Financial Services

Holding Company 

Financial Services 

Financial Services

Financial Services

Financial Services and 
Holding Company

Non Trading 

Financial Services and 
Holding Company

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Advance Mortgage Funding 
Limited

100%

Non Trading 

Lending Solutions Holdings 
Limited

100%

Financial Services and 
Holding Company

Linear Financial Services 
Holdings Limited

100%

Non Trading

Indirect

First Complete Limited

100%

Holding Company 

Indirect

First Complete Limited

100%

Holding Company

Indirect

Indirect

Linear Mortgage Network 
Holdings Limited

Personal Touch Financial 
Services Limited

100%

Financial Services

100%

Financial Services

Direct

LSL Property Services plc

100%

Financial Services

Direct

LSL Property Services plc

100%

Financial Services 

Direct

LSL Property Services plc

100%

Captive Insurer

Direct

LSL Property Services plc

100%

Chartered Surveyors

183

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewNotes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

36. Subsidiary and joint venture companies (continued)

Name of subsidiary company

Registered 
office address

LSL holding

LSL Shareholder

Proportion of 
nominal value of 
shares held

Nature of business

Direct

LSL Property Services plc

100%

Asset Management 

Estate Agency – Asset Management

LSL Corporate Client Services 
Limited

St Trinity Limited

Templeton LPA Limited

1

1

1

Estate Agency – Residential Sales and Lettings

Airport Lettings Stansted Limited

Appleton Estates and Property 
Management Limited

Bawtry Lettings and Sales Limited

Beldhamland Limited

Brown North East Lettings Ltd

Charterhouse Management (UK) 
Limited

David Frost Estate Agents Limited

Davis Tate Ltd

EA Student Lettings Ltd

2

2

2

3

2

2

2

2

2

Direct

LSL Property Services plc

Indirect

First Complete Limited

Indirect

ICIEA Limited

Indirect

Davis Tate Ltd

Indirect

your-move.co.uk Limited

Indirect

Marsh & Parsons Limited

Indirect

your-move.co.uk Limited

Indirect

your-move.co.uk Limited

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Indirect

Vitalhandy Enterprises Limited 100%

Indirect

LSLi Limited

Indirect

your-move.co.uk Limited

Eastside Property Developments Ltd 2

Indirect

your-move.co.uk Limited

Elliott & Freeth Limited

Fourlet (York) Limited

Front Door Property Management 
Ltd

GFEA Limited

2

2

2

2

Indirect

Davis Tate Ltd

Indirect

Reeds Rains Limited

Indirect

ICIEA Limited

Indirect

LSLi Limited

Guardian Property Lettings Limited 2

Indirect

Reeds Rains Limited

Hawes & Co Limited

2

Indirect

LSLi Limited

Hawes & Co (Thames Ditton) Limited 2

Indirect

Hawes & Co Limited

Headway Property Management 
Limited

Holloways Residential Ltd

Home and Student Link Limited

2

2

2

Indirect

Reeds Rains Limited

Indirect

your-move.co.uk Limited

Indirect

your-move.co.uk Limited

Homefast Property Services Limited 2

Indirect

Lending Solutions Holdings 
Limited

Hydegate Limited

ICIEA Limited 

Inter County Lettings Limited 

IQ Property (Hull) Limited

2

2

2

2

Indirect

JNP Estate Agents Limited

Indirect

LSLi Limited

Indirect

ICIEA Limited

Indirect

Reeds Rains Limited

184

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

77.5%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Asset Management

Asset Management

Non Trading

Non Trading

Non Trading

Non Trading

Non Trading

Non Trading

Residential Sales and 
Lettings

Residential Sales, Lettings 
and Holding Company 

Non Trading

Non Trading

Non Trading

Non Trading

Non Trading

Residential Sales, Lettings 
and Holding Company

Non Trading 

Residential Sales, Lettings 
and Holding Company

Non Trading

Non Trading

Non Trading

Non Trading 

Non Trading

Non Trading 

Residential Sales, Lettings 
and Holding Company

Non Trading

Non Trading

36. Subsidiary and joint venture companies (continued)

Name of subsidiary company

JNP Estate Agents Limited

JNP Estate Agents (Princes 
Risborough) Limited

JNP (Residential Lettings) Limited 

JNP (Surveyors) Limited

Kent Property Solutions Limited

LSL Land & New Homes Ltd

Lauristons Limited 

Lawlors Property Services Limited

LetCo Group Limited 

LetCo Limited 

Lets Move Property Limited

Longshoot Properties Limited

LSLi Limited

Marsh & Parsons Limited

Registered 
office address

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

1

3

LSL holding

LSL Shareholder

Indirect

LSLi Limited

Proportion of 
nominal value of 
shares held

100%

Nature of business

Residential Sales, Lettings 
and Holding Company

Indirect

JNP Estate Agents Limited

100%

Non Trading

Indirect

JNP Estate Agents Limited

Indirect

LSLi Limited

Indirect

your-move.co.uk Limited

Indirect

your-move.co.uk Limited

Indirect

LSLi Limited

Indirect

LSLi Limited

Indirect

your-move.co.uk Limited

Indirect

LetCo Group Limited

Indirect

your-move.co.uk Limited

Indirect

your-move.co.uk Limited

Direct

LSL Property Services plc

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Indirect

Marsh & Parsons (Holdings) 
Limited

100%

Non Trading

Non Trading 

Non Trading

Residential Sales 

Residential Sales, Lettings 
and Holding Company

Residential Sales and 
Lettings

Holding Company

Non Trading 

Non Trading

Non Trading

Residential Sales, Lettings, 
Financial Services and 
Holding Company

Residential Sales, Lettings 
and Holding Company

Marsh & Parsons (Holdings) Limited 2

Direct

LSL Property Services plc

100% 

Holding Company

Marshcroft Properties Limited

New Daffodil Limited

New Let Limited

Oakley Lettings Limited

Paul Graham Lettings & 
Management Ltd

Philip Green Lettings Limited

PHP Lettings Scotland Limited

Prestons Lettings Ltd

Pygott & Crone Lincoln Lettings 
Limited

Reeds Rains Limited

Reeds Rains Cleckheaton Limited

Simply Let Ltd^^

Thomas Morris Limited^^^

Top-Let Limited 

Vanstons (Barnes) Limited

Vanstons Commercial Limited

3

2

2

2

2

2

4

2

2

2

2

4

1

2

3

3

Indirect

Marsh & Parsons Limited

Direct

LSL Property Services plc

Indirect

your-move.co.uk Limited

Indirect

ICIEA Limited

Indirect

GFEA Limited

Indirect

JNP Estate Agents Limited

Indirect

your-move.co.uk Limited

Indirect

Reeds Rains Limited

Indirect

your-move.co.uk Limited

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Direct

LSL Property Services plc

100%

Indirect

Reeds Rains Limited

Indirect

your-move.co.uk Limited

Indirect

LSLi Limited

Indirect

LetCo Group Limited

Indirect

Marsh & Parsons Limited

Indirect

Marsh & Parsons Limited

100%

100%

93.33%

100%

100%

100%

Non Trading

Non Trading

Non Trading

Non Trading

Non Trading

Non Trading 

Non Trading

Non Trading

Non Trading

Residential Sales, Lettings, 
Financial Services and 
Holding Company

Non Trading

Non Trading 

Residential Sales and 
Lettings

Non Trading 

Non Trading

Non Trading

185

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewNotes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

36. Subsidiary and joint venture companies (continued)

Name of subsidiary company

Vanstons Lettings Limited

Vanstons Limited

Vitalhandy Enterprises Limited

Warners Letting Agency Limited

Woollens of Wimbledon Limited

Yates Lettings Limited

your-move.co.uk Limited

Zenith Properties Limited

Joint ventures and associates

3

3

2

2

2

2

1

2

Registered 
office address

LSL holding

LSL Shareholder

Proportion of 
nominal value of 
shares held

Indirect

Marsh & Parsons Limited

Indirect

Marsh & Parsons Limited

Indirect

LSLi Limited

Indirect

ICIEA Limited

Indirect

Lauristons Limited

Indirect

Davis Tate Ltd

Indirect

Lending Solutions Holdings 
Limited

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Nature of business

Non Trading

Non Trading

Holding Company

Non Trading

Non Trading 

Non Trading

Residential Sales, Lettings, 
Financial Services and 
Holding Company 

Indirect

ICIEA Limited

100%

Non Trading

Cybele Solutions Holdings Limited# 6

Direct

LSL Property Services plc

49.63%

Cybele Solutions Limited#

Mortgage Gym Limited# 

TM Group (UK) Limited#

6

8

7

Indirect

Cybele Solutions Holdings 
Limited 

(50% voting)

49.63%

(50% voting)

Direct

LSL Property Services plc

45.20%

Direct

LSL Property Services plc

33.33% 

Joint Venture - Holding 
Company

Joint Venture - 
Conveyancing Panel 
Manager

Associate - Financial 
Services

Joint Venture - Property 
Searches

Registered office addresses:

1. Newcastle House, Albany Court, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE4 7YB

2. 2nd Floor, Gateway 2, Holgate Park Drive, York, YO26 4GB

3. 80 Hammersmith Road, London, W14 8UD

4. 25 North Bridge Street, Bathgate, West Lothian, EH48 4PJ

5. Lahnstein House, Gold Street, Kettering, Northamptonshire, NN16 8AP

6. Bickerton House, Lloyd Drive, Ellesmere Port, Cheshire, CH65 9HQ

7. 1200 Delta Business Park, Swindon, Wiltshire, England, SN5 7XZ

8. Fourth Floor Abbots House, Abbey Street, Reading, Berkshire, RG1 3BD

9. The Albany, South Esplanade, St Peters Port, Guernsey, GY1 4NF

Notes:

^ LSL-Three Limited was incorporated 13 February 2020

^^ Lettings book acquired by way of share purchase in 2020

^^^ On 8 January 2021 LSLi Limited’s holding in Thomas Morris Limited increased from 93.33% to 100%

# Joint ventures/associates

186

37. Events after the reporting period

Acquisition of Direct Life and Pensions Services Limited
In January 2021, LSL acquired 60% of the issued share capital of Direct Life Quote Holdings Limited, which owns 100% of the share capital 
of Direct Life and Pension Services Limited. Direct Life and Pension Services is a financial services business specialising in the provision 
of outsourced financial services products providing a range of systems and services to financial intermediaries and direct to consumer 
companies. The consideration for the acquisition is £2.4m and is made up of a payment of £1.8m which was paid on completion and 
£0.6m deferred consideration.

The Group is currently in the process of allocating the purchase price in accordance with IFRS 3 and as a result the initial accounting for this 
acquisition is incomplete.

Acquisition of Mortgage Gym
In February 2021, LSL acquired the trade and assets of Mortgage Gym from administration for a consideration of £2.4m. The events and 
conditions that led to Mortgage Gym entering administration existed at 31 December 2020. This is considered an adjusting event for LSL’s 
investment in associate equity holding, causing an impairment of £2.0m to be recognised through exceptional costs in 2020 writing the 
Group’s carrying value of Mortgage Gym to £nil (see Note 8 and 19 to these Financial Statements). The fair value of the secured preference 
loan notes at 31 December 2020 has been assessed as £2.2m. No fair value adjustment has been required (see Note 18 to these Financial 
Statements).

New Revolving Credit Facility agreement
In February 2021 LSL announced that it had entered into a new banking facility which runs to May 2024 with a new limit of £90m; this 
replaces the existing RCF, with maturity date of May 2022 and credit limit of £100m.

Formation of joint venture with Pollen Street Capital
On 23 April 2021 LSL announced the formation of the Pivotal Growth joint venture with Pollen Street Capital (PSC), a vehicle seeking to 
become a leading national mortgage broker. It is planned that at least £200m will be made available by way of equity and debt to fund 
acquisitions. LSL has committed up to £33.5m and PSC up to £62.4m to support the acquisitions to be made by Pivotal Growth. The 
investment by LSL and PSC will be supplemented with external debt finance in Pivotal Growth to fund purchases, with a view to an exit 
event over a three to six year period.

LSL and PSC will each invest up to £19.1m for a 47.8% equity share of Pivotal Growth. In addition, LSL will invest up to £14.4m and 
PSC up to £43.3m by way of loan notes. The commitments will be drawn down by Pivotal Growth over time dependent on the timing of 
acquisitions and the extent of external debt finance deployed. The LSL investment of up to £33.5m will be funded from LSL’s existing cash 
resource and banking facilities.

LSL will apply equity accounting for its share of Pivotal Growth profits after tax and will also recognise loan note interest receivable, both to 
be included in the Underlying Operating Profit of the Financial Services Division. The value of the equity investment will be recognised in the 
LSL balance sheet as an investment in joint venture and the loan notes recognised in financial assets within non-current assets. In addition, 
the acquired companies’ membership of the PRIMIS network will generate further profit to the Group. The profile of profit attributable to 
LSL from Pivotal Growth will depend on the timing of acquisitions and before the execution of the first acquisition there will be a period of 
modest investment in Pivotal Growth’s operating cost base. Thereafter, the profit contribution to LSL is expected to be material within two 
to three years, with the opportunity for a meaningful exit event within a three to six year period.

The current structure of the agreement provides that the amount due to LSL for its share of proceeds at exit is capped. This cap can be 
removed unilaterally by LSL with Shareholder consent, and LSL intends in due course to seek Shareholder approval to remove the cap.

As this is a newly established entity, Pivotal Growth has no gross assets or profits.

Simon Embley has been appointed Chief Executive of Pivotal Growth and will step down from his role of LSL Chair following the publication 
of the Group’s 2020 results on 28 April 2021. The LSL Board has agreed to him investing up to £4m alongside PSC and LSL for a 4.4% 
share in the business. Simon will stay on the LSL Board as a Non Executive Director, allowing the Group to continue to benefit from his 
knowledge and experience. This position will be kept under review.

187

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewNotes to the Group Financial Statements continued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020

37. Events after the reporting period (continued)

Five year agreement to provide digital and face-to-face mortgage and protection advice to The Property Franchise Group
In April 2021, LSL announced that it had reached a long term agreement with the UK’s largest property franchisor, The Property Franchise 
Group plc (TPFG), to offer mortgage and protection advice services to all TPFG’s franchisees, including those recently incorporated as a 
result of its combination with Hunters Property Ltd. The Property Franchise Group now has over 430 physical office locations, conducts the 
sale of circa 23,000 properties per annum and manages in excess of 73,000 tenanted properties.

The agreement is for a minimum of a five year period and means that LSL will be providing digital and face-to-face mortgage and protection 
advice to the customers of TPFG and TPFG’s franchisees. TPFG franchisees will be provided with a range of options via LSL’s award 
winning PRIMIS mortgage network. Franchisees will be offered the opportunity either to take on their own mortgage adviser and become 
an appointed representative of PRIMIS, or to refer their customers to existing PRIMIS appointed representatives, including LSL’s in-house 
mortgage brokers.

This agreement underlines the opportunity for further growth of its Financial Services businesses, leveraging LSL’s existing leading positions 
in the mortgage advice market. This contract will enhance the Financial Services Division profit after an initial 12 to 18 month investment 
period requiring one-off transition and integration costs.

188

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in Relation 
to the Parent Company Financial Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group Financial Statements in accordance with applicable United 
Kingdom law and regulations. Company law requires the Directors to prepare Financial Statements for each financial year. Under that law 
the Directors have elected to prepare the Company Financial Statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) in conformity with the Companies Act 2006. Under company law the Directors must not approve the Group Financial Statements 
unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and the Company and of the profit or loss of 
the Group and the Company for that period.

Under the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, Group Financial Statements are required to be 
prepared in accordance with IFRS adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.

In preparing these Financial Statements the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies in accordance with IAS 8 ‘Accounting Policies, Change in Accounting Estimates and Errors’ and then 

apply them consistently;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

•  present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable 

information;

•  provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRS is insufficient to enable users to understand the 

impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the Group’s financial position and financial performance;

•  in respect of the Group Financial Statements, state whether IFRS in conformity with the Companies Act 2006 have been followed, subject 

to any material departures disclosed and explained in the Financial Statements;

•  in respect of the Parent Company Financial Statements, state whether IFRS in conformity with the Companies Act 2006 and IFRS 

adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union, have been followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the Financial Statements; and

•  prepare the Financial Statements on the going concern basis unless it is appropriate to presume that the Company and/or the Group will 

not continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s and Group’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and the Group and enable them 
to ensure that the Company and the Group Financial Statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Group and Parent Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud 
and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, Directors’ 
Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance statement that comply with that law and those regulations. The Directors are responsible 
for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website.

189

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewParent Company Balance Sheet

as at 31 December 2020

Non-current assets

Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investment in subsidiaries

Financial assets

Investment in joint ventures and associates

Deferred tax asset

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Total assets 

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Financial liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Financial liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium account

Share-based payment reserve

LSL Shares held by the EBT 

Fair value reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

The profit after tax for the year, attributable to the Company, was £11.7m (2019: £13.0m).

The Notes on pages 193 to 205 form part of these Financial Statements.

The Financial Statements were approved by and signed on behalf of the Board by:

David Stewart 
Group Chief Executive Officer   
27 April 2021 

Adam Castleton
Group Chief Financial Officer 
27 April 2021

190

Note

3

4

5

6

7

11

8

9

10

2020
£’000

7

12

2019
£’000

7

50

187,192

187,055

8,846

7,235

122

8,588

11,335

153

203,414

207,188

42,225

245,639

41,811

248,999

(110,518)

(13,928)

(96,933)

(14,806)

(124,446)

(111,739)

10

(13,000)

(41,000)

(137,446)

(152,739)

108,193

96,260

12

13

13

13

13

13

210

5,629

3,942

(5,012)

(13,695)

117,119 

108,193

208

5,629

4,429

(5,224)

(13,695)

104,913

96,260

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Statement of Cash-Flows 

for the year ended 31 December 2020

Parent operating profit before tax and interest

Adjustments for:

Exceptional operating items

Depreciation of tangible assets

Share-based payments 

Finance income

Finance costs 

Dividend income

Operating cash-flows before movements in working capital

Movements in working capital

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables 

Cash generated from operations

Interest paid

Income taxes paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash-flows used in investing activities

Payment of deferred consideration

Investment in financial assets 

Cash received on sale of financial asset

Dividends received from subsidiaries

Purchases of property, plant and equipment 

Net cash generated/(expended) on investing activities

Cash-flows used in financing activities

(Repayment)/drawdown of loans

Repayment of overdraft 

(Repayment)/issue of unsecured loan notes

Payment of lease liabilities

Dividends paid to equity holders of the Parent

Net cash generated/(expended) in financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

The Notes on pages 193 to 205 form part of these Financial Statements.

Note

4

8

9

6

10

2020
£’000

9,960

4,260

38

57

(143)

1,056

(22,500)

(7,272)

(174)

21,086

20,912

13,640

(1,056)

(5,788)

6,796

– 

(418)

– 

22,500

– 

2019
£’000

11,777

– 

60

141

10

1,691

(18,171)

(4,492)

12,482

(8,576)

3,906

(586)

(1,690)

(5,159)

(7,435)

(2,000)

(2,783)

1,765

17,000

(6)

22,082

13,976

(28,000)

(778)

(66)

(34)

– 

(28,878)

– 

– 

6,500

(1,856)

66

(57)

(11,194)

(6,541)

– 

– 

191

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity

for the year ended 31 December 2020

for the year ended 31 December 2020

As at 1 January 2020

Other comprehensive income for the year

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Issue of share capital

Exercise of options

Share-based payment transactions

Tax on share-based payments

As at 31 December 2020

Share- 
based 
payment 
reserve
£’000

Share 
premium 
£’000

Shares held 
by EBT1
£’000

Fair value 
reserve
£’000

Retained 
earnings
£’000

Total 
£’000

5,629

4,429

(5,224)

(13,695) 104,913

96,260

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

– 

– 

– 

(80)

(423)

16

–

– 

– 

– 

212

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

11,721

11,721

11,721

11,721

– 

44

441

– 

2

176

18

16

Issued 
capital
£’000

208

–

–

– 

2

– 

– 

– 

210

5,629

3,942

(5,012)

(13,695) 117,119

108,193

During the year ended 31 December 2020, the Trust acquired 167,083 LSL Shares. During the period, 60,565 share options were 
exercised relating to LSL’s various share option schemes resulting in the Shares being sold by the Trust. LSL received £176,000 on 
exercise of these options.

Note:

1 Treasury shares have been renamed to Shares held by EBT

The Notes on pages 193 to 205 form part of these Financial Statements 

for the year ended 31 December 2019

As at 1 January 2019

Other comprehensive income for the year

Disposal of subsidiary

Revaluation of financial assets

Disposal of financial assets

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Exercise of options

Share-based payment transactions

Dividends

As at 31 December 2019

Issued capital
£’000

208

Share 
premium
£’000

5,629

Share-based 
payment 
reserve
£’000

Shares held 
by EBT1
£’000

Fair value 
reserve
£’000

Retained 
earnings
£’000

Total 
£’000

4,129

(5,261)

(12,200)

105,738

98,243

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(12)

312

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

37

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(950)

– 

(950)

(3,196)

– 

(3,196)

1,701

(1,701)

– 

– 

13,019

13,019

(1,495)

10,368

8,873

– 

– 

– 

1

– 

26

312

(11,194)

(11,194)

208

5,629

4,429

(5,224)

(13,695)

104,913

96,260

During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Trust acquired nil LSL Shares. During the period 10,672 share options were exercised 
relating to LSL’s various share option schemes resulting in the Shares being sold by the Trust. LSL received £26,000 on exercise of these 
options.

Note: 

1 Treasury shares have been renamed to Shares held by EBT

The Notes on pages 193 to 205 form part of these Financial Statements.

192

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements

for the year ended 31 December 2020

1. Accounting policies

Basis of preparation
The Parent Company Financial Statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applied in accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006.

The Company Financial Statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and on a historical cost basis, except for, certain debt 
and financial assets and liabilities that have been measured at fair value.

The accounting policies which follow set out those significant policies which apply in preparing the Financial Statements for the year ended 
31 December 2020. The Company’s Financial Statements are presented in pounds sterling and all values are rounded to the nearest 
thousand pounds (£’000) except when otherwise indicated.

Summary of significant accounting policies
The accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the Parent Company Financial Statements are consistent with those followed in the 
preparation of the Parent Company Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2019.

Judgements and estimates
The preparation of financial information in conformity with IFRS as adopted by the European Union requires the Management Team to make 
judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reporting amounts of assets and liabilities, income and 
expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgements about carrying values of assets and 
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the 
period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision 
affects both current and future periods.

• Judgements
There are no areas of judgement that have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the Financial Statements of the Company.

• Estimates
The key assumption affected by future uncertainty that has significant risks of causing material adjustment to the carrying value of assets 
and liabilities within the next financial year is:

Valuation of financial assets
The Company owns non–controlling interests in a number of listed and unlisted entities. In accordance with the accounting standards, 
these investments are held at fair value and judgement and assumptions are required in assessing this.

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments are shown at cost less provision for impairment. The cost of an investment is measured as the aggregate of the consideration 
transferred, measured at acquisition date fair value. Any contingent consideration will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. 
Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognised through profit and loss.

Investments are reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying value 
may be impaired.

Investments in joint ventures and associates
An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and 
operating policy decisions of the investee, but is not control or joint control over those policies.

A joint venture is a type of joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of 
the joint venture. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the 
relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.

Investments in joint ventures and associates are accounted for at cost less any provision for impairment. Investments are reviewed for 
impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying value may be impaired. The cost 
of an investment is measured as the aggregate of the consideration transferred, measured at acquisition date fair value. Any contingent 

193

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview1. Accounting policies (continued)

consideration will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration 
are recognised in profit and loss.

Income taxes
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities, based on 
tax rates and laws that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. The Management Team periodically evaluates 
positions taken in the tax returns with respect to the situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and 
establishes provisions where appropriate.

Deferred income tax is recognised on all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying 
amounts in the Financial Statements, with the following exceptions:

• where the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business 

combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss;

• in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, where the timing of the reversal of the temporary 

differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

• deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the 

deductible temporary differences, carried forward tax credits or tax losses can be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured on an undiscounted basis at the tax rates that are expected to apply when the 
related asset is realised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilised. Unrecognised deferred tax 
assets are reassessed at each reporting period and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will 
allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset, only if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current 
tax liabilities, the deferred income taxes relate to the same taxation authority and that authority permits the Group to make a single net 
payment. Income tax is charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income or equity, if it relates to items that are charged or 
credited in the current or prior periods to other comprehensive income or equity respectively. Otherwise income tax is recognised in the 
Income Statement.

Pensions
The Company operates a defined contribution pension scheme for employees of the Company. The assets of the scheme are invested and 
managed independently of the finances of the Company. The pension cost charge represents contributions payable in the year.

Share-based payment transactions

Equity-settled transactions
The Group equity share option programmes allow Company employees to acquire LSL Shares. The fair value of the options granted 
is recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in equity in the case of equity-settled schemes. The fair value is 
measured at grant date and spread over the period during which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the options. The fair 
value of the options granted is measured using the Black Scholes model, taking into account the terms and conditions (including market 
and non-vesting conditions) upon which the options were granted. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the 
number of equity instruments expected to vest at each balance sheet date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over the 
vesting period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, 
except for equity-settled transactions where vesting is conditional upon a market or non-vesting condition, which is treated as vesting 
irrespective of whether or not the market or non-market vested condition, is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or service 
conditions are satisfied.

Employee Benefit Trust
The Group has an employee share scheme (ESOT) for the granting of LSL Shares to Executive Directors and selected senior employees 
and an employee share incentive plan (Trust). Shares in LSL held by the ESOT and the Trusts are treated as treasury shares and presented 
in the balance sheet as a deduction from equity. No gain or loss is recognised in the Income Statement on the purchase, sale, issue or 
cancellation of the Group’s own equity instruments. The finance costs and administration costs relating to the ESOT and the Trusts are 

194

Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements continued.for the year ended 31 December 20201. Accounting policies (continued)

charged to the Income Statement. Dividends earned on Shares held in the ESOT and the Trusts have been waived. The ESOT and Trust 
Shares are ignored for the purposes of calculating the Group’s EPS.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Company’s Balance Sheet when the Company becomes a party to the 
contractual provisions of the instrument. When financial assets are recognised initially, they are measured at fair value, being the transaction 
price plus, in the case of financial assets not at fair value through profit or loss, directly attributable transaction costs. Financial assets 
are derecognised when the Company no longer has the rights to cash-flows, the risks and rewards of ownership or control of the asset. 
Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged, cancelled or expires. All regular way purchases and 
sales of financial assets are recognised on the trade date, being the date that the Company commits to purchase or sell the asset. Regular 
way transactions require delivery of assets within the timeframe generally established by regulation or convention in the market place.

The subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification.

The Company’s accounting policy for each category of financial instruments is as follows:

Financial assets designated at fair value through OCI (equity instruments)
Upon initial recognition, the Company can elect to classify irrevocably its equity investments as equity instruments designated at fair value 
through OCI when they meet the definition of equity under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and are not held for trading. The classification is 
determined on an instrument-by-instrument basis.

Gains and losses on these financial assets are never recycled to profit or loss. Dividends are recognised as other income in the statement 
of profit or loss when the right of payment has been established, except when the Company benefits from such proceeds as a recovery of 
part of the cost of the financial asset, in which case, such gains are recorded in OCI. Equity instruments designated at fair value through 
OCI are not subject to impairment assessment.

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss
Gains and losses arising from the changes in the fair value are recognised through the profit and loss.

The Company’s accounting policy for each category of financial instruments is as follows:

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, interest-
bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Gains and losses arising 
on repurchase, settlement or otherwise cancellation of liabilities are recognised respectively in investment income and finance costs.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Depreciation is provided to write off 
cost less the estimated residual value of property, plant and equipment by equal annual instalments over their estimated useful economic 
lives as follows:

Office equipment, fixtures and fittings 
Computer equipment 
Leasehold improvements 
An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use 
or disposal. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset) is included in the Income Statement when the asset is derecognised. These assets’ residual values, useful 
lives and methods of depreciation are reviewed at each financial year end, and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate.

– over three to seven years
– over three to four years
– over the shorter of the lease term or ten years

195

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview2. Cash-flow from financing activities

Short term liabilities

Long term liabilities

At 1 January 2020
£’000

14,806

41,000

55,806

Cash-flow
£’000

(878)

(28,000)

(28,878)

Acquisitions
£’000

Foreign exchange
£’000

Unwind of 
discount
£’000

At 31 December
2020
£’000

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

13,928

13,000

26,928

Short term liabilities
At 31 December 2020 short term liabilities were made up of the bank overdraft of £13.9m (2019: £14.7m) and unsecured loan notes £nil 
(2019: £0.1m) (see Note 10 to these Financial Statements).

Long term liabilities
At 31 December 2020 the long term liabilities were made up of the bank loan of £13.0m (2019: £41.0m) (see Note 10 to these Financial 
Statements).

Software
£’000

Total
£’000

7

– 

7

– 

– 

– 

7

7

7

– 

7

– 

– 

– 

7

7

3. Intangible assets

Cost

At 1 January 2020

Additions

As at 31 December 2020

Impairment

At 1 January 2020

Amortisation

As at 31 December 2020

Net book value

As at 31 December 2020

As at 31 December 2019

196

Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements continued.for the year ended 31 December 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4. Property, plant and equipment

Cost

At 1 January 2019

Initial recognition of IFRS 16

Revised opening balance

Additions

At 31 December 2019

Additions

At 31 December 2020

Depreciation

At 1 January 2019

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2019

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2020

Net book value

At 31 December 2020

At 1 January 2020

Owned assets

IFRS 16 leased assets

Land and 
buildings
£’000

Leasehold 
improvements
£’000

Fixtures, fittings 
and computer 
equipment
£’000

– 

90

90

– 

90

– 

90

– 

57

57

33

90

– 

33

– 

– 

– 

74

– 

74

– 

74

– 

74

67

– 

67

– 

67

7

7

7

– 

7

114

– 

114

6

120

– 

120

107

3

110

5

115

5

10

5

– 

5

Total
£’000

188

90

278

6

284

– 

284

174

60

234

38

272

12

50

12

– 

12

5. Investment in subsidiaries

Details of the subsidiaries held directly and indirectly by the Company are shown in Note 36 to the Group Financial Statements.

At 1 January

Disposals

Adjustments for share-based payment

At 31 December

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

187,055

187,807

– 

137

(950)

198

187,192

187,055

In 2020 there was an increase of £137,000 (2019: increase of £198,000) on investment in subsidiaries for share-based payment, 
representing the financial effects of awards by the Company of options over its equity shares to employees of subsidiary undertakings. The 
total contribution to date is £7,940,000.

197

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. Financial assets

Convertible loan notes – at fair value

Secured convertible loan notes (Global Property Ventures)

Secured convertible loan notes (Mortgage Gym) – 5%

Investment in equity instruments – at fair value

Unquoted shares at fair value

At 1 January

Additions

Disposals

Revaluation uplift

At 31 December

2020
£’000

10

2,240

6,596

8,846

8,588

418

(160)

– 

8,846

2019
£’000

– 

2,000

6,588

8,588

10,766

2,783

(1,765)

(3,196)

8,588

Convertible loan notes at fair value
LSL subscribed for £2,000,000 of Convertible Secured Preference Loan Notes with Mortgage Gym in 2019. In July 2020, £160,000 
of these loan notes were converted to equity. In 2020, LSL subscribed for a further £400,000 Convertible Secured Preference Loan 
Notes with Mortgage Gym. Interest on the Convertible Secured Preference Loan Notes is 5% per annum. The final repayment date of 
the Convertible Secured Preference Loan Notes is 5 June 2024. Repayment may take place before this date. The Convertible Secured 
Preference Loan Notes are secured by way of a debenture. In February 2021, Mortgage Gym entered administration. The fair value of the 
Convertible Secured Preference Loan Notes at 31 December 2020 has been assessed as £2,240,000, consistent with the carrying value at 
that time as recovery of the full value of the loan notes will occur upon the completion of sale of the trade and assets of Mortgage Gym.

LSL subscribed for £10,000 of Convertible Loan Notes with Global Property Ventures in 2020.

Investment in equity instruments
The financial assets include unlisted equity instruments which are carried at fair value. Fair value is judgemental given the assumptions 
required and have been valued using Level 3 valuation techniques (see Note 32 to the Group Financial Statements).

Yopa Property Limited
The carrying value of the Company’s investment in Yopa at 31 December 2020 is £6,495,000 (December 2019: £6,495,000). The fair value 
of the Company’s investment in Yopa has been assessed by using Level 3 valuation techniques.

7. Investment in joint ventures and associates

At cost

At 1 January

Additions

Impairment

At 31 December

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

11,335

160

(4,260)

7,235

11,335

– 

– 

11,335

Along with two other entities, the Company holds an equal share of 33.33% (2019: 33.33%) interest in TM Group, a joint venture whose 
principal activity is to provide searches. The principal place of business of TM Group is the United Kingdom.

The Company also has a 50% interest in LMS, a joint venture whose principal activity is to provide conveyancing panel management 
services.

The Group has a 45.20% (2019: 34.69%) holding in Mortgage Gym, a digital mortgage business. The principal place of business of 
Mortgage Gym is the United Kingdom. Mortgage Gym entered administration in February 2021. An impairment of £4,260,000 has been 
recognised in the year, reducing LSL’s investment to nil.

198

Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements continued.for the year ended 31 December 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8. Trade and other receivables

Group relief receivable

Prepayments 

Other taxes and social security

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

9. Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Accruals

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

10. Financial liabilities

Current liabilities

IFRS 16 lessee financial liabilities

Unsecured loan notes

Bank overdraft 

Non-current liabilities

Bank loans – RCF

2020
£’000

11,921

1,450

28

28,826

42,225

2020
£’000

413

2,331

107,774

110,518

2020
£’000

– 

– 

13,928

13,928

13,000

13,000

2019
£’000

10,974

1,315

47

29,475

41,811

2019
£’000

316

2,392

94,225

96,933

2019
£’000

34

66

14,706

14,806

41,000

41,000

Deferred consideration
During 2020 £nil (2019: £2.0m) of deferred consideration was paid to third parties.

Bank loans – RCF and overdraft
The Company’s bank loan totals £13.0m (2019: £41.0m) and the Company’s overdraft totals £13.9m (2019: £14.7m). The bank loan is 
secured via a cross guarantee issued from all of the Group’s subsidiaries excluding the following subsidiaries, Lending Solutions Limited, 
Homefast Property Services, Linear (Linear Mortgage Network and Linear Financial Services), Templeton LPA, Group First, Personal Touch 
Financial Services, and RSC New Homes.

The utilisation of the RCF may vary each month as long as this does not exceed the maximum £100.0m facility (2019: £100.0m). The 
Group’s overdraft is also secured on the same facility, and the combined overdraft and RCF cannot exceed £100.0m (2019: £100.0m). The 
banking facility is repayable when funds permit on or by May 2022.

The interest rate applicable to the facility is LIBOR plus a margin rate. The margin rate is linked to the leverage ratio of the Group and the 
margin rate is reviewed at six monthly intervals.

199

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11. Deferred tax

Deferred tax asset

Deferred tax asset at 1 January 

Deferred tax credit/(charge) in profit and loss account for the year 

Deferred tax credit/(charge) to other comprehensive income

Deferred tax asset at 31 December 

2020
£’000

153

(19)

(12)

122

2019
£’000

120

22

11

153

At 2020 a deferred tax asset is recognised in relation to timing differences on fixed assets of £3,000 and share-based payments of 
£118,000. No deferred tax liability is recognised in respect of equity financial assets. At 2019 a deferred tax asset is recognised in relation 
to timing differences on fixed assets of £3,000 and share-based payments of £149,000. No deferred tax liability is recognised in respect of 
equity financial assets.

12. Called up share capital

Authorised:

Ordinary Shares of 0.2 pence each

Issued and fully paid:

At 1 January 

Issued in the year

At 31 December

13. Reserves

2020 
Shares

£’000

2019 
Shares

£’000

500,000,000

1,000 500,000,000

1,000

104,158,950

1,000,000

105,158,950

208 104,158,950

2

–

210 104,158,950

208

–

208

Share premium
The amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value less any costs attributable to the issue of new Shares.

Share-based payment reserve
This represents the amount provided in the year in respect of share awards. The Company has operated long term incentive plans 
(including JSOP and CSOP) and a number of SAYE schemes for the employees in the Company and the Group. See Note 14 to the 
Group Financial Statements for details of the LTIP, JSOP, CSOP, SIP/BAYE and the SAYE schemes. The effect of share-based payment 
transactions on the Company’s profit for the period was a charge of £27,000 (2019: charge of £115,000).

Fair value reserve
The fair value reserve is used to record the changes in fair value of equity financial assets.

14. Company profit/loss for the financial year after tax

The Company has not presented its own profit and loss account as permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The profit after 
tax for the year was £11.8m (2019: £13.0m).

Remuneration paid to Directors of the Company is disclosed in Note 14 to the Group Financial Statements.

The Company paid £324,200 (2019: £236,714) to its auditors in respect of the audit of the Financial Statements of the Company.

Fees paid to the external auditors and their associates for non-audit services to the Company itself are not disclosed in the individual 
accounts of the Company because Group Financial Statements are prepared which are required to disclose such fees on a consolidated 
basis. These are disclosed in Note 10 to the Group Financial Statements.

200

Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements continued.for the year ended 31 December 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. Pensions costs and commitments

Total contributions to the defined contribution schemes in the year were £48,556 (2019: £40,071). The amount outstanding in respect of 
pensions as at 31 December 2020 was £nil (2019: £nil).

The Parent Company headcount at 31 December 2020 was nil (2019: nil). This is due to employment contracts being drawn up within the 
subsidiaries and not within the Parent Company itself.

16. Capital commitments

The Company had no capital commitments as at 31 December 2020 (2019: none).

17. Related party transactions

During the year the transactions entered into by the Company are as follows:

Wholly owned subsidiaries

2020

2019

Non-wholly owned subsidiaries

2020

2019

Sales to related 
parties
£’000

Purchases from 
related parties
£’000

Amounts owed by 
related parties
£’000

Amounts owed to 
related parties
£’000

–

–

–

–

28,798

29,476

107,229

93,683

Sales to related 
parties
£’000

Purchases from 
related parties
£’000

Amounts owed by 
related parties
£’000

Amounts owed to 
related parties
£’000

–

–

–

–

10

–

545

542 

18. Financial instruments – risk management

The Company’s principal financial instruments comprise bank loans and other loans. The main purpose of these financial instruments is to 
raise finance for the Company’s operations and to fund acquisitions. The Company has various financial assets and liabilities such as trade 
receivables, cash and short term deposits and trade payables, which arise directly from its operations.

It is the Company’s policy that trading in derivatives shall not be undertaken. The Company may, from time to time and as necessary, enter 
into interest rate swaps for risk management purposes but did not hold any such swaps during either the current or prior year.

The Company is exposed through its operations to the following financial risks:

• interest rate risk;

• liquidity risk; and

• credit risk.

Policy for managing these risks is set up by the Board following recommendations from the Group Chief Financial Officer. The policy for 
each of the above risks is described in more detail below.

Interest rate risk
The Company’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Company’s long term debt obligations with 
floating interest rates.

The majority of external Company borrowings are variable interest based and this policy is managed centrally.

201

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18. Financial instruments – risk management (continued)

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates on loans and borrowings. With all other 
variables held constant, the Company’s profit before tax is affected through the impact on floating rate borrowings as follows. There is no 
material impact on the Company’s equity.

2020

2019

Increase/
decrease in 
basis point

Effect on profit 
before tax
£’000

+100

-100

+100

-100

(130)

130

(410)

410

Liquidity risk
The Company aims to mitigate liquidity risk by managing cash generation by its operations, dividend policy and acquisition strategy. 
Acquisitions are carefully selected with authorisation limits operating up to Group Board level and cash payback periods applied as part of 
the investment appraisal process.

The Company monitors its risk to a shortage of funds using a recurring liquidity planning tool and daily cash-flow reporting. This includes 
consideration of the maturity of both its financial investments and financial assets (e.g. accounts receivable, and other financial assets) and 
projected cash-flows from operations. The Company’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility for 
potential acquisitions through the use of its banking facilities.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Company’s financial liabilities at 31 December 2020 based on contractual 
undiscounted payments:

Year ended 31 December 2020

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
(including overdraft)

Trade payables

Year ended 31 December 2019 

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
(including overdraft)

Trade payables

On demand
£’000

Less than 3 months
£’000

3 to 12 months
£’000

1 to 5 years
£’000

> 5 years
£’000

13,928

–

13,928

276

108,159

108,435

843

–

843

14,585

–

14,585

–

–

–

Total
£’000

29,632

108,159

137,791

On demand
£’000

Less than 3 months
£’000

3 to 12 months
£’000

1 to 5 years
£’000

> 5 years
£’000

Total
£’000

14,706

–

14,706

276

94,494

94,770

843

–

843

42,585

–

42,585

–

–

–

58,410

94,494

152,904

The liquidity risk of the Company entity is managed centrally by the Group Treasury function. The Company’s cash requirement is monitored 
closely. The Company has a RCF with a syndicate of major banking corporations to manage longer term borrowing requirements.

Capital management
The primary objective of the Company’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains appropriate capital structure to support its 
business objectives, including any regulatory requirements, and maximise Shareholder value. Capital includes Share capital and other equity 
attributable to the equity holders of the Parent.

In the medium to long term, the Company will strive to maintain a reasonable leverage (i.e. balance between debt and equity) to help 
achieve the Company’s business objectives of growth (through acquisitions and organic growth) and dividend policy. In the short term, the 
Company does not have a set leverage ratio to be achieved but the Directors monitor the ratio of net debt to operating profit to ensure that 
the debt funding is not excessively high.

202

Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements continued.for the year ended 31 December 2020 
 
 
 
18. Financial instruments – risk management (continued)

Credit risk
There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Company.

Interest rate risk profile of financial assets and liabilities
Treasury policy is described in the Note above.

The interest rate profile of the financial assets and liabilities of the Company as at 31 December 2020 are as follows:

Floating rate

Cash and cash equivalents 

Loan notes

RCF

Within 1 year
£’000

(13,928)

–

–

1-2 
years
£’000

–

–

(13,000)

2-3
years
£’000

–

–

–

3-4
years
£’000

–

–

–

Total
£’000

(13,928)

–

(13,000)

The effective interest rate and the actual interest rate charged on the loans in 2019 are as follows:

RCF 

Effective rate 

Actual rate

3.2%

1.0%

The effective interest rate on the RCF during the year is higher than the actual rate due to commitment fees payable on undrawn amounts.

The interest rate profile of the financial assets and liabilities of the Company as at 31 December 2019 are as follows:

Floating rate

Cash and cash equivalents 

Loan notes

RCF

Within 1 year
£’000

(14,706)

(66)

–

1-2 
years
£’000

–

–

–

2-3
years
£’000

–

–

(41,000)

3-4
years
£’000

–

–

–

Total
£’000

(14,706)

(66)

(41,000)

The effective interest rate and the actual interest rate charged on the loans in 2019 are as follows:

RCF 

Effective rate 

Actual rate

3.0%

2.0%

Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities
The fair values for the majority of the financial instruments have been calculated by discounting the expected future cash-flows at interest 
rates prevailing for a comparable maturity period for each instrument. There are no material differences between the book value and fair 
value for any of the Company’s financial instruments.

Fair value hierarchy
The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of the financial instruments by valuation technique:

• Level 1: 

 quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

• Level 2: 

 other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or 
indirectly; and

• Level 3: 

 techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market 
data.

203

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18. Financial instruments – risk management (continued)

The following table provides the fair value measurement hierarchy of the Group’s assets and liabilities.

2020

Assets measured at fair value

Financial assets

2019

Assets measured at fair value

Financial assets

£’000

8,847

£’000

Level 1
£’000

Level 2
£’000

Level 3
£’000

–

–

8,847

Level 1
£’000

Level 2
£’000

Level 3
£’000

8,588

–

–

8,588

The fair value of equity financial assets that are not traded in the open market of £0.093m (2019: £2.966m) are using Level 3 techniques 
in accordance with the fair value hierarchy and the Management Team use all relevant and up to date information (including cash-flow 
forecasts and financial statements) to arrive at their judgement. Where appropriate a range of potential outcomes is considered in reaching 
a conclusion.

19. Events after the reporting period

Acquisition of Direct Life and Pensions Services Limited
In January 2021, LSL acquired 60% of the issued share capital of Direct Life Quote Holdings Limited, which owns 100% of the share capital 
of Direct Life and Pension Services Limited. Direct Life and Pension Services is a financial services business specialising in the provision 
of outsourced financial services products providing a range of systems and services to financial intermediaries and direct to consumer 
companies. The consideration for the acquisition is £2.4m and is made up of a payment of £1.8m which was paid on completion and 
£0.6m deferred consideration.

The Group is currently in the process of allocating the purchase price in accordance with IFRS 3 and as a result the initial accounting for this 
acquisition is incomplete.

Acquisition of Mortgage Gym
In February 2021, LSL acquired the trade and assets of Mortgage Gym from administration for a consideration of £2.4m. The events and 
conditions that led to Mortgage Gym entering administration existed at 31 December 2020. This is considered an adjusting event for LSL’s 
investment in associate equity holding, causing an impairment of £4.26m to be recognised in 2020 writing the Company’s investment in 
Mortgage Gym to £nil. The fair value of the Secured Preference Loan Notes at 31 December 2020 has been assessed as £2.2m. No fair 
value adjustment has been required.

New Revolving Credit Facility agreement
In February 2021, LSL announced that it had entered into a new banking facility which runs to May 2024 with a new limit of £90m; this 
replaces the existing RCF, with maturity date of May 2022 and credit limit of £100m.

Formation of joint venture with Pollen Street Capital
On 23 April 2021, LSL announced the formation of the Pivotal Growth joint venture with Pollen Street Capital (PSC), a vehicle seeking to 
become a leading national mortgage broker. It is planned that at least £200m will be made available by way of equity and debt to fund 
acquisitions. LSL has committed up to £33.5m and PSC up to £62.4m to support the acquisitions to be made by Pivotal Growth. The 
investment by LSL and PSC will be supplemented with external debt finance in Pivotal Growth to fund purchases, with a view to an exit 
event over a three to six year period.

LSL and PSC will each invest up to £19.1m for a 47.8% equity share of Pivotal Growth. In addition, LSL will invest up to £14.4m and 
PSC up to £43.3m by way of loan notes. The commitments will be drawn down by Pivotal Growth over time dependent on the timing of 
acquisitions and the extent of external debt finance deployed. The LSL investment of up to £33.5m will be funded from LSL’s existing cash 
resource and banking facilities.

LSL will apply equity accounting for its share of Pivotal Growth profits after tax and will also recognise loan note interest receivable, both to 
be included in the Underlying Operating Profit of the Financial Services Division. The value of the equity investment will be recognised in the 
LSL balance sheet as an investment in joint venture and the loan notes recognised in financial assets within non-current assets. In addition, 

204

Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements continued.for the year ended 31 December 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19. Events after the reporting period (continued)

the acquired companies membership of the PRIMIS network will generate further profit to the Group. The profile of profit attributable to 
LSL from Pivotal Growth will depend on the timing of acquisitions and before the execution of the first acquisition there will be a period of 
modest investment in Pivotal Growth’s operating cost base. Thereafter, the profit contribution to LSL is expected to be material within two 
to three years, with the opportunity for a meaningful exit event within a three to six year period.

The current structure of the agreement provides that the amount due to LSL for its share of proceeds at exit is capped. This cap can be 
removed unilaterally by LSL with Shareholder consent, and LSL intends in due course to seek Shareholder approval to remove the cap.

As this is a newly established entity, Pivotal Growth has no gross assets or profits.

Simon Embley has been appointed Chief Executive of Pivotal Growth and will step down from his role of LSL Chair following the publication 
of the Group’s 2020 results on 28 April 2021. The LSL Board has agreed to him investing up to £4m alongside PSC and LSL for a 4.4% 
share in the business. Simon will stay on the LSL Board as a Non Executive Director, allowing the Group to continue to benefit from his 
knowledge and experience. This position will be kept under review.

Five year agreement to provide digital and face-to-face mortgage and protection advice to The Property Franchise Group
In April 2021, LSL announced that it had reached a long term agreement with the UK’s largest property franchisor, The Property Franchise 
Group plc (TPFG), to offer mortgage and protection advice services to all TPFG’s franchisees, including those recently incorporated as a 
result of its combination with Hunters Property Ltd. The Property Franchise Group now has over 430 physical office locations, conducts the 
sale of circa 23,000 properties per annum and manages in excess of 73,000 tenanted properties.

The agreement is for a minimum of a five year period and means that LSL will be providing digital and face-to-face mortgage and protection 
advice to the customers of TPFG and TPFG’s franchisees. TPFG franchisees will be provided with a range of options via LSL’s award 
winning PRIMIS mortgage network. Franchisees will be offered the opportunity either to take on their own mortgage adviser and become 
an appointed representative of PRIMIS, or to refer their customers to existing PRIMIS appointed representatives, including LSL’s in-house 
mortgage brokers.

This agreement underlines the opportunity for further growth of its Financial Services businesses, leveraging LSL’s existing leading positions 
in the mortgage advice market. This contract will enhance the Financial Services Division profit after an initial 12 to 18 month investment 
period requiring one-off transition and integration costs.

205

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewOther Information

In this section
207  Definitions
212  Shareholder Information

206

Definitions

“2011 EBT” employee benefit trust established in November 2011 as part of the acquisition of Marsh & Parsons.

“Adjusted Basic Earnings Per Share” or “Adjusted Basic EPS” is defined at Note 11 to the Group Financial Statements.

“Adjusted EBITDA” is Group Underlying Operating Profit (Note 5 to the Group Financial Statements) plus depreciation on property, plant 
and equipment.

“AGM” Annual General Meeting.

“Advance Mortgage Funding” Advance Mortgage Funding Limited.

“Albany” refers to Albany Insurance Company (Guernsey) Limited.

“AMI” Association of Mortgage Intermediaries.

“ARLA” or “ARLA Propertymark” Association of Residential Lettings Agents.

“ASA” Advertising Standards Authority.

“Asset Management” refers to LSL’s repossessions, asset management and property management services for multi-property landlords.

“Audit & Risk Committee” LSL’s Audit & Risk Committee.

“Auditor Independence Policy” LSL policy relating to non-audit services provided by the external auditor.

“Barclays” Barclays Bank PLC.

“Basic Earnings Per Share” or “EPS” is defined at Note 11 to the Group Financial Statements.

“Board”/“Board of Directors” the board of Directors of LSL.

“BAYE” Buy As You Earn (also referred to as SIP).

“BDS” BDS Mortgage Group Limited.

“CMA” Competition and Markets Authority.

“Committees” refers to LSL’s Nominations Committee, the Audit & Risk Committee and the Remuneration Committee.

“Company” and “Parent Company” refers to LSL Property Services plc.

“Companies Act” Companies Act 2006.

“Corporate Governance Report” The Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee Report contained within this Report.

“Chairman” or “Chair” Simon Embley.

“Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee” Bill Shannon.

“Chair of the Nominations Committee” Simon Embley.

“Chair of the Remuneration Committee” Bill Shannon.

“Code” UK Code of Corporate Governance published by the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) (July 2018 edition).

“Company Secretary” Sapna B FitzGerald.

“CCAS” Consumer Codes Approval Scheme.

“CJRS” or “Furlough” Coronavirus Jobs Retention Scheme.

“CSOP” Company Share Ownership Plan.

“Data and Information Security Committee” or “DISC” LSL’s Data and Information Security Committee.

“Davis Tate” trading name of Davis Tate Limited.

“Deputy Chair” Bill Shannon.

“Director” an Executive Director or Non Executive Director of LSL.

“Divisions” LSL’s Financial Services, Surveying and Valuation Services and Estate Agency divisions.

207

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewDefinitions continued.

“Direct Life and Pension Services” or “Direct Life and Pensions” Direct Life and Pension Services Limited.

“DPO” Data Protection Officer.

“EAP” Employee assistance programme.

“EBITDA” Earnings, Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortisation.

“Elsevier” Elsevier Limited.

“Embrace Financial Services” Embrace Financial Services Limited.

“EPC” Energy Performance Certificate.

“EPS” Earnings Per Share.

“Ernst & Young” Ernst & Young LLP.

“ESG” Environmental, Social and Governance.

“ESOS” Energy Savings Opportunity Scheme.

“ESOT” LSL’s employee share scheme.

“ESOT Trustees” Apex Financial Services (Trust Company) Limited.

“Estate Agency Division” or “Estate Agency” or “EA” in relation to financial years commencing 1 January 2019 onwards it includes 
LSL’s Residential Sales, Lettings and Asset Management businesses.

“Estate Agency and Related Services” refers to LSL’s Estate Agency Division.

“e.surv” or “e.surv Chartered Surveyors” trading names of e.surv Limited.

“Eveclo Holdings” Eveclo Holdings Limited.

“Executive Committee” Executive Committee of the Group, which includes the Executive Directors.

“Executive Director(s)” David Stewart, Adam Castleton and Helen Buck.

“EU” European Union.

“FCA” Financial Conduct Authority.

“Financial Services” or “FS” refers to LSL’s financial services division (including mortgage, non-investment insurance brokerage services 
and the operation of LSL’s intermediary networks).

“First2Protect” First2Protect Limited.

“First Complete” First Complete Limited.

“Financial Statements” Financial Statements contained in this Report.

“FRC” Financial Reporting Council.

“Frosts” trading name of David Frost Estate Agents Limited.

“FSCS” Financial Services Compensation Scheme.

“FSMA” Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

“General Data Protection Regulation” or “GDPR” UK General Data Protection Regulation.

“Global Property Ventures” or “GPV” Global Property Ventures Limited.

“Group First” or “GFL” Group First Limited.

“Group” LSL Property Services plc and its subsidiaries.

“Group Chief Executive Officer” David Stewart.

“Group Chief Financial Officer” Adam Castleton.

208

“Group Revenue” total revenue for the LSL Group.

“Goodfellows” trading name of GFEA Limited.

“Hawes” or “Hawes & Co” trading name of Hawes & Co Limited.

“HMRC” Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs.

“Homefast” Homefast Property Services Limited.

“Home Report” a report which includes a single survey, energy report and property questionnaire and which must accompany all 
residential property marketing in Scotland.

“IBNR” Incurred But Not Reported.

“ICSA” ICSA: The Governance Institute.

“IFRS” International Financial Reporting Standards.

“Insurance First Brokers” Insurance First Brokers Ltd.

“Intercounty” trading name of ICIEA Limited.

“IPO” Initial Public Offering.

“JNP” trading name of JNP Estate Agents Limited.

“JSOP” joint share ownership plan.

“Korn Ferry” trading name of Korn Ferry Hay Group Limited.

“KPI” key performance indicators.

“Land & New Homes” LSL Land & New Homes Ltd.

“Lauristons” trading name of Lauristons Limited.

“Lawlors” trading name of Lawlors Property Services Limited.

“Legal Marketing Services”, “LMS”, “LMS Direct Conveyancing” or “Cybele” LMS Direct Conveyancing Limited and Cybele Solutions 
Holdings Limited.

“Lending Solutions” Lending Solutions Holdings Limited.

“Lettings” refers to LSL’s residential property lettings and property management services.

“LexisNexis” part of the RELX Group plc.

“Linear” and “Linear Financial Solutions” are trading names of Linear Mortgage Network Limited.

“Lloyds Banking Group” Lloyd Bank plc group of companies.

“LPA” the Law of Property Act 1925.

“LSE” London Stock Exchange.

“LSLi” LSLi Limited and its subsidiary companies (during 2020 these included JNP, Intercounty, Frosts, Goodfellows, Davis Tate, 
Lauristons, Lawlors, Hawes & Co and Thomas Morris).

“LSL”, “Group” and “Parent Company” refers to LSL Property Services plc and its subsidiaries.

“LSL Corporate Client Department” trading name of LSL Corporate Client Services Limited.

“LTIP” Long Term Incentive Plan.

“Management Team” senior management teams within the Group including the Executive Directors.

“MAR” the UK Market Abuse Regulation.

“Marsh & Parsons” trading name of Marsh & Parsons Limited.

209

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverviewDefinitions continued.

“Mortgages First” Mortgages First Ltd.

“Mortgage Gym” Mortgage Gym Limited.

“NAEA” or “NAEA Propertymark” National Association of Estate Agents.

“NBC Property Master” NBC Property Master Limited.

“Net Bank Debt” see Note 33 to the Group Financial Statements.

“Non Executive Director” Gaby Appleton, Darrell Evans, Bill Shannon and Simon Embley.

“Notice of Meeting” the circular made available to Shareholders setting out details of the AGM.

“Note” refers to Notes to the Group Financial Statements.

“OCI” refers to other comprehensive income.

“Openwork” trading name of Openwork Limited.

“Ordinary Shares” or “Shares” 0.2 pence ordinary shares in LSL.

“Palmer and Harvey” trading name of Palmer & Harvey McLane Limited.

“PDMRs” Persons Discharging Managerial Responsibility as defined in Article 3(1) (25) of UK MAR.

“Personal Touch Financial Services” or “PTFS” Personal Touch Financial Services Limited.

“Personal Touch Administration Services” or “PTAS” Personal Touch Administrations Services Limited.

“Pivotal Growth” Pivotal Growth Limited.

“PI” professional indemnity.

“PI Costs” costs relating to ongoing and expected future PI claims relating to Surveying and Valuation Services.

“PRIMIS Mortgage Network” or “PRIMIS” a trading name of Advance Mortgage Funding Limited, First Complete Limited and Personal 
Touch Financial Services Limited.

“RCF” Revolving Credit Facility.

“Reeds Rains” trading name of Reeds Rains Limited.

“Registered Office” Newcastle House, Albany Court, Newcastle Business Park, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE4 7YB.

“RELX” RELX Group plc.

“Report” LSL’s Annual Report and Accounts 2020.

“Residential Sales” refers to LSL’s services for residential property sales.

“RICS” Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors.

“Road to Health” RoadtoHealth Group Ltd.

“RSC New Homes” or “RSC” RSC New Homes Limited.

“Sainsbury’s” Sainsbury’s Supermarkets Limited.

“SAYE” Save As You Earn.

“Senior Independent Non Executive Director” Bill Shannon.

“Shareholders” shareholders of LSL.

“SIP” Share Incentive Plan (also referred to as BAYE).

“St Trinity Asset Management” trading name of St Trinity Limited.

“Surveying Division” or “Surveying” refers to LSL’s Surveying and Valuation Services businesses.

“Surveying and Valuation Services” or “Surveying Services” refers to LSL’s Surveying Division.

210

“Templeton” trading name of Templeton LPA Limited.

“The Property Franchise Group” The Property Franchise Group PLC.

“Thomas Morris” trading name of Thomas Morris Limited.

“The Mortgage Alliance” or “TMA” are trading names of Advance Mortgage Funding Limited’s mortgage club.

“TM Group” TM Group Limited.

“Toolbox” PRIMIS’s end-to-end customer services platform.

“TPO” The Property Ombudsman.

“TPOS” The Property Ombudsman Scheme.

“Trust” LSL’s SIP trust.

“Trustees” Link Market Services (Trustees) Limited.

“TSI” Trading Standards Institute.

“TSR” Total Shareholder Return.

“UKLA” UK Listing Authority.

“Underlying Operating Margin” operating profit before exceptional costs, contingent consideration, amortisation and share-based 
payments shown as a percentage of turnover.

“Underlying Operating Profit/Loss” before exceptional costs, contingent consideration, amortisation of intangible assets and share-based 
payments.

“VEM” or “Vibrant Energy Matters” Vibrant Energy Matters Limited.

“Walker Fraser Steele” a trading name of e.surv Limited.

“Yopa” Yopa Property Limited.

“Your Move” trading name of your-move.co.uk Limited.

“Zero Deposit Scheme” or “ZDS” trading names of Global Property Ventures Limited.

“Zoopla” or “ZPG” ZPG Limited (previously ZPG plc).

211

 Other InformationFinancial Statements Strategic ReportReport of the Directors and Corporate Governance ReportsOverview 
Shareholder Information

Company details
LSL Property Services plc 
Registered in England (company number 5114014) 
LEI Number 213800T4VM5VR3C7S706

Registered office
Newcastle House, Albany Court, Newcastle Business Park, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE4 7YB 
Telephone: 0191 233 4600 
Email: investorrelations@lslps.co.uk 
Website: lslps.co.uk

Company Secretary’s office
2nd Floor, Gateway 2, Holgate Park Drive, York, YO26 4GB 
Telephone: 01904 698852

Share listing
LSL Property Services plc 0.2 pence Ordinary Shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange under ISIN GB00BIG5HX72

Registrar
Link Group, 10th Floor, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL 
Telephone: 0371 664 0300

Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged at the 
applicable international rate. Link Group is open between 09:00 – 17:30, Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in England and Wales.

Website: linkgroup.eu 
Email: shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk

If you move, please do not forget to let the registrar know your new address.

Calendar of events
Preliminary results released 
AGM proxy form deadline 
AGM 

28 April 2021
21 June 2021
23 June 2021

The AGM will be held at Hilton London Paddington, London W2 1EE at 1pm. The Notice of Meeting details the proposed resolutions.

In accordance with its Articles of Association, LSL publishes Shareholder information, including notice of AGMs and the Annual Report and 
Accounts on its website, lslps.co.uk. Reducing the number of communications sent by post not only results in cost savings to LSL, it also 
reduces the impact that unnecessary printing and distribution of reports has on the environment.

LSL’s Articles of Association enable all communications between Shareholders and LSL to be made in electronic form (as permitted by the 
Companies Act 2006). Documents will be supplied via LSL’s website to Shareholders who have not requested a hard copy, or provided an 
email address to which documents of information may be sent. Where a Shareholder has consented to receive information via the website, 
a letter will be sent to the Shareholder on release of any information directing them to the website (lslps.co.uk).

If a Shareholder wishes to continue to receive hard copy documents they should contact Link Group (details above).

Forward looking statements
By their nature, all forward looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to future events and circumstances and 
are subject to assumptions that are beyond the control of LSL including, amongst other things, UK domestic and global economic and 
business conditions, market related risks such as fluctuations in interest rates, inflation, deflation, the impact of competition, changes 
in customer preferences, delays in implementing proposals, the timing, impact and other uncertainties of future acquisitions or other 
combinations within relevant industries, the policies and actions of regulatory authorities and the impact of tax or other legislation and other 
regulations in the UK. As a result LSL’s actual future condition, business performance and results may differ materially from the plans, goals 
and expectations expressed or implied in these forward looking statements. Nothing in this Report is intended to or should be construed 
as a profit forecast. Information about the management of the Principal Risks and Uncertainties facing LSL is set out within the Strategic 
Report on pages 35 to 42.

Any forward looking statements in this document speak only at the date of this document and LSL undertakes no obligation to update 
publicly or review any forward looking statement to reflect new information or events, circumstances or developments after the date of this 
document.

212

lslps.co.uk

Registered in England
(Company number 5114014)
Registered office:
Newcastle House
Albany Court
Newcastle Business Park
Newcastle upon Tyne
NE4 7YB
Email: investorrelations@lslps.co.uk

L

S

L

P

r

o

p

e

r

t

y

S

e

r

v

i

c

e

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

0